Combined Cycle

Submitted to
THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF NIGERIAFEDERAL MINISTRY OF POWERNIGERIAN BULK ELECTRICITY TRADER
ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA
October 2012
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
ii
October 2012
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
ES1.0 INTRODUCTION
ES1.1 Background
Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL), a company incorporated in Nigeria
with head office at African Re Building, 4th Floor, Plot 1679, Karimu Kotun Street,
Victoria Island, Lagos State, Nigeria, in collaboration with her technical partners
hereby proposes to design, procure, install and operate a new combined cycle
gas power plant that would generate about 495MW (ISO) of electricity, at a
location in Okija, along Onitsha Owerri express way, Anambra State. The
project when completed will provide electric power to drive various industrial
establishments in Ihiala and its environs and the rest of the country through the
national grid via a 330KV substation and short transmission line.
Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL) is a subsidiary of the OBIJACKSON

Group, a company specialised in design, construction, development and
management of large scale oil and gas engineering construction and other
activities. In line with the privatization programme of the Federal Government
of Nigeria, Century Power Generation Limited has applied for a generating
license from the Nigerian Electricity Regulatory Commission (NERC), to build
and operate a combined cycle Gas Turbine Power Plant with 495MW (ISO) total
capacity in Okija, Anambra State.
Granting an on-grid generation license to CPGL means that the output of the
plant will be sold to the Nigerian Electricity Grid through the newly created
Nigerian Bulk Electricity Trader (NBET). It follows that NBET will execute a
Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) with CPGL which details the conditions for
the power sale transaction. In practice, such PPAs would need some form of
securitization to cushion the risk of a possible default in payment by the
iii
October 2012
purchaser. This crucial rung in the privatization ladder has been the most
challenging to climb by the policy drivers of the Nigerian Electricity Supply
Industry (NESI).
As part of its efforts to strengthen the power sector in sub-Saharan Africa, the
World Bank has decided to provide a Partial Risk Guarantee (PRG) scheme to
securitize the Power Purchase Agreement (PPA). Currently 14 power projects
have been nominated to the World Bank for a PRG. An important pre-requisite
to obtaining a PRG from the World Bank is an Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment (ESIA) report and a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP).
Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL) desires to execute a PPA with NBET
for the sale of her proposed 495MW power plant output. As a responsible
corporate citizen, CPGL is aware of the need to articulate the environmental and
social impacts of the power plant project and work out ways of mitigating,
managing and monitoring these impacts. CPGL therefore commissioned a
consortium of two reputable Nigerian companies MASODAK Associates, a
Civil and Environmental Engineering and F. M. CHIDEZ Nig Ltd, a Power
Systems Engineering Consulting group to conduct an ESIA of her 495MW power
plant. The consortium engaged the required expertise in the various aspects of
the ESIA process to arrive at a report in full conformity with the World Bank
guidelines as well as the requirements of other local regulatory bodies. This
document presents the executive summary of the entire ESIA report from the
Legal and Administrative framework, Project Alternatives and Project
Description to major findings of the Environmental and Social studies, Impact
Identification, Mitigation measures, Management and Monitoring plans for
various stages of the project up to post closure. A life span of about 30 years is
envisaged for the equipment which may be replaced or the site closed.
iv
October 2012
PROJECT OVERVIEW
Nigeria is a country of over 160 million people with an average electric power
generation of 4500 MW resulting in a per capita power availability of 28 watts.
This is grossly inadequate. Indeed, a 2008 power demand survey report by
TRACTABEL, a British company, estimated the current national power demand
as 10,000MW which implies a shortfall of 5,500 MW. This considerable
unserviced demand is stifling economic growth and degrading quality of life. To
meet this demand, huge quantities of generating sets have been imported into
the country from all over the world. The cost of self-generated power is about 54
Naira/kwh compared with 22 Naira/kwh for grid supplied power. The citizens
willingness to pay for expensive off-grid generated power can be seen in great
demand for generators of all shapes and sizes as well as the willingness to pay
for the high cost of operating and maintaining these machines. Furthermore, the
low power availability from the public utility has forced corporate entities to
divert large amount of funds from their core business to securing quality power
supply. This has resulted in locally manufactured goods being uncompetitive
with imported goods, leading to considerable loss of production capacities.
CPGLs decision to develop the Okija IPP project is therefore strategic, farsighted
and borne out of a desire to improve the economic landscape of Nigeria.
Project Economics
From the attached survey plan (Fig. 1.1) the land area covered by the plant is
about 27.41 hectares. The project considers the use of Two Nos. SIEMENS SGT5
2000E Gas Turbines each coupled to SGen 5-100A-2P type Generators with a
SIEMENS steam Turbine SST5 4000 configured in a 2 x 1 combined cycle multi
shaft arrangement (SCC5 4000E with 2 x 1) linked to two Heat Recovery Steam
Generator (HRSG) systems bringing the total output to about 495MW (site
condition). This configuration is very suitable for the CPGL IPP project due to
minimal gas consumption. The combined cycle plant will be configured in line
October 2012
with SIMENS SCC5 2000E 2x1 system with an expected net output of 450MW.
The gross heat rate is 6883kJ/kWh (ISO) while the gross efficiency at rated
capacity is expected to be 52.7% (ISO) with an air cooled condenser. The
economic calculations shown on the excel worksheet in the feasibility study are
self-explanatory and show that the project is economically viable. Preliminary
contacts with the Okija communities during land negotiations left one in no
doubt that the investment climate is safe. Though the Environmental Impact
Assessment (EIA) report of the project is expected to recommend specific
relationships with the surrounding villages, the general mood of the people is
that of joyful expectation for this big power project.
Market Availability
Studies have shown that electric power demand in Nigeria is quite high and
growing fast too. In particular, the target catchments of Onitsha, Nnewi,
Ekwuluobia, Awka, Ogbaru and Ihiala play host to 39,615 commercial and light
industrial customers based on 2007 figures released by Enugu Distribution
Company. Recently a car assembly plant was commissioned at Nnewi which
would have added substantially to the total load demand.
Business Plan
The CPGL business calls for identifying a credible off-taker for electric power
together with a credible source of fuel (gas in this case). Then acquire enough
land for a power project. CPGL places a high premium on the success of the
project especially its sustainability for a minimum period of 30 years. Therefore,
a reputable, Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) company will be
hired to build the power plant through a transparent bidding process, on a turn
key basis. The project financiers should be part of the process so as to elicit
mutual confidence. May we state here that, in executing this project CPGL has
two equally viable but strategically different funding options CPGL has chosen
vi
October 2012
to partner with foreign investors to raise the enormous capital needed. The
economic analysis of the project presented in the projects feasibility report has
shown those 10 years of full operation is grossly adequate for cost recovery.
Finally, CPGL and the project financiers will hire a mutually agreeable but
reputable company experienced in managing and maintaining such power plants
to run the project for 10 years or till all costs are recovered.
OBJECTIVES OF THE ESIA
-
Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL) as a responsible corporate

citizen is aware of the importance of comprehensive environmental and
socio-economic dynamics to the success of any developmental project and
hence CPGL is committed to full integration of environmental and socioeconomic considerations into the life cycle of the proposed power plant
project. Therefore, the major objective of this ESIA is to assess the nature,
intensity and duration of the project impacts and those of other project
related activities on the environment and socio-economic life of the
surrounding communities, proffer mitigation measures where necessary
to minimize the negative impacts as well as arrange subsequent
management and monitoring programs to last the life cycle of the project.
In doing so, it is the intention of CPGL to ensure the consultation and
participation of all stakeholders especially the local communities in the
entire ESIA process so as to promote an enabling environment for project
sustainability.
It is a further aim of this ESIA to attain a high level of compliance with the
local and international standards especially the World Banks OP 4.01
which is a requirement for CPGL to qualify for a partial risk guarantee
(PRG) in favour of an envisaged Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) with
the Nigerian Bulk Electricity Trader (NBET). Such compliance is the only
vii
October 2012
way the World Bank will be convinced that the 495MW proposed Power
Plant Project by CPGL is sustainable.
ES1.4 Environmental Legislation and Policy Framework

The CPGL IPP project will be designed, built and operated in a manner aimed at
strict compliance with a number of Legislative and Regulatory Requirements as
well as other Guidelines and Policies which main categories are listed below:
-
National Laws, Standards and Regulatory Requirements on Environment
National
Guidelines,
Policies
and
Administrative
Directives
on
Environment.
-
International Conventions in force in Nigeria
International Financial Institutions (IFIs) Guidelines and Policies on the

Environment especially The World Bank
Anambra State Environmental Edicts, Guidelines and Policies
Century Power corporate HSE Policies and Guidelines.
ES1.4.1
National
Laws,
Standards
and
Regulatory
Requirements
on
Environment
Contemporary Nigeria has committed herself to a national policy that seeks
sustainable development through co-ordinated management of the environment
so as to ensure the comfort of the present and future generations. A legal
framework is therefore, needed as an integral part of National Environmental
Policy to provide legal backing for environmental protection and improvement
as well as create enabling procedural framework for effective implementation
and enforcement. Some of them that are relevant to Power Generation include:
Federal Environmental protection Agency Act (1988);
National Policy on the Environment (1989, revised 1999);
Environmental Impact Assessment Act No 86 (1992);
National Guidelines for Environmental Auditing In Nigeria (1990);
viii
October 2012
Water Resources Act of 1993;
National Environmental Protection (Management of Solid and Hazardous

Wastes Regulations), 1991;
National Environmental Protection (Effluent limitation) regulations, 1991;
Harmful Wastes (Special Criminal provisions etc) Act no 42 (1988); and
National Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control

in Nigeria (1991).
Electric Power Sector Reform Act (EPSRA) 2005.
ES1.4.2 National Guidelines, Policies and Administrative Directives on

Environment.
The EIA act gives specific powers to the Federal Environmental Protection
Agency (FEPA) (now FMEnv) to facilitate environmental assessment of projects.
In September 1995, FMEnv published EIA Sectoral Guidelines for Infrastructure
and Oil and Gas Industry projects. The guidelines are intended to assist in the
proper and detailed execution of EIA studies of infrastructure and oil and gas
projects in consonance with EIA Act of 1992.
In compliance with its mandate, FEPA issued the EIA Procedural guidelines and
Sectoral guidelines for infrastructure in 1995. Contained in the guidelines (pg 8)
are category 1 projects (mandatory study activities) and listed under item 14
(Power generation and transmission) is the construction of power generation
station having a capacity of more than 10 mega-watts, making an EIA mandatory
for the project. The procedure also indicates the steps to be followed in the EIA
process from project conception to abandonment in order to ensure that the
project is executed with adequate consideration for the environment. Annex C
contains the EIA reporting format as required by FMEnv.
ix
October 2012
National Electric Power Policy, 2000 seeks to ensure that Nigeria has an ESI
(electricity supply industry) that can meet the needs of its citizen in the 21 st
Century. Among the long term objectives of the policy is to encourage the
production of electricity so as to effectively support the socio-economic
development of the country and to ensure minimum adverse environmental
impact.
ES1.4.3 International Conventions in force in Nigeria
Nigeria is a signatory to a number of international conventions and agreements
relating to industrial development and environmental management. In certain
cases, conventions and agreements have influenced policy guidelines and
regulations which proponents must comply with during planning, construction
and operation of a project. Some of them are: convention on Biological Diversity
(1992), framework convention on climate change (1992), convention concerning
the protection of the world cultural an natural heritage sites (1972), convention
on the conservation of migratory species of wild animals (Bonn convention)
(1979), Montreal protocol on substances that deplete the ozone layer (1987),
African convention on conservation of nature and natural resources (1968).
ES1.4.4 International Financial Institutions (IFIs) Guidelines and Policies on

the Environment (especially The World Bank)
To help protect the security of the Projects revenues, CPGL IPP is seeking to
obtain a Partial Risk Guarantee from the World Banks International
Development Association (IDA) together with insurance cover from the World
Banks Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA). Development finance
institutes such as the World Bank provide guidance on their requirements for the
ESIA process and place particular emphasis on achieving sustainable
environmental, social and health outcomes.
October 2012
Such international institutions also provide environmental standards and limits

for emissions and discharges. The overall project design and this ESIA are based
on relevant guidelines published by the World Bank and therefore are expected
to meet the environmental requirements of potential lending institutes.
The following international requirements and standards have been considered

within the ESIA process and are described in chapter one.
Equator principles (EP)
World Banks environmental and social safeguard policies, including:
OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment (World Bank OP 4.01)
OP 4.11 Physical Cultural Resources (World Bank OP 4.11)
OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement (World Bank OP 4.12)
World Bank group General Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines

(EHS)
World Bank group EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants (IFCGTPP)
-
The World Banks environmental and social safeguard policies are a

cornerstone of its support for programmes aimed at sustainable poverty
reduction. The objective of these policies is to prevent and mitigate undue
harm to people and their environment in the development process. These
policies provide guidelines for lenders (including banks) and borrower
staff
in
the
identification,
preparation,
and
implementation
of
programmes and projects. Safeguard policies have often provided a

platform for the participation of stakeholders in the project design, and
have been an important instrument for building a sense of project
ownership among local populations. There are a total of ten
environmental, social and legal Safeguard Policies of the World Bank, of
which the six most likely to be triggered by this project are discussed in
chapter one.
xi
October 2012
ES1.4.5 Anambra State Environmental Edicts, Guidelines and Policies

In general, the Anambra State Ministry of Environment has the responsibility of
environmental protection within the State. The applicable State regulations have
been taken into cognizance. Some of the functions of the State Ministries of
Environment include:
i.
Liaising with the Federal Ministry of Environment, FMEnv to achieve the

National Policy on Environment,
ii.
Co-operating with FMEnv and other National Directorates/ Agencies in

the performance of environmental functions including environmental
education /awareness to the citizenry,
iii.
Responsible for monitoring waste management standards,
iv.
Responsible for general environmental matters in the State, and
v.
Monitoring the implementation of EIAs and other environmental studies

for all development projects in the States.
ES1.4.6 CPGL corporate HSE Policies and Guidelines.

The CPGL HSE policy states that:
The company is committed to creating and maintaining a safe, healthy

working and living environment in and around its facilities for the benefit of
the personnel, contractors and host communities;
The company is dedicated to the protection and conservation of the

environment by the use of energy and materials and by adoption of the best
designs, equipment and working practices available in the industry in all the
companys operations;
The company is committed to and fully subscribes to working in support of

and compliance with the legal requirements and codes of practices, as well as
the ISO 9000 and ISO 14000 HSE management systems in pursuing the goal of
xii
October 2012
promoting a mode of operation that encourages continual HSE performance

improvement;
The company HSE department shall be engaged as part of the daily business
activities;
All contractors working for or on behalf of the company are required to align
with CPGL policies and standards; and
The company is committed to maintaining the confidence of its neighbours,

customers, employees, and other stakeholders through strict adherence to
International Best Practices.
ES2.0 Project Justification/Need

A 2008 report by the Presidential Committee on Accelerated Power
Infrastructure Development recommended that the available generating capacity
for Nigeria should be 25, 000MW by the year 2015. The figure was worked out
from a desire to raise per capita urban electricity consumption to 500watts or
0.5KW which can be achieved by raising the generating capacity to 500watts x
50million which results to 25,000MW. Though this calculation is technically not
feasible due to issues of spinning reserve and other reliability issues, this
prospect of raising the installed capacity from the then 4000MW to 25, 000MW in
the next 7years was definitely a tall order. The reality was that for Nigeria to
achieve 25,000MW available electricity generation capacity in 2015 from 2008
translates to an average additional capacity of 3000MW per year for the next
7years. As at today only the construction of NIPP Power Plant seem to be making
any headway making it abundantly clear that unless the private sector responds
to the call for more power generation, the 500MW per capita consumption in
2015 will remain a dream.
In 2010, the current administration of Dr Goodluck Jonathan launched the road
map for power sector reform where 40,000MW available generation was targeted
xiii
October 2012
for the year 2020, requiring an investment of 3.5billion USD per annum for the
next 10years. In other words, the Government admitted its incapacity to drive
investment in the power sector all alone and invited the private sector to partner
with it.
Century Power Generation Ltd and her partners have responded to this call to
invest in the Nigerian Power sector.
ES2.1 Benefits of the Project

As an ardent believer in the Nigerian project, the proposed Century Power IPP
project is a veritable means of attracting foreign direct investment into the
country for the benefit of teaming Nigerian youths who will be engaged at
various levels. Other benefits may be itemised as follows:
Utilization of efficient power generation methodology through the

deployment of state of the art gas turbine technology.
Generation of 495MWe of electric power and uploading same to the national

grid will provide the much needed energy for industrial growth.
Promotion of small and medium scale industrial/business development and

investment opportunities around the Okija
area through availability of
power;
Provision of direct and indirect employment opportunities for citizens of the

State in new industries and businesses;
Utilising gas for electricity generation thus reducing gas flaring and its
associated environmental problems; and
Serving as basis for technological advancement through skill acquisition and

transfer of expertise.
ES2.3 Envisaged Sustainability of the Project
xiv
October 2012
The feasibility studies performed for the Project suggest a favourable

environment for the sustainability of the project. Moreover, all related social,
economic and
environmental considerations relevant for
the seamless
implementation of the project shall be integrated into the project design as well
as all other stages (construction, operation and closure), to ensure sustainability
throughout its design life span. Therefore the project is sustainable as detailed in
chapter 2.
ES3.0 Project Description

ES3.1 Site Acquisition
The land on which the Okija IPP Power Plant is to be erected covers about
274,100 square metres (27.41 hectares) and situates in Okija town along Onitsha
Owerri Express Road in Anambra state and bounded at the rear by the Ulasi
stream. It stands at a distance of about 5 Kilometres from Ihiala, the Local
Government headquarters, 15Km from Nnewi and 25KM from Onitsha. The
centre of the plot has a longitude of 5, 56, 11.63 North and latitude of 650
41.21 East.
All land including the land settled on by communities within the study area,
belongs to the State under Nigerias Land Use Act of 1978. However, in the
Project area-Okija town of Ihiala Local Government Area of Anambra state, land
allocations are normally presided over by extended families to which the land
has been hereditarily allocated to. Land allocation is transferred within the
extended family from one generation to the next, until the allocation is
transferred via sale. Consequently, the above process describes the land tenure
system. The project land is a fallow land and is currently not used for cultural or
religious purposes.
xv
October 2012
ES3.2 Scope of the Project

The proposed project involves the use of gas turbines to generate electricity. The
installation of the Power Plant would involve the following activities:
Civil
engineering
works,
including
excavation
and
foundation
construction.
Plant erection, installation of transformers, control and protection systems.
Installation of fuel gas system and the interface pipe between the IPP
pipes and the existing gas system of the Nigeria Gas Company (NGC);
Construction of water boreholes and installation of water supply and

circulating water cooling systems including an independent fire fighting
and domestic water consumption system for the power station;
Installation of a 330kV power outgoing line switchyard and associated

switchgear systems and tying it to the 330KV grid on site.
Replacement of the 25 kilometre 330 kV transmission line along an

existing right of way (RoW) up to the Onitsha substation.
Ancillary works such as installation of communication system (within the

power station), and construction of the fence and gate for the proposed
power station.
Operation of the power plant to produce electricity.
Maintenance Operations (scheduled and unscheduled)
Impact Monitoring and continued Stakeholder Consultation
Decommission at the end of the project life span.
ES3.3 Process Description

The major fuel input to the generating process is natural gas with average
specification given in table 3.2. The major stages in the process of generating
power from Gas Power Plant can be summarized in the following steps:
1. Natural gas will be mixed with air at high pressure inside the combustion
chamber of the Gas-turbine unit and ignited. The resulting hot flue gas at
xvi
October 2012
high pressure ultimately drives the turbine electrical generator to produce

electric energy.
2. The exhaust gas will be passed through a Heat Recovery Steam Generator
(HRSG) where heat is extracted from the hot exhaust gas and used to turn
water into steam. The steam is then used to power a steam turbine
thereby generating electricity. The steam is condensed and cycled back
into the power generating process and is NEVER released into the
atmosphere.. Main by-product of Natural Gas combustion are Carbon
Dioxide (
Oxide (
), Water vapor (
), Carbon monoxide (CO) and Nitrogen
). Other by-products of natural gas firing, usually in trace
quantities are Sulphur Dioxide (
and particulate matter.
ES3.4 Project Releases to the Environment

Atmospheric Emissions
During the construction stage, atmospheric emissions separate into two main
sources viz: exhaust fumes of trucks and tractors plus dust particles from earth
works. Plans for ensuring that these emissions fall within national (FMEnv) and
international (World Bank) guidelines include partially wetting the ground
before excavation and ensuring diligent routine services for all vehicular
machines. The latter measure ensures complete fuel combustion and hence low
emissions.
Project Schedule
It is expected that the entire project cycle will be completed by September 2015,
including all the civil works. The schedule for the execution of the proposed
power plant project is presented in Fig.3.10.
xvii
October 2012
ES3.5 Project Alternatives and Selection Criteria

The proposed power plant project development alternatives were considered on
the basis of engineering judgment, environmental concerns, societal benefits and
the cost effectiveness of the project.
Four project alternatives were considered, viz:
(a)
No Project
(b)
Construction of a 495MW Combined Cycle Gas Turbine (CCGT) Power

Plant.
(c)
Construction of a 495MW Open Cycle Gas Turbine (OCGT) Power Plant
(d)
Construction of a 495MW Coal fired thermal plant.
Option b Construction of a 495 MW (450MW ISO) CCGT Power Plant

This is the option of choice because:
It ensures the availability of additional 10,800,000kwh per day or 86.4 million

kWh per annum which will greatly improve power supply in Nigeria.
It will assure the realisation of $480,000,000 USD expected foreign capital inflow which will impact positively on the Nigerian macro-economic indices, in
terms of balance of payment status.
It ensures the employment of 500 to 600 workers during the construction

phase and creates a further 250 jobs when the plant becomes operational. It
creates an economic multiplier effect as industries and service companies
increase capacity and economic output. This in turn will create more jobs for
the citizens of Anambra state and Nigeria.
It creates a commercial outlet for the natural gas from the Oguta Egbema oil
field (about 200 million square cubic feet of gas per day will be needed to run
the plantat full capacity. This is likely going to discourage gas flaring by
multinational oil companies in the Oguta-Egbema area and reduce the level
of environmental degradation. .
xviii
October 2012
It uses very efficient technology for power generation which maximizes the
Power Output with respect to fuel input and reduces carbon emissions.
It ensure the use of a more environmentally friendly generation technology

compared with technologies that use coal or fuel oil as a fuel source
A combined cycle plant improves gas to kilowatt ratio by about 40% and may
attract carbon credit.
ES4.0 Biophysical Baseline Description

ES4.1 Study Approach
The environmental status and sensitivities of the various ecological components
were carefully assessed through detailed field work and extensive literature
research. A multi-disciplinary approach was adopted for the ecological
characterization and data acquisition. The field methodology and sampling
techniques are discussed in the sequel.
ES4.2 Baseline Data Acquisition Methods
The approach adopted in collecting the baseline data incorporated all relevant
disciplines. The baseline data of the project area was acquired, using the
following methods:
Literature/desktop research
Field observation
Sampling and measurements
Laboratory analysis of samples collected in the field
These methods are discussed extensively in chapter 4.

ES4.3 Climatic Factors and Seasons
The climate of Anambra State is characterized by high humidity and heat, heavy
seasonal rainfall accompanied by seasonal winds, which is typical for tropical
locations.. Many of the study areas climatic characteristics is strongly influenced
xix
October 2012
by the two key air masses: the dry Tropical Continent air mass originating from
the Sahara in the north, and the moist Tropical
Maritime from the Atlantic
Ocean in the south. An Inter-Tropical Discontinuity (ITD) zone separates the two
air masses. The mean temperature of the project area is relatively high and
ranges between 29.2oC and 38.4oC while the mean minimum temperature varies
from 19.1oC and 26.6oC.
ES4.3 Bio-physical Conditions of the Environment
Bio- physical parameters derived from Air Quality, Noise Level, Water Quality,
Soil Characteristics have been sampled and analysed to establish base line
conditions. Also a structured examination of the Flora and Fauna were also
undertaken to establish the biodiversity of the area. Details of the reports are
presented in chapter four of this report.
ES5.0 Socioeconomic Baseline Condition

Baseline information has been gathered from desktop studies and results of
primary data collection which is accomplished through enumeration, resource
assessments, socio-economic surveys and community consultations carried out
in June and August 2011 as well as January 2012 respectively. The goal is to
establish existing socio-economic conditions as a benchmark for assessing future
changes in socio-economic indicators with a view to ascertaining the likely
impact of the project. Great attention is paid to health profile enumeration,
assessment of current living standards as well as means of livelihood of the
communities in the vicinity of the power plant
ES5.1 Study Approach
The data, mostly in statistical representation, reflected in this ESIA, were
obtained from structured consultations with the Traditional rulers, village heads,
xx
October 2012
officials of the LGA and Anambra State Ministry of Environment as well as the
villagers themselves.
ES5.2 Culture and Religion

The two dominant belief systems represented in Okija, are Christianity and local
traditional polytheistic religion. Christianity, however, is more widely practiced
with about 70% of the population adhering to this religion. Despite the
popularity of Christianity, there is a universal adherence to the traditional laws
and beliefs that have existed for centuries in Okija with added respect for shrines
and deities typically worshiped by the traditionalists. The shrines and deities
identified in the community are Ulasi Okija located at Ubahu village and
Ogwugwu mmili located at Umuohi village. The forest around the Ogwugwu
shrine is called the Ogwugwu forest and is regarded as an evil forest. Ogwugwu
Akpu is another forest reserve in the community. There are several beliefs and
practices that exist in and is unique to the Okija community. For example, It is
forbidden to fish in Ulasi River and In Owere nda Obi stream, it is forbidden for a
woman who is menstruating to fetch water in the stream. Women experiencing
their period who wish to fetch water from the stream are required to come to the
stream with palm kernel and keep it in plain site in order to indicate to anyone
that she is menstruating. Community members using the stream will then help
her fetch the water she requires. These beliefs may breed social tensions if there
is a high in-flux of migrant workers into the village as a result of the new project.
Apart from the shrines and deities, no archaeological sites or items of interest
were identified in the community.
ES5.3 Education & Infrastructure

The literacy level in the community is considered to be above average. It is
estimated that about 10% of the population do not have any formal education
(this is mostly confined to the elderly), about 20% have only primary school
xxi
October 2012
education, 45% are secondary school leavers while 20% are university graduates
from various tertiary institutions.
Most of the roads in the Okija community are tarred through efforts by the State,
LGA and Community. The Okija-Oguta-Egbema road is also tarred and provides
an alternative route to Imo state, especially to the oil rich Egbema. It is should be
noted that the gas fuel for the CPGL power plant will come from the OgutaEgbema region. Portable water is obtained from private bore holes, though a few
inhabitants patronize the streams mostly for domestic use, the survey shows that
most people obtain drinking water from water bagged in plastic bags sold in the
street. Electricity is currently being supplied by PHCN with the more wealthy
members of the community supplementing electric grid supply with electricity
from diesel generators. There is a post office in the community and access to
reliable mobile phone networks.
ES5.4 Health Profile
From the survey, the most prevalent sicknesses are malaria, cholera, diarrhoea,
dysentery, rheumatism, typhoid fever etc. in that order (Fig 5.12) Information
was also gathered from the General Hospital and other health facilities. A health
professional who was interviewed as part of this report corroborated the result of
the survey. The prevalence of Malaria is attributed to the occurrence of stagnant
water in drains, pots and bushes which make ideal breeding ground for the
anopheles mosquito. The other infectious diseases like dysentery, cholera etc. are
attributed to poor sanitation and limited source of clean water. Some people
obtain drinking water from the stream where bathing takes place. According to
the survey, cholera is prevalent in children, with some respondent having likely
answered for their children.
ES6.0 Impact Assessment Methodology

Impact identification and screening
xxii
October 2012
In line with widely recommended impact assessment approaches, the first level
of impact assessment involves the preliminary identification and screening of
potential
environmental
impacts
from
anticipated
activity-environment
interactions based on an understanding of the activities and the nature of

interaction with environmental components. A modified Leopold matrix is then
used for the identification and screening. The matrix arrays project activities
against environmental (biophysical, socio-economic and health) components,
and supports a methodical, comprehensive, and objective identification of the
impacts each project activity may have on each biophysical, socioeconomic and
health component. More details are presented in chapter 6 of this report.
ES6.1Significant Positive/Negative Impacts

Phases of Project Development Activities and Sources of Impact
Phases
Site Preparation:
(Site Clearing and
Filling)
Foundation
Construction
Activities
Onsite construction
and installation
activities
Activities
Mobilization and demobilization:
Transportation of materials and
workers
Physical site clearing and levelling
Sand filling
Wastes and emissions: generation
and handling
Digging/Excavation: Reinforcement
of bases for equipment/facilities.
Piling
and handling
workers
Installation of Power Plant facilities
Construction of Plant/Substation
and handling
xxiii
Potential Impact
Noise pollution
Accidents
Accumulation of
debris
Loss of vegetation
Air pollution
Ecological
Displacement
Displacement of
Fauna. Noise
Pollution
Air pollution
Accidents
Sudden increase in
human population
Noise pollution
Noise pollution
Accident from metal
scraps
October 2012
Commissioning,
production
operations and
maintenance

workers
Commissioning and start-up
Maintenance activities
Decommissioning
Wastes and emissions handling

Wind down operations
Removal of installed facilities
workers
Remediation and restoration
activities
Risk of vehicular
accidents
Noise pollution,
Availability of
power,
Employment.
Contamination from
spent oil.
Air quality
Loss of jobs
Noise pollution
Risk of accidents
Ecological
reclamation
ES7.0 Mitigation Measures

Environmental and socio-economic sustainability of any project is greatly
dependent on the ability of project proponents to ensure that appropriate
mitigation measures are put in place for unavoidable significant negative
impacts associated with the project. Such mitigation measures could either be inbuilt in the project design or put in place through appropriate measures over the
entire lifespan of the project.
xxiv
October 2012
ES7.1 Some Recommended Mitigation Procedures

Anticipated Negative Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operation of the Power Plant
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
Power plant operations,

Vehicular and Human traffic
Impact on Soil
CPGL shall provide vehicle maintenance spots with waste oil

management facilities to ensure that discharge of used oil on
soil is avoided.
Indiscriminate discarding of solid wastes on land shall be
prohibited with diligent monitoring provided by the EM staff.
Waste collection facilities shall be provided at strategic positions
within the power plant facility.
Oil interceptors and silt traps shall be put in place to manage and
retain sediments on site;
Avoid erosion by ensuring that all roads used on and off site are
suitable for heavy vehicles
Paving of the area occupied by the plant and roads on site,
Impact on Air Quality
The majority of the surface of the site area will be covered with
gravel or a similar material with a higher permeable surface to
reduce surface run-off particularly during heavy rains;
The wastewater treatment plant shall be effectively operated to
ensure that waste water and oil contaminated waste water are in
compliance with relevant standards after treatment to avoid soil
contamination.
CPGL shall ensure that the turbines will use a dry low NOx
combustion system which will form a key mitigation measure
during the Operation phase.
All vehicles used shall be regularly maintained and Vehicle
xxv
October 2012
inspection shall be conducted prior issuance of WORTHY
Permit.
Impact on Noise Level
CPGI shall ensure that the plant design shall be such that
reverberant sound from the gas turbine is minimized internally by
using an acoustic enclosure.
Good door seals which shall meet the specifications for 82 dB at 1
m from the source shall be used and will be replaced regularly to
ensure efficiency.
Exhaust stacks will be designed to meet a noise level of 92 dB(A).
The walls, roof, windows and doors to the building shall have a
high noise reduction rating and ensure that there are no significant
gaps. Air conditioning/air flow requirements shall be designed to
take account of noise breakout.
Impact on Surface water
CPGL shall enact a policy that prohibits the discharging or

dumping of any kind of waste into water bodies This is
enforced by the EM staff.
CPGL shall install water treatment facilities and good sewage

management facilities at the power plant.
Impact on Transportation
CPGL will install Traffic management systems at specific road

nodes leading to the power plant to meet with traffic demands.
CPGL shall erect clear signage and signboards shall be erected
at necessary points along the roads leading to and within the
power plant.
Maintenance of Power Plant and

facilities
Impact on Soil
xxvi
Oil-water interceptors or sumps shall be constructed to

capture discharge of oils and other polluting liquids from
maintenance workshops, vehicle and equipment washing
bays and kitchen drains.
October 2012
Oil (including transformer oil) should be recycled and

reused.
Safety and emergency response plan shall be developed
for all operations with emphasis on the protection of the
environment.
Toxic materials and chemicals shall be properly stored to
avoid accidental leakage and spillage on land.
Identified leakage or spillage shall be promptly cleaned up.
Impact on Ground Water
Measure that mitigates soil pollution apply to groundwater as

well
Ground water extraction must not exceed the capacity of the
aquifer as shall be provided by hydrogeologic study
recommendations.
Impact on Surface Water
Discharge of all forms of liquid wastes including used oils and

wash fluids from maintenance workshop shall be prohibited.
Storage facilities for toxic wastes shall not be sited close to
surface water bodies.
Impact on Health and

Safety
International best practice safety protocols and standard codes

shall be applied an all maintenance operations at the power
plant.
Only qualified and certified engineers shall be employed to
work at the power plant.
xxvii
October 2012
Periodic Safety training shall be organised for maintenance

workers and engineers.
Engineers and maintenance workers shall be provided with and
enforced to use appropriate personal protective equipment in
their operations.
Fire fighting equipment such as hydrant system as well vehicles
shall be on ground and alert at all times in case of fire incidence.
Administrative operations
Impact on Socio-cultural
System
Employment of labour as much as possible shall give preference

to local people.
Local people shall be given preferential opportunities to provide
key services within the power plant
Impact on Basic
Amenities Infrastructure
Water supply shall be developed for the power plant

administration to avoid increased demand on such existing
facilities in the locality of the power plant
Where possible, water supply should be extended to the
surrounding communities
System
Power plant shuttle services shall be put in place to carter for

transportation needs of the administrative staff.
Traffic management systems at road nodes leading to the power
plant shall be improved to cope with the demand of increased
vehicles due to power plant staff.
xxviii
October 2012
Road signage shall provide at strategic positions to improve

transportation and traffic to and from the power plant.
Vehicles that operate in the power plant shall be inspected and
given worthy permit based on their conformance with safety
standards.
Waste Management
Impact on Soil
Oil-water interceptors or sumps shall be constructed to

capture discharge of oils and other polluting liquids from
maintenance workshops, vehicle and equipment washing
bays and kitchen drains
Safety and emergency response plan shall be developed
for all operations with emphasis on the protection of the
environment;
No grey water runoff or uncontrolled discharges from the
site/working areas shall be permitted;
Water containing pollutants such as cements, concrete,
lime, chemicals, and fuels shall be discharged into a
conservancy tank for removal from site;
Sound measures shall be put in place to control storm
waters and erosive effects
The measures against impacts on soil are applicable for

groundwater
Open dumping of putrescible wastes shall be avoided.
xxix
October 2012
Waste water and sewage treatment facilities shall be put in

place at the power plant to forestall emission of noxious
gases or dispersal of pathogenic microbes.
Periodic inspection of facilities shall be conducted by the
HSE personnel to ensure that no unhygienic wastes
handling takes place at the power plant facilities.
Discharge or dumping of wastes into surface waters shall be

prohibited.
Periodic monitoring of water quality shall be implemented to be
able to obtain early warning signals of water pollution due the
power plants operations.
Impact on Visual
Intrusion and Aesthetics
No open dumping of wastes and garbage shall take place at the

power plant
Certified waste mangers shall be contracted to periodically and
promptly evacuate collected waste at the power plant facilities

Safety
Waste management plan shall be put in place by CPGL-HSE

department to guide all waste management process.
Identified health hazards via wastes shall be addressed
immediately.
CPGL shall internally implement periodic inspection and audit
of all waste management facilities at the power plant to ensure
sound practices and management.
xxx
October 2012
Safety
Impacts
Increased vehicular
traffic risk,
Mandatory health and safety training, including contractors,

and toolbox talks;
Develop camp and workforce management and H&S protocols;
Risk Assessment identifying key safety risks spur which will
inform the EMP;
Accidents in and around

site

inform the EMP;
First aid training with aid certificates upon completion;
Contact with electrical

infrastructure.
Warning signs in place including for electrical and mechanical

Equipment.
The provision and use of appropriate PPE at all times;
inform the EMP;
First aid training with aid certificates upon completion;
xxxi
October 2012
ES8.0 Stake Holder Engagement and Disclosure

The engagement is understood to be a single or series of inclusive and culturally
appropriate interactions aimed at providing stakeholders with opportunities to
express their views, so the issues raised can be considered and incorporated into
the ESIA decision-making process. Effective management requires the prior
disclosure of relevant and adequate project information to enable stakeholders to
understand the risks, impacts, and opportunities of the project.
KEY ISSUES RAISED BY STAKEHOLDERS
This section provides an overview of the key concerns raised by stakeholders
during stages 1 and 2 of the stakeholder engagement process. Issues raised during
the consultation process will continuously be registered in order to monitor and
manage stakeholder concerns with the project.
Level of stakeholder engagement and engagement Activities
Project stakeholders have expressed delight at the quality and frequency of the
present engagement. They however request that engagement will be with only
accepted members of the community. In particular, the Obi Onowu of Okija, Obi
Dr. Nnamuzie Obi needs to approve all meetings to avoid confusion. There is
uncertainty among the stakeholders with respect to the sustenance of the frequency
of engagement activities and who will be responsible for undertaking these
activities.
Social infrastructure
There is a general concern regarding the provision of basic social infrastructure and
amenities such as schools, hospitals and potable water supply. These facilities are
grossly inadequate and CPGL is willing to intervene.
Health and Safety
xxxii
October 2012
There was palpable fear about influx of workers during the construction stage
giving the inadequate level of social amenities. Stakeholders would wish CPGL
could provide portable water to reduce the spread of water borne diseases. Key
members of the community raised the issue of gaseous emissions and hazardous
effluents. Another gentleman raised the issue of increased potential for accidents at
the site area. CPGL responded by reiterating her commitment to taking appropriate
measures to minimise any adverse effects.
Employment
Stakeholders from the host community made a passionate appeal regarding the
employment of their youths for economic empowerment. They promised to
provide skilled manpower so as to forestall a situation whereby their job seekers
from their communities could only get jobs as guards and dish washers.
Provision of Electricity
Community members also asked for electricity supply from the power plant. The
proponent is not opposed to this, but the logistics is challenging as the distribution
infrastructure in the community will need to be improved and regulatory permit
obtained from NERC. However the engagement continues.
ES9.0 Environmental and Social Management and Monitoring

Key elements
In developing the ESMP, a number of key elements came into play. These elements
include:
i.
Commitment & Policy: This involves commitment of the project proponent

to develop and implement the ESMP in conformity with to existing
regulatory frameworks and standards.
ii.
Planning: This involves evidence-based development of a suitable plan of

action that ensures sound management and safeguard of environmental
xxxiii
October 2012
resources. Plan development considers the project design criteria and

anticipated negative impacts from the project.
iii.
Implementation: This involves the design of implementation strategies for

set out plans. It includes training of personnel, identification of the roles of
institutions and personnel, as well as areas of interactions of different parties
in the ESMP implementation.
iv.
Monitoring and Evaluation: This involves periodic monitoring of the

implementation of mitigation measures. It also covers proper documentation
and evaluation of observations in order to identify probable needs for
improvement in the plans and/or corrective actions.
ES 9.1
Staffing and Training
CPGL shall ensure that all employees working in the power plant shall adequately
train and retrain on specific operations with regards to safety procedures and
environmental protection. All construction and operation personnel shall be given
periodic training and briefing on sound environmental management practices
pertaining to their jobs. The proponent shall ensure that the staff gains good
understanding of the rationale behind the recommended mitigation measures and
monitoring programs.
CPGL shall establish a Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Department which
shall be responsible for all environmental management issues including regular
training of staff and visitors to the power plant facilities. The personnel of this
department shall be effectively trained in handling safety issues, Environmental
Management Systems (EMS), Occupational Health and Safety Management
Systems, etc.
Summary of Implementation Cost of the ESMP
No
Phase of Implementation
xxxiv
Cost in NGN
October 2012
Construction Phase
34.2million (annually)
Operation Phase
Total Implementation Cost
48.6million
ES10.0 Cumulative Impacts

In Practice, most developmental projects either add to what already exists or build
completely new infrastructure.. The import of this is that impacts on the
environment now become cumulative. In the particular case of CPGL 495MW plant,
there is no power plant or any factory for that matter, envisaged in the near future.
However, noise level and air quality may be deteriorated by increased vehicular
movement and heavy trucks activity in the yard of HAMMAKKOP Company and
on the express way.
Cumulative impacts from the Project and neighbouring sources have been
quantified for NOx in (Table 10.1), and for CO in table 10.2. Both levels are
considered to be very low and not associated with significant impacts on air
quality. The cumulative dust impacts are also expected to be low since the vehicular
traffic does not add to the completed dust level. The road is still new and well
covered with bitumen.
ES11.0 Conclusion and Recommendation

The results of this ESIA have assisted in reaching the following conclusions:
1.
The proposed project area has many important ecological and economic
functions
2.
By its nature and characteristics, the project many cause some ecological
disruptions, such as: significantly low gaseous emission which the in-built
mitigation measures would take care of, as well as some negative sociocultural impacts
xxxv
October 2012
3.
The identified negative impacts are either temporary or are of low to medium
magnitude and are far outweighed by the positive impacts which are long
term and of national significance.
4.
There is sufficient scientific information available to either; avoid, reduce,

minimize or compensate for most of the unavoidable negative impacts with
careful planning and efficient implementation, of recommended mitigation
measures.
5.
There will not be any need to prepare a Resettlement Action Plan, since the
proposed site covering 27.41 hectares does not contain any economic trees,
farm land, proposed or completed residential structures, economic structures
temporary or permanent or shrines for any Okija deity. (refer to section 4-77:
Vegetation studies). However, enumerations of the flora and fauna currently
existing at the proposed location have been documented in section 4-77, as
part of this ESIA.
ES11.1 Conclusion
Based on the conditions summarized above, the following recommendations are
made for implementation:
1.
The ESIA should form an integral part of the proposed power plant project
implementation document and should be used by project supervisors in
checking any adverse effect that the project may have on the various
environmental components.
2.
The proposed Mitigation Measures, Monitoring, Plans and overall

Environmental Management Programme should be faithfully implemented
and appropriate modification and improvement integrated at all project
phases.
3. There will not be any need to prepare a Resettlement Action Plan, since the
proposed site covering 27.41 hectares has been left fallow for a long period of
time, so does not contain any economic trees or crops, farm land, proposed
xxxvi
October 2012
or completed residential structures, economic structures temporary or

permanent, or shrines for any Okija deity.
xxxvii
October 2012
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGES
COVER PAGE................................................................................................................... I
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................................................................. III
-
Objectives of the ESIA ...................................................................................................................... vii
ES3.4 PROJECT RELEASES TO THE ENVIRONMENT ..................................................................................... XVII

Atmospheric Emissions .................................................................................................................................. xvii
ES3.5 PROJECT ALTERNATIVES AND SELECTION CRITERIA ........................................................................ XVIII

ES4.0 BIOPHYSICAL BASELINE DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................. XIX
ES5.0 SOCIOECONOMIC BASELINE CONDITION ........................................................................................... XX
TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................................................................XXXVIII
LIST OF TABLES ......................................................................................................................................... XLIII
LIST OF FIGURES
PAGES ................................................................................................................ XLVI
LIST OF PLATES ....................................................................................................................................... XLVIII

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS ............................................................................................... XLIX
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ................................................................................................................................LII
CHAPTER ONE ............................................................................................................................................... 2
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................... 2
Background ...................................................................................................................................... 2
Project Overview .............................................................................................................................. 4
THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT ............................................................. 6
Major Considerations ........................................................................................................................................ 6
1.4
1.5
1.6
Objectives of the ESIA ....................................................................................................................... 8

The ESIA Team ................................................................................................................................ 10
Scope of the ESIA Process ............................................................................................................... 10
Screening and Scoping: ................................................................................................................................... 13
Baseline Data Acquisition: ............................................................................................................................... 14
Community and Stakeholder Consultation ..................................................................................................... 15
Impact Identification and Assessment ............................................................................................................ 16
Responsibilities and Institutions: .................................................................................................................... 17
Reporting and Disclosure ................................................................................................................................ 18
1.7
LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK.................................................................................. 19

Environmental Administration in Nigeria ........................................................................................................ 19
National Laws and Institutions on Environment ............................................................................................. 19
National Environmental Policy and Legislation ............................................................................................... 21
Environmental Impact Assessment Act ........................................................................................................... 26
Sectoral and Procedural Guidelines ................................................................................................................ 28
Environmental Impact Assessment ................................................................................................................. 29
1.8
Other National Codes and Standards Relevant To The Project ...................................................... 31

Electricity Act, CAP 106, 1976 ......................................................................................................................... 31
Forestry Act, 1958 ........................................................................................................................................... 35
Endangered Species Act, 1985 ........................................................................................................................ 36
Social Legislation in Nigeria ............................................................................................................................. 36
Anambra State Ministry of Environment ........................................................................................................ 39
1.9
International Agreements and Conventions ................................................................................... 40

International Best Practice Standards and Guidelines .................................................................................... 42
xxxviii
October 2012
1.10
1.11
1.12
Scope of Work ................................................................................................................................ 47

Declaration ..................................................................................................................................... 48
Structure of the Report ................................................................................................................... 48
CHAPTER TWO .............................................................................................................................................. 2

2.0
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
PROJECT JUSTIFICATION ............................................................................................................. 2

NEED FOR THE PROJECT ................................................................................................................... 2
cpgl CORPORATE OBJECTIVES .......................................................................................................... 4
Benefits of the Project ...................................................................................................................... 5
COST OF THE PROJECT ...................................................................................................................... 6
Envisaged Sustainability of the Project ............................................................................................ 6
Environmental Sustainability ............................................................................................................................ 6
Economic and Commercial Sustainability ......................................................................................................... 8
Technical Sustainability ................................................................................................................................... 10
CHAPTER THREE ........................................................................................................................................... 2

3.0
3.1
PROJECT DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 2

Proposed Project Description ........................................................................................................... 2
Project site location .......................................................................................................................................... 2
Scope of the Project .......................................................................................................................................... 7
Design Philosophy ............................................................................................................................................. 8
Design Conditions ............................................................................................................................................. 9
3.2
Overview of The Power Plant ........................................................................................................... 9

Plant Layout ...................................................................................................................................................... 9
Facility Plan ..................................................................................................................................................... 11
Proposed Plant Layout .................................................................................................................................... 11
3.3
Principal Features of the Power Plant ............................................................................................ 17

Fuel Source and Composition ......................................................................................................................... 22
Fuel Gas Distribution ....................................................................................................................................... 24
Water Supply System ...................................................................................................................................... 25
Transport and Traffic ....................................................................................................................................... 27
Plant Security, Safety and Emergency Response Procedures ......................................................................... 28
3.4
3.5
PROCESS DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................... 30

Project Releases to the Environment. ............................................................................................. 31
Atmospheric Emissions ................................................................................................................................... 31
Noise Emissions ............................................................................................................................................... 34
Heat Emissions ................................................................................................................................................ 35
Liquid Effluents ............................................................................................................................................... 35
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
Staffing and Support ...................................................................................................................... 37

Maintenance and Inspection .......................................................................................................... 39
Decommissioning and Abandonment ............................................................................................ 41
Project Schedule ............................................................................................................................. 41
Project Alternatives and Selection Criteria ..................................................................................... 41
Options Implication ......................................................................................................................................... 44
CHAPTER FOUR ............................................................................................................................................. 2

4.0
4.1
4.2
4.3
DESCRIPTION OF THE BIOPHYSICAL BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ........................... 2

Study Approach ................................................................................................................................ 2
Baseline Data Acquisition Methods.................................................................................................. 2
Field Methodology and Sampling Techniques .................................................................................. 3
Literature Review .............................................................................................................................................. 3
Climate and Meteorology Studies ..................................................................................................................... 3
Air Quality ......................................................................................................................................................... 5
Noise Level ........................................................................................................................................................ 8
Soil Studies ........................................................................................................................................................ 9
Aquatic and Hydro-Biological Studies ............................................................................................................. 13
xxxix
October 2012
Vegetation Assessment/Vegetation Study ...................................................................................................... 17

Hydrogeological and Geo-Physical Studies ..................................................................................................... 17
Landuse Study ................................................................................................................................................. 19
4.4
Quality Control and Quality Assurance Plan .................................................................................. 20

Sample Collection and Handling ..................................................................................................................... 20
Laboratory Analysis ......................................................................................................................................... 20
Statistical Analysis ........................................................................................................................................... 21
Data Coding and Analysis ................................................................................................................................ 21
4.5
Results and Discussion.................................................................................................................... 22

Geographical Location of CENTURY POWER IPP Project ................................................................................. 22
Landuse and Environmental Sensitivity Study ................................................................................................ 35
Air Quality ....................................................................................................................................................... 43
Noise Level ...................................................................................................................................................... 44
Soil Studies ...................................................................................................................................................... 47
Season 49
Aquatic and Hydro-Biological Studies ............................................................................................................. 56
TABLE 4.11: MICROBIOLOGICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SURFACE WATER AT THE PROJECT SITE .................. 59
Hydrogeological and Geophysical Studies ....................................................................................................... 70
Geophysical Studies ........................................................................................................................................ 72
Vegetation Studies .......................................................................................................................................... 77
Animal Resources and Wildlife ........................................................................................................................ 78
CHAPTER FIVE ............................................................................................................................................... 2

5.0
5.1
5.2
5.3
SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE CONDITION OF THE PROJECT ENVIRONMENT ................................ 2

INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 2
The Study Area: ................................................................................................................................ 2
METHODOLOGY ............................................................................................................................... 4
Data Collection and Sampling Procedure .......................................................................................................... 4
Impediments to Data Accuracy ......................................................................................................................... 6
5.4
SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE INFORMATION ................................................................................... 8

Country Location and Administrative Structure ................................................................................................ 8
Status of Socio-Economic Indicators ................................................................................................................. 9
The Host State (ANAMBRA) ............................................................................................................................ 11
The Host L.G.A. ................................................................................................................................................ 15
The Host Community and others .................................................................................................................... 16
Vulnerable or Marginalized Groups ................................................................................................................ 16
5.5
COMMUNITY STUDIES .................................................................................................................... 17

Okija Ancestral Kingdom ................................................................................................................................. 18
Infrastructural Development ........................................................................................................................... 23
Income Level ................................................................................................................................................... 25
Public Consultation Programme...................................................................................................................... 26
CHAPTER SIX ................................................................................................................................................. 2

6.0
6.1
ASSOCIATED AND POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS ......................................................... 2

Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 2
Project and Associated Activities ...................................................................................................................... 2
Biophysical and Socio-economic Indicators ...................................................................................................... 4
Objectives of the Impact Assessment ............................................................................................................... 4
6.2
Assessment METHODOLGY .............................................................................................................. 5

Impact Identification and Screening ................................................................................................................. 5
Definitions of Impacts ..................................................................................................................................... 10
Evaluation of the Degree of Impacts ............................................................................................................... 10
Impact Significance ......................................................................................................................................... 12
Sensitivity of Resources and Receptors........................................................................................................... 15
6.3
Air Quality ...................................................................................................................................... 17

Methodology and Assumptions for Dispersion Modeling ............................................................................... 17
xl
October 2012
Methodology for Assessment of Air Quality Impacts ...................................................................................... 29
6.4
Noise............................................................................................................................................... 31
Impact Assessment Methodology ................................................................................................................... 31
Impact Description and Significance: Construction ......................................................................................... 34
Impact Description and Significance: Summary .............................................................................................. 37
6.5
SOILS AND GEOLOGY ...................................................................................................................... 38

Impact Description and Significance: Operation ............................................................................................. 39
Impact Description and Significance: Decommissioning ................................................................................. 40
Impact Description and Significance: Summary. ............................................................................................. 41
6.6
WATER RESOURCES ........................................................................................................................ 42

6.7
BIODIVERSITY ................................................................................................................................. 47
6.8
IMPACTS TO CULTURAL INSTITUTIONS .......................................................................................... 51

6.9
IMPACTS TO EMPLOYMENT AND ECONOMY ................................................................................. 54

6.10
IMPACTS TO HEALTH PROFILE ........................................................................................................ 60

6.11
SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................................... 65
CHAPTER SEVEN ............................................................................................................................................ 2

7.0
IMPACTS MITIGATION MEASURES .............................................................................................. 2
7.1
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 2
THIS CHAPTER THEREFORE PRESENTS COMPREHENSIVE MITIGATION MEASURES THAT CENTURY ....................................... 2
POWER SHALL IMPLEMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION OPERATION AND DECOMMISSIONING OF ......................................... 2
THE POWER PLANT. THE MITIGATION MEASURES ARE PUT IN PLACE TO EITHER COMPLETELY ............................................ 2
AVOID OR MITIGATE ALL ASSOCIATED AND POTENTIAL NEGATIVE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ....................................... 2
IMPACTS FROM THE PROJECT. THE MEASURES ARE EQUALLY INTENDED TO ACCENTUATE THE ........................................... 2
POSITIVE IMPACTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROJECT. .............................................................................................. 2
MITIGATION MEASURES DEVELOPMENT APPROACH ............................................................................................. 2
IDENTIFIED IMPACTS AND THEIR MITIGATIONS MEASURES ..................................................................................... 3
7.2
Summary ........................................................................................................................................ 34
CHAPTER EIGHT ............................................................................................................................................ 2
8.0
8.1
STAKEHOLDERS ENGAGEMENT AND DISCLOSURE....................................................................... 2

BACKGROUND .................................................................................................................................. 2
CHAPTER NINE .............................................................................................................................................. 2

CHAPTER NINE .............................................................................................................................................. 2
xli
October 2012
9.0
ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP) ......................................................... 2
9.1
Introduction ...................................................................................................................................... 2
Key elements................................................................................................................................................... 2
9.2
Objectives ......................................................................................................................................... 3
9.3
Proponents Commitment ................................................................................................................. 4
9.4
Planning ........................................................................................................................................... 4
9.5
Implementation ................................................................................................................................ 6
Roles of the Project Proponent ......................................................................................................................... 6
Roles of Other Institution and Agencies ............................................................................................................ 8
Air Quality and Noise Level monitoring plan ..................................................................................................... 9
Soil Quality Monitoring Plan ........................................................................................................................... 10
Ground Water Quality Monitoring Plan .......................................................................................................... 10
Surface Water Quality Monitoring Plan .......................................................................................................... 11
Wastes Management Monitoring Plan ........................................................................................................... 11
9.6
Remediation Plans after Decommissioning .................................................................................... 11

Decommissioning Activities ............................................................................................................................ 13
Site Remediation Plans.................................................................................................................................... 15
9.7
Monitoring Plan ............................................................................................................................. 15

Institutional Arrangement for Compliance Monitoring. ................................................................................. 18
Conclusion ....................................................................................................................................................... 42
CHAPTER TEN ................................................................................................................................................ 2

10.0
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
CUMULATIVE IMPACTS ............................................................................................................... 2

INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................ 2
Air Quality ........................................................................................................................................ 2
NOISE ................................................................................................................................................ 5
SOILS AND GEOLOGY ........................................................................................................................ 8
cultural institution ............................................................................................................................ 8
water resources ................................................................................................................................ 8
employment and economy ............................................................................................................... 9
biodiversity ....................................................................................................................................... 9
HEALTH PROFILE ............................................................................................................................. 10
occupational health and safety ...................................................................................................... 10
WASTE ............................................................................................................................................ 11
CHAPTER ELEVEN .......................................................................................................................................... 2

11.0
11.1
CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ................................................................................... 2

Conclusion ........................................................................................................................................ 2
REFERENCES .................................................................................................................................................. 6
12.0
13.0
APPENDIX 3: SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY QUESTIONNAIRE ....................................................... 19

APPENDIX 4: HOUSEHOLD SURVEY QUESTIONNAIRE ................................................................ 26
Appendices
xlii
October 2012
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1.1
Table 1.2
Table 1.3
International Convention relating to Industry and the

Environment.............................................................................................1-40
Equator Principles...................................................................................1-43
World Bank Safeguard Policies and Guidelines.................................1-44
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Design Conditions....................................................................................3-9
Specification Requirements of the Gas Turbine Plants.......................3-20
Specification Requirements of the Steam plant...................................3-21
Composition of the Natural Gas for CPGL IPP Plant.........................3-23
Emission of Air from CPGL Power Plant.............................................3-33
Effluents generated by CPGL IPP..........................................................3-36
Table 4.1
The Coordinate and description of noise, air quality samples and

climate........................................................................................................4-6
The Coordinate and description of soil and vegetation samples......4-11
The Coordinate and description of surface and ground water
samples......................................................................................................4-15
Wind speed measurements at the project site.....................................4-33
Some cultivated crops in the project area.............................................4-41
Air quality data for the proposed Okija independent power project
site (dry and wet season, 2011)...............................................................4-44
Noise level measurements for Okija independent power proposed
project site and environs.........................................................................4-45
Physico-chemical parameters for soil samples for the wet and dry
season........................................................................................................ 4-48
Microbiology analysis of soil samples in the project area................. 4-49
Physico-chemical characteristics of surface water samples
(wet and dry seasons)............................................................................. 4-57
Microbiological characteristic of surface water at the project site....4-58
Physio-chemical characteristics of ground water samples
(wet and dry season)................................................................................4-61
Microbiological characteristics of sediment at the project site..........4-61
Population dynamics of micro-organisms isolated from water
samples in the project area (wet and dry season)............................... 4-66
Vertical electrical sounding models......................................................4-74
Shows a matrix of selected procedures.................................................5-5
Key socio-economic indicators for Nigeria..........................................5-10
Population Distribution of Anambra State...........................................5-13
Common crops in the state and their uses...........................................5-15
Table 4.2
Table 4.3
Table 4.4
Table 4.5
Table 4.6
Table 4.7
Table 4.8
Table 4.9
Table 4.10
Table 4.11
Table 4.12
Table 4.13
Table 4.14
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
4.15
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
xliii
October 2012
Table 5.5
Table 5.6
lists of amenities in Ihiala LGA.............................................................5-17

Occupational Distribution of Anambra State......................................5-24
Table 6.1
Table 6.2
Phases of Project Development activities and sources of impact.....6-7

Activity-Environment interaction categories and environmental
and socio-economic components...........................................................6-8
Environmental, socio-economic and health component and
their impact indicators.............................................................................6-9
Describing Environmental Impacts.......................................................6-11
Categories of Significance.......................................................................6-13
Overall significance criteria for environmental impacts in the ESIA
Species value/sensitivity criteria..........................................................6-16
Dust Nuisance Assessment Matrixes....................................................6-24
Recommended NO to
.....................................................................6-27
Air Quality Standards used in the Assessments.................................6-29
Significance Criteria...............................................................................6-30
Summary of impact significance pre-mitigated..................................6-31
IFC Noise level guidelines.....................................................................6-32
Impact Assessment Methodologies for Residential Receptors.........6-33
Summary of impact significance pre-mitigation (Noise)...................6-37
Summary of impact significance pre-mitigation (soil & Geology)...6-41
Summary of impact significance pre-mitigation (water resources)..6-47
Summary of impact significance pre-mitigation (Biodiversity)........6-50
Summary of impact significance pre-mitigation
(cultural Institution)..................................................................................6-54
Summary of impact significance pre-mitigation (Employment)......6-60
Summary of impact significance pre-mitigation (Health profile).....6-65
Anticipated negative impacts and mitigation measures during
pre-Construction activities......................................................................7-4
Anticipated negative impacts and mitigation measures
during construction activities.................................................................7-16
Anticipated negative impacts and mitigation measures
during operation of the Power plant.....................................................7-26
Anticipated negative impacts and mitigation measures during
decommissioning of the power plant....................................................7-32
Agencies/Institution and their roles in Environmental
sustainability of the proposed power plant.........................................9-8
Environmental Monitoring plan during pre-construction
and construction works...........................................................................9-16
Environmental Monitoring plan during operation of
the power plant........................................................................................9-17
Institutional Arrangements for ESMP Compliance............................9-20
Construction Phase, Operational phase and Transmission Impact
Mitigation, Monitoring and Management............................................9-22
Table 6.3
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
Table
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
6.11
6.12
6.13
6.14
6.15
6.16
6.17
6.18
6.19
Table 6.20
Table 6.21
Table 7.1
Table 7.2
Table 7.3
Table 7.4
Table 9.1
Table 9.2
Table 9.3
Table 9.4
Table 9.5
xliv
October 2012
Table 10.1
Table 10.3
Summary of Cumulative Impacts due to CPGL IPP vehicular

traffic..........................................................................................................10-4
Cumulative Noises at location..............................................................10-7
xlv
October 2012
LIST OF FIGURES
Fig
1.1
Fig
1.2
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
1.3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Fig
Fig
3.5
3.6
Fig
3.7
Fig
3.8
Fig
Fig
4.1
4.2
Fig
Fig
4.3
4.4
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
Fig
4.10
Fig
4.11
Fig
4.12
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
Survey plan of the landed property of century power generation

limited at Ubahu Okija Ihiala LGA, Anambra state...........................1-7
Process chart of ESIA developed by EIA centre, University of
Manchester................................................................................................1-13
EIA process flow chart (provided by FMEnv).....................................1-29
Map of Nigeria showing the 36 States including Anambra...............3-3
Survey plan of the project Area (138, 294, 806 sq.m)...........................3-5
Map of Anambra showing the LGA including Ihiala.........................3-6
Part of Anambra State Showing Okija (Sourced from Google
images).......................................................................................................3-7
Site layout Plan of proposed 495Mw CPGL plant at Okija................3-16
SIEMENS C-Cycle Power plant SCC5-2000E 2x1 layout
proposed....................................................................................................3-17
SGT5-PAC 2000E- Typical Arrangement of the major Components
& Systems SIEMENS................................................................................3-19
Organizational Chart...............................................................................3-40
Image of the area showing the study area............................................4-4
Map of the study area showing the air quality and noise sampling
point............................................................................................................4-7
Map of the study area showing the soil sampling point....................4-12
Map of the study area showing surface water and sediment
sample collection points along Ulasi River..........................................4-16
Map of Anambra showing Ihiala LGA.................................................4-23
Rainfall characteristics of the project area............................................4-30
Maximum and minimum temperature of the study area..................4-31
Average relative humidity of the study area
Micro organism population dynamics in the surface water
Samples......................................................................................................4-67
Population dynamics of micro-organisms isolated from water
samples......................................................................................................4-68
Horizontal resistivity profiling of computer iterated filed curve at
Ubahu and Umuohi villages..................................................................4-73
Geoelectric sections beneath VESI and within the site area. Vertical
depth is in meter......................................................................................4-76
Map of Anambra State showing the LGAs..........................................5-3
Population distribution of Anambra State...........................................5-14
Occupational distribution around the project area.........................5-25
Educational Attainment......................................................................5-31
xlvi
October 2012
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
Age of respondents..............................................................................5-32
Marital Status of respondents.............................................................5-33
Sex of respondents................................................................................5-33
Religion of respondents.......................................................................5-34
Awareness of the project......................................................................5-3
Response on desirability of project.....................................................5-36
Health symptoms..................................................................................5-37
Prevalent health problems...................................................................5-38
Response on health risk........................................................................5-3
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
6.6
6.7
6.8
6.9
6.10
Dispersion along the NE wind direction(laster)......................6-19

Dispersion along the NE wind direction(Satellite)..................6-20
Dispersion along the SE wind direction....................................6-21
Dispersion along the NE wind direction.....................................6-22
Dispersion along the NE wind on Sat. Imagery..........................6-23
Dispersion along the SE wind direction on sat. Imagery..........6-23
Automated distance Vs
concentration......................................6-26
Automated distance Vs
concentration......................................6-28
Day time sound level from all sources...............................................6-36
Night time sound level from all sources.............................................6-36
xlvii
October 2012
LIST OF PLATES
Plate 4.1
Plate 4.2
Plate 4.11
Plate 4.12
Noise and air quality measurement at proposed site................................4-8

Noise and air quality measurement at a point near the project site A
construction site for HAMMAKOPP Engineering..................................4-9
Soil sample collection at project site........................................................4-10
Soil sample collection at a control point outside the project site.............4-10
Surface water sampling from Ulasi River at the back of the site.............4-14
Typical village home surrounded by Farms and cash crops.....................4-36
St. Peters primary school renovated by the proponent............................4-38
Typical food crops within the project area................................................4-39
Oil palm trees typical of primary forest around the project site................4-40
A cross section of typical cash crops within the proposed site together
with 330kv Alaoji-Onitsha transmission line............................................4-42
Road leading to Ulasi River at the Western boundary of the site..............4-46
Bamboo forest vegetation within the project site.......................................4-78
Plate 5.1
Plate 5.2
Plate 5.3
Plate 6.1
A FDG at the office of the excutive chairman Ihiala L.G.A......................5-8

Project showing direct access from the express road.................................5-22
Road side market at Okija junction, Near the project site..........................5-26
The Ulasi Stream.........................................................................................6-44
Plate 4.3
Plate 4.4
Plate 4.5
Plate 4.6
Plate 4.7
Plate 4.8
Plate 4.9
Plate 4.10
xlviii
October 2012
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

ADT = Average Daily Traffic
AFDB = African Development Bank
APHA = American Public Health Association
BOD = Biochemical Oxygen Demand
Cfu/ml = Coliform Forming Unit per Millilitre
CO = Carbon monoxide
COD = Chemical Oxygen Demand
cT =
Tropical Continental (Air mass)
CTG = Combustion Turbine Generator

dB =
decibel
DCS = Distributed Control System

DPR = Department of Petroleum Resources
EAP = Environmental Action Plan
EHS = Environmental Health and Safety
EIA = Environmental Impact Assessment
EME = Earth Moving Equipment
ESI = Environmental Sensitivity Index
ESIA = Environmental and Social Impact Assessment
ESMP = Environmental and Social Management Plan
FAO = Food and Agricultural Organisation
FOS = Federal Office of Statistics
GACN = Gas Aggregation Company of Nigeria
GDP = Gross Domestic Product
GEP = Good Engineering Practice
GIS = GAS Insulated Switchgear
HRSG = Heat Recovery Steam Generator
HSE = Health Safety Environment
IFC = International Finance Co-operation
xlix
October 2012
ISO = International Organization of Standardization

ITCZ = Inter Tropical Convergence Zone
ITD = Inter-tropical Discontinuity
ITF = Inter-tropical Front
IUCN = International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources
LGA = Local Government Area
mT = Tropical Maritime (Air mass)
Mwe = Mega-watt electricity
NBET = Nigerian Bulk Electricity Trader
NO2 = Nitrogen Dioxide
NOx = Oxides of Nitrogen
NPC = National Population Commission
PCBs = Polychlorinated Biphenyls
PCDP = Public Consultation and Disclosure plan
ppm = Parts per million
RH = Relative Humidity
SAPP = South African Power Pool
SO2 = Sulphur dioxide
SOx = Oxides of Sulphur
SPM = Suspended Particulate Matter
STG = Steam Turbine Generator
TCN = Transmission Company of Nigeria
TIS = Traffic Impact Study
TPH = Total Petroleum Hydrocarbon
WB = World Bank
October 2012
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
li
October 2012
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
CENTURY POWER GENERATION LIMITED wishes to thank the Government of
the Federal Republic of Nigeria through its Agencies for the opportunity given her
to conduct this Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) in support of
the 495MWe Independent Power Plant Project at Okija, Anambra State. The cooperation of the stakeholders in the project area and Federal Ministry of
Environment (FMEnv) is gratefully acknowledged. We would also like to thank the
Management of MASODAK ASSOCIATES/F.M. CHIDEZ NIG. LTD consortium
and the entire Study Team for the successful execution of this ESIA study.
lii
October 2012
CHAPTER ONE
INTRODUCTION
CHAPTER ONE
INTRODUCTION
BACKGROUND
Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL), a company incorporated in Nigeria
with head office at African Re Building, 4th Floor, Plot 1679, Karimu Kotun Street,
Victoria Island, Lagos State, Nigeria, in collaboration with her technical partners
hereby proposes to design, procure, install and operate a new combined cycle
gas power plant that would generate about 495MW (ISO) of electricity, at a
location in Okija, along Onitsha Owerri express way, Anambra State. The
project when completed will provide electric power to drive various industrial
establishments in Ihiala, its environs and to the rest of the country through the
national grid via a 330KV substation and short transmission line.
Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL) is a subsidiary of the OBIJACKSON

Group, a company specialised in design, construction, development and
management of large scale oil and gas engineering construction and other
activities. In line with the privatization programme of the Federal Government
of Nigeria, Century Power Generation Limited has applied for a generating
license from the Nigerian Electricity Regulatory Commission (NERC), to build
and operate a combined cycle Gas Turbine Power Plant with 495MW (ISO) total
capacity in Okija, Anambra State.
Granting an on-grid generation license to CPGL means that the output of the
plant will be sold to the Nigerian Electricity Grid through the newly created
Nigerian Bulk Electricity Trader (NBET). It follows that NBET will execute a
Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) with CPGL which details the conditions for
the power sale transaction. In practice, such PPAs would need some form of
securitization to cushion the risk of a possible default in payment by the
October 2012
purchaser. This crucial rung in the privatization ladder has been the most
challenging to climb by the policy drivers of the Nigerian Electricity Supply
Industry (NESI).
As part of its efforts to strengthen the power sector in sub-Saharan Africa, the
World Bank has decided to provide a Partial Risk Guarantee (PRG) scheme to
securitize the Power Purchase Agreement (PPA). Currently 14 power projects
have been nominated to the World Bank for a PRG. An important pre-requisite
to obtaining a PRG from the World Bank is an Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment (ESIA) report.
Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL) plans to execute a PPA with NBET
for the sale of her proposed 495MW power plant output. As a responsible
corporate citizen, CPGL is aware of the need to articulate the environmental and
social impacts of the power plant project and work out ways of mitigating,
managing and monitoring these impacts. CPGL therefore commissioned a
consortium of two reputable Nigerian companies MASODAK Associates, a
Civil and Environmental Engineering and F. M. CHIDEZ Nig Ltd, a Power
Systems Engineering Consulting group to conduct an ESIA of her 495MW power
plant. The consortium engaged the required expertise in the various aspects of
the ESIA process to arrive at a report in full conformity with the World Bank
guidelines as well as the requirements of other local regulatory bodies. This
document presents the executive summary of the entire ESIA report from the
Legal and Administrative framework, Project Alternatives and Project
Description to major findings of the Environmental and Social studies, Impact
Identification, Mitigation measures, Management and Monitoring plans for
various stages of the project up to post closure. A life span of about 30 years is
envisaged for the equipment which may be replaced or the site closed.
October 2012
PROJECT OVERVIEW
Nigeria is a country of over 160 million people with an average electric power
generation of 4500 MW resulting in a per capita power availability of 28 watts.
This is grossly inadequate. Indeed, a 2008 power demand survey report by
TRACTABEL, a British company, estimated the current national power demand
as 10,000MW which implies a shortfall of 5,500 MW. This considerable
unserviced demand is stifling economic growth and degrading quality of life. To
meet this demand, huge quantities of generating sets have been imported into
the country from all over the world. The cost of self-generated power is about 54
Naira/kwh compared with 22 Naira/kwh for grid supplied power. The citizens
willingness to pay for expensive off-grid generated power can be seen in great
demand for generators of all shapes and sizes as well as the willingness to pay
for the high cost of operating and maintaining these machines. Furthermore, the
low power availability from the public utility has forced corporate entities to
divert large amount of funds from their core business to securing quality power
supply. This has resulted in locally manufactured goods being uncompetitive
with imported goods, leading to considerable loss of production capacities.
CPGLs decision to develop the Okija IPP project is therefore strategic, farsighted
and borne out of a desire to improve the economic landscape of Nigeria. Project
Economics
From the attached survey plan (Fig. 1.1) the land area covered by the plant is
about 14 hectares. The project considers the use of Two Nos. SIEMENS SGT5
2000E Gas Turbines each coupled to SGen 5-100A-2P type Generators with a
SIEMENS steam Turbine SST5 4000 configured in a 2 x 1 combined cycle multi
shaft arrangement (SCC5 4000E with 2 x 1) linked to two Heat Recovery Steam
Generator (HRSG) systems bringing the total output to about 495MW (site
condition). This configuration is very suitable for the CPGL IPP project due to
minimal gas consumption. The combined cycle plant will be configured in line
October 2012
with SIMENS SCC5 2000E 2x1 system with an expected net output of 450MW.
The gross heat rate is 6883kJ/kWh (ISO) while the gross efficiency at rated
capacity is expected to be 52.7% (ISO) with an air cooled condenser.
The
economic calculations shown on the excel worksheet in the feasibility study, are
self explanatory and show that the project is economically viable. Preliminary
contacts with the Okija communities during land negotiations was extremely
positive and indicated a safe investment climate. Though the Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA) report of the project is expected to recommend specific
relationships with the surrounding villages, the general mood of the people is
that of joyful expectation for this big power project.
Market Availability
Studies have shown that the demand for electric power in Nigeria is quite high
and is rapidly growing.. In particular, the target catchments of Onitsha, Nnewi,
Ekwuluobia, Awka, Ogbaru and Ihiala play host to 39,615 commercial and light
industrial customers based on 2007 figures released by Enugu Distribution
Company (see Table 3). Recently a car assembly plant was commissioned at
Nnewi which has added substantially to the total load demand.
Business Plan
The CPGLs business plan calls for first identifying a credible market for
electric power along with together with a reliable source of natural gas fuel (),
then acquiring enough land for a power project. CPGL expects the project to be
sustainable and be viable for at least 30years.
To ensure this, a reputable,
Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) company will be hired to

build the power plant through a transparent bidding process, on a turn key
basis. The project financiers should be part of the process so as to elicit mutual
confidence.
October 2012
Fig 1.1: Survey plan of the Landed Property of Century Power Generation Ltd at Ubahu
Okija Ihiala Local Government Area, Anambra State
THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Major Considerations
Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) has become a valuable tool
in the planning, design, procurement, installation and operation of all major
developmental projects both privately and publicly owned. In recent times,
virtually all financial institutions and investment agencies like the World Bank
October 2012
(WB), AFDB, AsDB, IFC, EIB to mention a few, have gone further to articulate
their individual guidelines for the conduct of ESIAs. These ESIAs have become
critical in making a project bankable. The new realization is that project
sustainability transcends the earlier held view that the goal of business is to
maximize profit and has been expanded to include considerations for Economic,
Socio-political and Environmental impact of the project in question. It is now
understood that plans need to be developed to monitor mitigants deployed to
minimize negative impacts as well as maximize positive impacts. Using this
benchmark, a sustainable project should have no net negative impact. In its ESIA
guidelines for Power Transmission Infrastructure, (SAPP EG01/110) sees an
ESIA as an integral part of project development and not a separate process. In
other words, incorporating environmental management consideration into the
decision-making process improves project planning and enhances sustainability.
According to the World Business Council for Sustainable Development (WBCSD)

through its subsidiary, Cement Sustainable Initiatives (CSI), an ESIA report will
cover methods and key issues, the legislative framework, the consultation
process, the social and environmental baseline, consideration of alternatives,
prediction and evaluation of significant social and environmental impacts,
mitigation or offset measures, as well as environmental and social management
and monitoring plan. Against this
background, an ESIA process will, of
necessity, involve a number of partakers with such diverse roles and

responsibilities such as the proponent of the project, expert consultants,
regulatory authorities, government departments, appointed reviewers, funding
agencies / financial institutions, local villagers and communities, NGOs and
other stakeholders. In the particular case of a gas fired power plant in Nigeria,
the major stakeholders include the surrounding communities up to 15km from
the project site, the local government and the state ministry of environment, the
Federal Ministry of Environment, the Transmission Company of Nigeria (TCN),
October 2012
the Nigeria Electricity Regulatory Commission (NERC), the Gas Aggregation

Company of Nigeria (GACN), Directorate of Petroleum Resources (DPR), Private
Consultants,
FMEnv
appointed
reviewers
and
sometimes
professional
associations.
OBJECTIVES OF THE ESIA
Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL) as a responsible corporate citizen, is
aware of the importance of comprehensive environmental and socio-economic
dynamics to the success of any developmental project, thus CPGL is committed
to full integration of environmental and socio-economic considerations into the
life cycle of its proposed power plant project. Therefore, the major objective of
this ESIA is to
a) Assess the nature, intensity and duration of the project impacts and those of
other project related activities on the environment and socio-economic life of the
b) Proffer mitigation measures where necessary to minimize the negative impacts
as well as
c) Arrange subsequent management and monitoring programs to last the life cycle
of the project.
In doing so, CPGL plans to ensure the consultation and participation of all
stakeholders especially the local communities in the entire ESIA process so as to
promote an enabling environment for project sustainability.
A major aim of this ESIA is to ensure that the project attains a high level of
compliance with local and international standards especially the World Banks
OP 4.01 which is a requirement for CPGL to qualify for a partial risk guarantee
(PRG) in favour of an envisaged Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) with the
Nigerian Bulk Electricity Trader (NBET). Such compliance is the only way the
October 2012
World Bank will be convinced that the 495MW proposed Power Plant Project by
CPGL is sustainable.
Other objectives of this ESIA include:

-
To provide relevant information, at the design stage, that will assist the
project design team to optimize environmental and socio-economic
interaction with the project.
To assist in determining the underlying costs in project construction and

operation early at the design stage, this will inform critical decisions on
project alternatives, including no project option.
To promote community and public participation in the ESIA process and

integrate stakeholder feedback channel into the process.
Identify the positive impacts of the project and develop strategies for
enhancing them.
To integrate socio and cultural considerations in project design,

implementation and operation.
To establish modalities for continuous stakeholder consultation with a

view to promote cordial relations during all stages of project execution
including closure.
To provide a reference database for the environment existing around the

project location.
To meet the FMEnv requirements on national ESIA procedures for

approval/certification before project commencement and implementation.
To meet the requirements for the issuance of an Environmental Impact

Statement (EIS) by FMEnv
October 2012
THE ESIA TEAM

The ESIA team consists of a consortium of two reputable consulting firms,
MASODAK Associates, a civil and Environmental Engineering consulting firm
and F.M. CHIDEZ Nig. Ltd, a Power Engineering and EMC consulting firm. Key
staffers of both companies have acted as Expert Reviewers for the Federal
Ministry of Environment, Nigeria, while the firms have varied experience
ranging from geotechnical, power evacuation, soil studies and ESIA for new
power plants and other industrial projects such as steel and galvanizing factories.
Naturally, a number of other studies were executed by selected experts in
various fields to compliment the efforts of key staff of the consortium. The core
specialists who participated in the ESIA process are listed in table D.1 in the
appendix together with their post-graduation experience. Laboratory analysis of
the samples was carried out in the University of Lagos laboratories in the
Departments of Chemistry, Micro-Biology and Civil and Environmental
Engineering which houses the Public Health Laboratory. These laboratories are
well respected by Federal and State agencies
like Federal Ministry of
Environment (FMEnv) and Lagos state Environmental Protection Agency to

mention a few.
SCOPE OF THE ESIA PROCESS
This ESIA relies heavily on two important documents, one issued by the Federal
Ministry of Environment FMEnv (Nigeria) as sectorial guidelines and the other
issued by the World Bank under the Environmental and social safeguard policies
coded OP/BP series. According to OP 4.01, Annex B An environmental
assessment (EA) for a category A project focuses on the significant
environmental issues of a project. The reports scope and level of detail should be
commensurate with the projects potential impacts.
10
October 2012
In Nigeria, the Terms of Reference (ToR), which is submitted to the FMEnv at the
point of seeking permission to conduct an EIA, details the scope of the activities
involved in the process. The world Bank Operational Polices (OP) and Bank
Procedures (BP) add more emphasis on social constitution because for a project
to be sustainable, the surrounding communities must accept its presence. This
latter emphasis may have given rise to ESIA. Shown in Fig. 1.2 is an ESIA process
chart developed by the EIA Centre, University of Manchester. An EIA flow chart
by the FMEnv is drawn in Fig. 1.3. However, after studying several ESIA
guidelines notably World Bank OP/BP 4.01, EU and SAPP guidelines, the
activities which culminate to a typical ESIA may be listed as
-
Screening and Scoping
Baseline Data Acquisition/Consultation
Impact Identification/Assessment
Environmental and Social Impact Management & Monitoring
Responsibilities and Institutions
Reporting and Disclosure.
11
October 2012
Screening
Consideration
of alternatives
Establishing
the baseline
Scoping
Prediction and
evaluation of
impacts
Environmental
impacts
Social impacts
Mitigation
Monitoring
Environmental
Management
System
Fig. 1.2 Process Chart of ESIA Developed by EIA Centre, University of

Manchester
12
October 2012
Screening and Scoping:

For a power plant of the magnitude envisaged by CPGL, an ESIA is a
requirement, as part of the project development process, for most regulators and
Financial Institutions. Therefore, a screening stage to determine whether an ESIA
is needed may not be necessary. However, scoping is needed in order to carry
out initial assessment of likely environmental and socio- economic impacts of the
project as well as predict implications of all measures needed to assuage the
negative impacts and enhance positive ones. Other issues to be considered at this
stage are the implications (Financial or otherwise) of efforts required to manage
and monitor the identified impacts to ensure social tranquillity and avoid
adverse residual or cumulative impacts. In general, scoping may address the
following: (EC guidance on SS)
-
The baseline studies that are required to characterize the existing

environment.
The types of alternatives to be considered
Consultations
with
relevant
stakeholders
and
determination
of
stakeholder coverage for the specific project.

In the particular case of this CPGL, a scoping meeting was called on the 16th of
July 2011 to focus on the following objectives
Examine the scope of the project and identify environmental indicators

that can be triggered and the receptors
Utilize some secondary data obtained from desktop studies of previous

ESIAs in the region, for instance, the Onitsha-Owerri road construction
ESIA reports, to establish existing environmental and socio-economic
baseline in the project area.
13
October 2012
Based on the same secondary data sources, undertake preliminary

evaluation of potential issues of environmental and social importance
consequent upon the project.
Identify shortfalls in data acquisition and impact production with a view

to improving on the scope.
Undertake stakeholder mapping, and design measures to obtain timely

inputs into the ESIA process from relevant stakeholders.
Articulate a framework for the proposed Terms of Reference (ToR) to be

submitted to FMEnv and design a program for the ESIA implementation
including baseline data acquisition and social consultation.
A ToR which contains the scope of the EIA and an application form were
submitted to the FMEnv on the 8th of July 2011. A subsequent approval was
received on the 23rd of August 2011 placing the project on category 1 requiring
mandatory EIA and a panel review.
Baseline Data Acquisition:

A major deliverable of an ESIA is a compendium of the existing environmental
and socio-economic conditions of the project area which forms the yard stick for
measuring impacts associated with the project. Quantitative measures and
characterization of such environmental baseline indicators as air quality, noise
level, geology and soil, hydrogeology, fauna and flora are obtained at this stage
using standard techniques and devices with subsequent laboratory analysis
where applicable.
A good way to start baseline data collection is from desktop studies of the project
area. In the case of CPGL, the EIA reports of Onitsha Owerri road construction
14
October 2012
project and some geological studies of the Anambra Basin, form part of Desktop
studies.
Primary data collection took place from September 1st to 3rd for wet season
biophysical quantities and January 11th to 13th for dry season. Pictorial reports of
the activities during the field investigations are presented in chapter four
together with the results.
Socio-economic data acquisition usually takes more visits to the project area and
adjoining settlements. Socio-economic experts were embedded into the data
gathering team during the biophysical data gathering to undertake more visits
on social consultation. Notable dates were October 20th, 2011 at the palace of the
Obi Onowu of Okija, His Royal Highness, Obi Nnamuzie, and chairman of the
Ihiala L.G.A council of Traditional Rulers and November 18th, 2011 when they
met the Chairman of Ihiala LGA and a section of the Mpidiegwu
Nwokeaghanaji, Umuabanihi and Udensi families from whom the project land
was acquired. Dr. Usman and his team eventually organized a public forum on
the 22nd of March 2012.
Community and Stakeholder Consultation
Dr. M.A. Usman, an accomplished socio-economist and his team, performed the
following tasks.
Community engagement to sensitize the local dwellers on the new project

and obtain their concerns.
Consultation with government agencies like the Ihiala L.G.A, Anambra

state Ministry of Environment, etc.
Social engagement with special groups like the youths groups, the
women associations, the elderly groups and secondary school leavers, to
evaluate their concerns.
15
October 2012
Socio economic enumeration to obtain quantitative measures for the

living standard of the villagers in accordance with UNDP Human
Development Index (HDI).
Met with leaders of Madonna University to sensitize Management on the

new project and encourage them to voice out their concerns which would
be incorporated at the design stage.
Impact Identification and Assessment

Preliminary impact prediction and potential mitigation measures are usually
articulated during the scoping stage where a study of the project description and
implementation/operation procedures lead to an evaluation of its environmental
and socio-economic interaction. The key issue at this stage is to analyze the
results of baseline data acquisition quantitatively and qualitatively with a view
to determining environmental and socio-economic indicators, most at risk
population (MARP) likely to be triggered by the project, the magnitude of the
effect and proffer mitigation and enhancement measures as the case may be.
In this report, the Impact Identification and Assessment stage focused on
Establishing some environmental and socio-economic design objectives to

aid both the ESIA and project design process in ameliorating adverse
effects and enhancing beneficial impacts at the design stage.
Evaluating the perceived impacts as positive or negative and categorizing

them as significant, moderate or negligible.
Proffering mitigation and enhancement measures to ameliorate negative

impacts up to residual impacts, and promote positive impacts. As part of
the process, impacts will be classified as short term or long term, direct or
indirect, synergistic, cumulative, and whether they increase or reduce with
time. More of this can be seen in chapter six of this report.
16
October 2012
Environmental and Social Impact Management and Monitoring

An Environmental and Social Impact Management and Monitoring (ESIM & M)
process consists of a set of management, mitigation and monitoring measures to
be deployed during implementation of the project (i.e. Construction, operation
and closure) to eliminate/ameliorate negative impacts as well as enhance
positive ones on a continuous basis even after decommissioning, until all
residual impacts are reasonably offset. This report has presented a range of such
measures in accordance with guidelines from regulatory and other concerned
institution like the World Bank, African Development Bank etc, as well as
proposed monitoring programs and methodologies for effective tracking of
perceived adverse impacts with high probability of occurrence.
Responsibilities and Institutions:

The key issue here is environmental management/monitoring organization. This
section details
a) How the ESIM&M will be implemented,
b) The proposed the human and material infrastructure required,
c) The institutional support necessary and
d) The assigned responsibilities for identified activities including cost implications.
Usually lending institutions insist that the cost of implementing the

recommendations of ESIA studies become part of the facility to be approved
for lending. This ESIA report has presented results depicting the following:
A list of negative and positive impacts down to identified risks and

uncertainties
Mitigation measures to minimize adverse impacts and to enhance

environmental and socio-economic benefits including emergency procedures
against perceived risks and uncertainties.
17
October 2012
Assign responsibilities for implementation to institutional units, individuals

as well as other contractual and management arrangement.
Computed funds and resources needed for each implementation
Reporting and Disclosure

This draft ESIA report results from the aggregation of the outputs of the above
listed activities and presentations which will be submitted to the World Bank for
further processing. As an ESIA report, the draft will also be submitted to the
FMEnv for review in line with the Nigerian guidelines. After some regulatory
processes, the FMEnv will constitute a panel of regulators and external experts to
review the draft report. Comments by the experts will be published at a public
forum usually organized by the FMEnv and funded by the proponent.
Comments from other stakeholders including, host communities will also be
taken at this forum. FMEnv will collate the comments and, if the report is
approved by the experts sitting in a closed door session, will then hand over the
comments to CPGL for the purposes of incorporating them in the final ESIA
report, as a condition for obtaining an EIS from FMEnv.
A major component of the regulatory process by the FMEnv is to publish a notice

to stakeholders on the project, stating locations where the ESIA report can be
accessed for comments. Such public notice must include News Paper
advertorials in the locality where the proposed project is sited as well as other
widely read media. The FMEnv usually requires that the draft ESIA report is
made public for 21 working days which translates to more than 30 working days
when the time required for fixing the public forum is added. Further
advertisement for the public forum is made continuously through local radio
announcements for at least five days before the review date.
18
October 2012
LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

Environmental Administration in Nigeria
The dumping of international toxic waste at Koko in Nigeria and the public
furore it generated in 1988/1989 prompted the Federal Government to create
concrete policy on Environment protection. In consequence, a National
Environmental Policy was quickly put together and a body known as Federal
Environmental Protection Agency (FEPA) was created (FEPA Act No. 58 of
1988), to implement the policy and enforce the ensuing regulations. FEPA
functioned effectively and succeeded in creating large scale awareness among
the citizenry on environmental issues. By 1998 it had become obvious that a
Ministry of Environment was necessary to take over the function of FEPA,
especially where some states had set up similar agencies.
Therefore, in 1999, the Federal Ministry of Environment (FMEnv) was created

which took over the functions of FEPA. Since then, the FMEnv has remained the
primary authority for the regulation and enforcement of environmental laws,
until 2007 when the enforcement arm of the ministry metamorphosed into the
National Environmental Standards and Regulations Enforcement Agency
(NESREA), which is a parastatal under FMEnv. NESREA is charged with the
responsibility of enforcing compliance with provisions of the national
environmental
laws
and
those
of
international
agreements,
protocols,
conventions and treaties on the environment to which Nigeria is signatory. The

vision of the Agency is to ensure a cleaner and healthier environment for all
Nigerians, while the mission is to inspire personal and collective responsibility in
building an environmentally conscious society for the achievement of sustainable
development
in
Nigeria.(www.nesrea.org/about.php)
(Date
obtained:
4/Sept/2012)
National Laws and Institutions on Environment
19
October 2012
Prior to 1988, some laws and codes of practice had existed in Nigeria which deals
with the environment as well as institutions to enforce them. However, post
1988, there was a surge in the number of these statutes and institutions,
apparently due to increased awareness. By 1988, initial guidelines for the
conduct of ESIA for new projects and Environmental Audit (EA) for existing
ones had emerged with subsequent reviews to date. Contemporary Nigeria has
committed herself to a national policy that seeks sustainable development
through co-ordinated management of the environment so as to ensure the
comfort of the present and future generations. The initial concepts have been
expanded to accommodate the various institutional settings and professional
groupings, as well as the complex historical, social, cultural and legal
considerations, which form part of the process of identification and
implementation of measures designed to overcome national environmental
challenges. A legal framework is therefore, needed as an integral part of National
Environmental Policy to provide legal backing for environmental protection
and improvement as well as create enabling procedural framework for effective
implementation and enforcement.
In addition, the ever increasing environmental awareness has encouraged most

responsible organizations like CPGL to put in place a comprehensive Health,
Safety and Environment (HSE) policy guidelines which regulate their activities.
Hence, the legal and regulatory context for carrying out ESIA of the proposed
CPGL IPP project is derived partly from these CPGL policy guidelines. Also
referred to are relevant national statutes and international environmental
conventions to which Nigeria is signatory, as well as ESIA guidelines from
reputable international bodies like the World Bank.
Some of them that are
relevant to Power Generation include:
Federal Environmental protection Agency Act (1988);
20
October 2012
National Policy on the Environment (1989, revised 1999);
Environmental Impact Assessment Act No 86 (1992);
National Guidelines for Environmental Auditing In Nigeria (1990);
Water Resources Act of 1993;
National Environmental Protection (Management of Solid and Hazardous

Wastes Regulations), 1991;
National Environmental Protection (Effluent limitation) regulations, 1991;
Harmful Wastes (Special Criminal provisions etc) Act no 42 (1988); and
National Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control

in Nigeria (1991).
Applicable international conventions to which Nigeria is signatory; and
World Bank guidelines on ESIA of the relevant sector.
National Environmental Policy and Legislation

Prior to EIA Act of 1992, Nigeria has had provisions in a number of statutes
designed to prohibit or control the pollution of water, air and land.
These
statutes also prescribed sanctions (fines, imprisonment or damages) against

persons or companies that infringe the provisions. Some of these statutes are:
Federal Ministry of Environment (FMEnv, Formerly FEPA) Act No. 58, 1988
The Federal Republic of Nigeria passed the Federal Environmental Protection
Agency Act 58, CAP 131, LFN in 1988 which was later amended by Act No. 59 of
1992. The Federal Government of Nigeria by the 1988 act established the Federal
Environmental Protection Agency with an overall mandate to protect, restore
and preserve the ecosystems of the Nigerian Environment. In fulfilment of this
mandate, FEPA has since published guidelines for environmental protection for
21
October 2012
industries. However, the democratic government that came to power on the 29 th

of May 1999 created the Federal Ministry of Environment (FMEv) in 1999. Since
then all affairs relating to environment of Nigeria are under the jurisdiction of
the Federal Ministry of Environment (FMEnv). FMEnv therefore took over the
role of FEPA. The main function of this Ministry is to provide the appropriate
legal and institutional framework for the management of the Nigerian
Environment.
Of relevance to this Project is Section 4(a) which states that The Agency shall,
subject to this Act, have the responsibility for the protection and development of
the environment and biodiversity conservation and sustainable development of
Nigerias natural resources in general and environmental technology, including
initiation of policy in relation to environmental research and technology, and
without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, it shall be the duty of the
Agency to: (a) prepare a comprehensive national policy for the protection of the
environment and conservation of natural resources, including procedure for
environmental impact assessment for all development projects.
FMEnv Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control in

Nigeria (FEPA Act Cap 131 LFN)
The FMEnv Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control in
Nigeria Part 1 Chapter 2 contain the water quality guidelines for power
generation station. Section 2.2 of the same chapter states requirements for water
and wastewater monitoring. The Ministry requires that industries monitor their
gaseous emissions in-house while FMEnv will also crosscheck the gaseous
emissions characteristics to ascertain the degree of compliance with the
guidelines contained in chapter 3 on interim gaseous emission and ambient air
quality limitations. Section 3.1 of this chapter states that Guidelines for
emissions from stationary sources represent maximum allowable levels of
22
October 2012
pollutants from a site, process or stack vent with the objective of achieving a
desired air quality.
The prescribed Emissions limits depend on socio-economic and political

considerations. Emission limits for particulates and for specific pollutants from
stationary sources are also given. Section 3.2 pertains to ambient air standard
and states since emissions from industries and other sources have impact on
ambient air, its of utmost importance to prescribe guidelines for safe levels of air
pollutants tolerable to humans, aquatic organisms and vegetation. Guidelines
for Nigerian ambient air limits for conventional pollutants and specific
substances in the air are listed.
Chapter four contains the noise exposure limits for Nigeria. This chapter states
that industrial or workplace noise regulation is as a result of occupational
exposure of workers to noise from industrial machines or exposure of
neighbourhood population to noise from factories nearby. The fact that most
industrial estates exist alongside or close to residential areas highlights the
importance of noise limits.
The FEPA Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control in

Nigeria (Part II) contains the guidelines for the management of solid and
hazardous wastes and provides interim permissible limits as protective measures
against indiscriminate discharge of particulate matter and untreated industrial
effluents into lakes, rivers, estuaries, lagoons and coastal waters.
Chapter one of the guideline is a description of the characteristics and criteria of

various types of dangerous wastes and the toxicity limits for various waste types.
Chapter two sets out the requirement for any person responsible for a spill or
23
October 2012
discharge into the environment except when such release is otherwise permitted
under the provision of FEPA Guideline.
The National Environmental Protection Management of Solid and Hazardous

Wastes Regulations (S.1.15, 1991) stipulate the objectives in part 1 as well as the
designation of dangerous wastes. Some of the objectives include:
Identify solid, toxic and extremely hazardous wastes dangerous to public

health and environment
Provide for surveillance and monitoring of dangerous and extremely

hazardous wastes and substances until they are detoxified and safely
disposed of:
Provide guidelines necessary to establish a system of proper record keeping,

sampling and labelling of dangerous and extremely hazardous wastes;
Establish suitable and provide necessary requirements to facilitate the

disposal of hazardous wastes;
Research into possible reuse and recycling of hazardous wastes.
Also contained in this section are functions of appropriate government agencies.

Part II contains the dangerous waste list, while Part III contains spills and
discharge limit into the environment. It requires that the nearest FMEnv office
be notified within 24 hours when a hazardous substance, detrimental to public
health or the environment is intentionally or accidentally spilled or discharged.
It also stipulates how wastes shall be quantified, how waste containers are to be
handled and packed. It also requires a manifest system for the waste that would
contain information on the packaging, labelling and marking. Duties of owners
and operators receiving dangerous waste, waste facility requirements and
maintenance of equipment contingency plan and emergency procedure are also
contained in this section.
24
October 2012
The National Environmental Protection (Effluent Limitation regulations (S.1.8,

1991)); and Pollution Abatement in industries and Facilities Generating Wastes
(S.1.9, 1991) requires the installation of anti-pollution equipment for the
detoxification of effluent and chemical discharges emanating from the industry..
Also contained in the document is the restriction on the release of toxic
substances, the requirements for pollution monitoring until and on site pollution
control or assigning the responsibility for pollution control to a person or
corporate body accredited by the Agency. Regulations for unusual or accidental
discharges, list of chemicals, contingency and emergency plans, generators
liability, and permissible limits of discharge into public drains, solid wastes to be
disposed of in environmentally safe manner, release of gaseous matter, workers
safety and penalties are also contained in this document.
The policy and legal instruments developed to date by the Agency to halt
environmental degradation in Nigeria include:
Harmful Waste (criminal provision) Act 42 of 1998
The Federal Environmental Protection Agency Act 58 of 1998
The National Policy on the Environment, 1989
The National Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control

in Nigeria 1990
National Abatement in Industries Facilities Generating Wastes Regulation

S.I.9 1991
Hazardous and Solid Waste Management Regulations S.115, 1991
Federal Environmental Protection Agency (Amendment)Decree 59, 1992
Environmental Impact Assessment Decree 86 of 1992
Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment ,1996
National Guidelines for Environmental Audit in Nigreria,1999
National Guidelines on Environmental Management System in Nigeria, 1999
25
October 2012
The NESREA Act (2007)

The National Environmental Standards and Regulations Enforcement Agency
(NESREA) Act repealed the Federal Environmental Protection Agency Act
(FEPA Act) and establishes the NESREA. The Agency has the responsibility to
enforce compliance with environmental standards, regulations, rules, laws,
policies and guidelines. NESREA is also responsible for the protection and
development of the environment, biodiversity conservation, sustainable
development and the development of environmental technology. NESREA is
also to coordinate and liaise with stake holders within and outside Nigeria on
matters of environmental standards, regulations and enforcement.
Environmental Impact Assessment Act
The Environmental Impact Assessment Act No. 86, which was promulgated in
1992 further, gives specific powers to the Agency to facilitate environmental
assessment on certain public and private projects. The Act stipulates that public
or private sector of the economy shall not undertake or embark or authorize
projects or activities without prior consideration, at an earlier stage of their
environmental effects. It also states that where the extent, nature or the location
of a proposed project or activity is such that it is likely to significantly affect the
environment, its EIA shall be undertaken in accordance with provisions of the
decree.
Land Use Act No 6 (1978)

The Land Use Act of 1978 (LUA), the Constitution of 1999 and the Public Lands
Acquisition Laws of the relevant states constitute the governing policy for land
acquisition in Nigeria. As is the case with most national and state laws on
compulsory acquisition of land in the public interest or for a public purpose, the
legislation enables the State to acquire land (more precisely, to abrogate leases
26
October 2012
and other authorizations to occupy land). The Acts also specify the procedures
the State must follow to clear the land, and define the compensatory measures
the State must implement in order to compensate the people affected. However,
individuals still retain the right to trade on land while State endorsement is
sought thereafter.
Under the Land Use Act, there are two types of land rights (US AID, 2010)
-
Statutory occupancy rights: Individuals and entities can obtain a statutory right
for occupancy of urban and non-urban land. Recipients of certificates of
occupancy are obligated to pay the state for any unexhausted improvements (ie
improvements with continuing value such as a building or irrigation system) on
the land at the time the recipient takes possession and must pay rent fixed by the
state. Rights are transferrable with the authorization of the state governor.
Customary right of occupancy: Local governments may grant customary rights

of occupancy to land in any non-urban area to any person or organization for
agricultural, residential, and other purposes, including grazing and other
customary purposes ancillary to agricultural use. The term for customary rights
(which is contained in the application form and not the legislation) is 50 years,
and may be renewed for a second 50-year term. Recipients of customary rights of
occupancy must pay annual tax on the land and cannot transfer any portion of
the rights without approval of the governor (for sales of rights) or the local
government (other transfers).
The Land Use Act vests all land in the urban areas of each state under the control
and management of the governor of the state. The governor of the state holds the
land in trust for the people of the state and is solely responsible for the allocation
of land in all urban areas to individuals who reside in the state and to
organizations for residential, agricultural and commercial purposes. All other
land in the state subject to conditions under the Land Use Act is under the
control and management of the local government. The act divests traditional
27
October 2012
owners of land and vests such land in the state governor for the benefit and use
of all Nigerians. It provides the processes through which land may be acquired
by the federal government. On rural land where there are no formal title deeds
and any land rights are customarily held, compensation for land acquisition is
only provided for buildings, crops and other improvements to the land as well
as rent for the year the land was occupied. Payment is not paid for land itself
since customary ownership is not recognised by government. However, in line
with the customs and traditions of the Okija people, the land is allocated to
different extended families; these families use the land for rotational farming and
grazing purposes. The transfer of the extended family land from one generation
to another is hereditary, until the right to the use of the land is sold by a
particular generation.
The 27.41 hectare land proposed for the siting of the Okija power plant by
Century Power Generation Limited was acquired from different families over
time and different agreements was executed with the parties for each purchase.
The right to use 13.6 hectares was bought from the Mpidiegwu family,and the
balance from the Nwokeaghanaji, Umuabanihi and Udensi families. The land
was left to fallow when the various portions were acquired from the families,
and it currently overgrown by wild trees, wild grass and wild shrubs. The
registration of the land and obtaining the customary right-of-occupancy is ongoing, preparatory to commencing site works.
Sectoral and Procedural Guidelines

The act gives specific powers to the Federal Environmental Protection Agency
(FEPA) (now FMEnv) to facilitate environmental assessment of projects.
In
September 1995, FMEnv published EIA Sectoral Guidelines for Infrastructure

and Oil and Gas Industry projects. The guidelines are intended to assist in the
28
October 2012
proper and detailed execution of EIA studies of infrastructure and oil and gas
projects in consonance with EIA Act of 1992.
In compliance with its mandate, FEPA issued the EIA Procedural guidelines and
Sectoral guidelines for infrastructure in 1995. Contained in the guidelines (pg 8)
are category 1 projects (mandatory study activities) and listed under item 14
(Power generation and transmission) is the construction of power generation
station having a capacity of more than 10 mega-watts, making an EIA mandatory
for the project. The procedure also indicates the steps to be followed in the EIA
process from project conception to abandonment in order to ensure that the
project is executed with adequate consideration for the environment. Annex C
contains the Procedure for EIA report writing as required by FMEnv.
Environmental Impact Assessment

EIA may be defined as a structured and formal set of procedures for identifying
and assessing the environmental consequences of development projects, plans,
programs and policies in an attempt to ensure that the best alternative for
development is selected. An EIA can thus be regarded as a decision-making tool,
which is primarily concerned with environmental soundness of projects and
programs.
The main aim of an EIA is to ensure that potential problems are foreseen and
addressed at an early stage in the projects planning and design. To achieve this
aim, the assessments findings are communicated to all the various groups who
will make decisions about the proposed project; the project developers and their
investors, as well as regulators, planners and administrators. The EIA
management procedure is presented in Fig. 1.3.
29
October 2012
PROPONENT
FEASIBILITY STUDY OR PROJECT PROPOSAL
FMEnv EIA SECRETARIAT
INITIAL ENVIRONMENTAL EVALUATION
MANDATORY
PROJECTS
OTHERS
CLASSIFIED PROJECTS
PRELIMINARY ASSESSMENT
EXCLUDED PROJECTS
SCREENING
SCOPING
NO EIA REQUIRED
DRAFT EIA REPORT
PUBLIC HEARING
REVIEW PANEL
MEDIATION
REVIEW REPORT
PROPONENT
FINAL EIA REPORT
Not approved
TECHNICAL COMMITTEE
(Decision making committee)
Approved
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT (EIS) AND CERTIFICATION

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MONITORING
PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION
COMMISSIONING
AUDIT
Fig 1.3: EIA Process Flow Chart (provided by FMEnv.)
30
October 2012
OTHER NATIONAL CODES AND STANDARDS RELEVANT TO THE

PROJECT
Electricity Act, CAP 106, 1976
This Act provides for the regulation and control of electrical installations, and the
generation, supply and use of electrical energy in Nigeria. Sections/parts of the
electricity Act relevant to the CPGL IPP project are:
Part III: regulations prescribing the issue of a private license and governing a
license. These stipulate that:
o every application for license whether for sole source or supply or
emergency supply shall be in writing, and shall be accompanied by the fee
prescribed by regulation 40(1) of the electricity supply regulation as
amended from time to time and together with a prepared plan; and
o where the application, involves the placing of any works or electric lines
on or across, under or over, any public place, the applicant shall furnish
evidence at the time of his application with notice in writing and served to
the following:
(a)
the local authority concerned,
(b)
the local water supply authority,
(c)
the director of telecommunications,
the owner of any other electrical line interested in the proposed works, andThe
applicant shall ensure that the proposed works are not objected to or are
approved subject to certain conditions being observed. As at now, activities in
the Nigerian Electricity Supply Industry (NESI) is regulated by the Nigerian
Electricity Regulatory Commission (NERC), created by the Electric Power Sector
Reform Act (EPSRA) 2005 and Guided by the National Electric Power Policy
(NEPP) 2000.
National Electric Power Policy, 2000 seeks to ensure that Nigeria has an
ESI (electricity supply industry) that can meet the needs of its citizen in
the 21st Century. Among the long term objectives of the policy is to
31
October 2012
encourage the production of electricity so as to effectively support the

socio-economic development of the country and to ensure minimum
adverse environmental impact.
Electric Power Sector Reform Act (EPSRA) 2005.
The EPSRA is the document that gives legal backing to the creation of the
Nigerian Electricity Regulatory Commission (NERC) to regulate a competitive
electricity market.
(1)
Subject to this Act, the Commission shall have the following principal
objectives;
(a)
To create, promote, and preserve efficient industry and market

structures, and to ensure the optimal utilization of resources for the
provision of electricity services.
(b)
To maximize access to electricity services, by promoting and

facilitating consumer connections to distribution systems in both
rural and urban areas.
(c)
To ensure that an adequate supply of electricity is available to

consumers.
(d)
To ensure that the prices charged by licensees are fair to consumers

and are sufficient to allow the licensees to finance their activities
and to allow for reasonable earnings for efficient operation.
(e)
To ensure the safety, security, reliability, and quality of service in

the production and delivery of electricity to consumers.
(f)
To ensure that regulation is fair and balanced for licensees,

consumers, investors and other stakeholders, and
(g)
To present quarterly reports to the President and National

Assembly on its activities.
(2)
For the furtherance of the objects referred to in subsection (1) of this

section, the Commission shall perform the following functions;
32
October 2012
(a)
Promote competition and private sector participation, when and

where feasible.
(b)
Establish or, as the case may be approve appropriate operating

codes and safety, security, reliability, and quality standards.
(c)
Establish appropriate consumer rights and obligations regarding

the provision and use of electricity services.
(d)
License and regulate persons engaged in the generation,

transmission, system operation, distribution, and trading of
electricity.
(e)
Approve amendments to the market rules.
(f)
Monitor the operation of the electricity market, and
(g)
Undertake such other activities which are necessary or convenient

for the better carrying out of or giving effect to the objects of the
commission.
Pursuant to subsection 2(b) above, the commission has enacted the following
codes and standards:
-
The Health and Safety Code
The Grid Code
The Distribution Code
The Metering Code
The Market Rules.
The Health and Safety code defines the level of observance of occupational
health and safety in the electricity supply industry while rendering normal
services in Generation, Transmission, Distribution and Metering. The main
objective is to ensure safety of personnel during construction or servicing of
electrical installations as well as safety and healthy surroundings for the public
during operation.
33
October 2012
The Grid code (version 01) contains the day-to-day operating procedures and
principles governing the development, maintenance and operation of an
effective, well-co-ordinated and economic transmission system for the electricity
sector in Nigeria.
Specifically, the code is designed to
(a) Facilitate the efficient production and supply of electricity for all Users of
the Transmission System and TCN itself, without any
act of
discrimination between Users or class of Users.

(b) Facilitate competition in the generation and supply of electricity in the
country.
Essentially the Grid Code spells out the relationship between the System
Operator (SO), the Transmission Services Provider (TSP), and the Generator
regarding Dispatch (Active and Reactive Power), System Congestion, and
Spinning Reserve, Synchronization and overall security and stability.
The Distribution Code consists of:
(a) Distribution Planning and Connection Code
(b) Distribution Operation Code
(c) Construction and Maintenance Code and
(d) Data Registration Code.
The code is designed to:
-
Facilitate an efficient usage of Electricity for all Users of the Distribution

Networks, without any act of undue discrimination between Users or
class of Users.
Facilitate competition in the generation and supply of Electricity.
The Distribution Code seeks to protect the Generating Plants and hence, must be
studied and understood by the Generating Companies (Generators). Specifically,
34
October 2012
in subsection 2.2.2, the code spells out the expectations on the Distribution
Companies during emergencies to include:
(a) As first priority, to act to preserve or restore the integrity of the
Distribution System or the Transmission System, including the avoidance
of breakdown, separation or collapse (partial or total).
(b) Compliance by the Distributor with the EPSRA and the Grid Code.
(c) Preserve the safety of equipment, to prevent damage to Plant and/or
Apparatus and public safety to prevent personal injury.
(d) The achievement of objectives specifically identified in the Distribution
code.
Of specific concern to the Generator is section 4, subsection 4.1 to 4.6 of the

Distribution code which deals with Technical Requirements at the connection
point otherwise known as Point of Common Coupling (PCC). This section spells
out power quality standards at the PCC in terms of allowable voltage and
frequency variations, harmonics and flicker levels as well as degrees of
protection for the primary and secondary sides of the PCC. It must be noted that
fault propagation across the PCC from the primary side could lead to system
collapse or even damage to the generating equipment.
The Metering Code and Market Rules are commercial documents which
regulate energy and capacity measurements and sales within the Nigerian
Electricity Supply Industry (NESI). Therefore, all participants in the market have
an obligation to study and understand the procedures for commercial
transactions so as to enhance efficiency in the NESI.
Forestry Act, 1958

The Forestry Act of 1958 provides for the preservation of forests and the setting
up of forest reserves. It is an offence, punishable with up to 6 months
35
October 2012
imprisonment, to cut down trees within an area or to set fire to the forest except
under special circumstances. The Forestry Law CAP 51 of 1994 also prohibits any
activity that may lead to the destruction of or cause injury to any forest produces,
forest growth or forest property.
Endangered Species Act, 1985

The endangered species Act No. 11 of 1985 prohibits the hunting, capture and
trade on endangered species.
Social Legislation in Nigeria

Social Legislation is still evolving due to rather slow developments in the social
sector social security, health insurance to mention a few. Hence, within the
Nigerian social structure, the under listed social indicators may possibly be
triggered by the project:
Resettlement and displacement;
Community health and safety;
Labour, working conditions and employment;
Cultural property;
Economic activities; and
Access to fishing.
Some applicable regulatory instruments, in the context of which some of the

above listed social issues can be addressed are reviewed below:
Land Use Act No 6 (1978)
The regulatory framework for land acquisition in Nigeria is the Land Use Act of
1978, usually interpreted within the context of the Nigerian Constitution (1999)
and the public Lands Acquisition Laws of the respective states. This legislation
puts the ownership of land in the hands of the state and backs the state on
36
October 2012
compulsory acquisition of land in the public interest for a public purpose, (i.e., to
abrogate leases and other authorizations to occupy land). However, the Acts also
specify the procedures the State must follow to acquire the land, and define the
palliative measures the state must implement in order to compensate the people
affected. However, individuals still retain the right to trade on land while State
endorsement is sought thereafter.
The Labour Act, (1990)

The labour Act (1990) constitutes the basic law protecting the employment rights
of individual workers. It covers protection of: wages; contract; employment
terms and conditions; and recruitment. It also categorises workers and spells out
some special types of work. Union membership is governed by the Trade Union
Amendment Act (1995). The 1999 constitution includes stipulation of equal pay
for equal work without discrimination on account of sex, or any other ground
whatsoever.
While Nigeria has ratified all eight cores International Labour Organization
(ILO) Conventions and enacted laws to enforce the provisions, there are
indications of restrictions on the trade union rights of the workers in Nigeria,
Traces of discrimination, child labour and some elements of forced labour. CPGL
will need to take these into consideration throughout the construction and
operational life of the project.
The Factories Act, 1990

The Factories Act 1990 is currently the governing law regulating the health,
safety and welfare of workers in the countrys factories. It has replaced most of
the provisions of the Workmens Compensation Act which has been adjudged
harsh to the welfare of junior workers. The law holds management and staff
personally responsible for violating any of the provisions in the Act. With respect
37
October 2012
to safety, there are general provisions as to the securing, fixing, usage,

maintenance and storage of prime movers, transmission machinery, other
machinery, unfenced machinery, dangerous liquids, automated machines, hoists
and lifts, chains, ropes and lifting tackle, cranes and other lifting machines, steam
boilers, steam receivers and containers, and air receivers. There are, in addition
to these, standards set for the training and supervision of inexperienced workers,
maintaining safe access to any work place, provision and type of first aid boxes,
prevention of fire, and safety arrangements in case of fire. The law requires that
all accidents and industrial diseases be reported to the nearest inspector of
factories and an investigation carried out.. The Act also prohibits the owner or
occupier of the factory from making any deductions from the wages of any
employee in respect of anything to be done or provided in pursuance of the FA.
Environmental Impact Assessment Act No 86 (1992) Public Participation and

Disclosure in EIA Planning
The ESIA process will last for the operational life span of the project, even up to
the decommissioning of the project facility.. For an EIA process, a major
requirement for meeting international standards is public disclosure.. In other
words, appropriate authorities are required to inform the public of environmentrelated issues. Section 6(b) of the FEPA Act provides that FEPA has the power to
collect and make available, through publications and other appropriate means
and in collaboration with public or private organizations, information pertaining
to pollution and environmental protection regulations. Section 55 of the EIA Act
provides for the maintenance of a Public Registry for the purpose of facilitating
public access to records relating to environmental assessments. The FMEnv
issues guidelines from time to time for environmental impact assessments for
different industries and it also has publications that inform the public of the
prohibition of environmental pollution. NESREA has assumed some of these
38
October 2012
responsibilities and has even wielded the big stick with respect to some Telcom
cell sites in recent times.
During Panel Reviews of category 1 projects, public hearings are held in an

interactive fashion and the public is encouraged to attend. This event, which is a
major part of the approval process for EIAs by the FMEnv, provides an
opportunity for all affected parties to obtain clarifications or concessions. Finally,
members of the public and persons requiring clarifications on environmental
issues can approach the office of the EMEnv or the relevant state environmental
agency for environment-related information.
Anambra State Ministry of Environment
In general, the Anambra State Ministry of Environment has the responsibility of
environmental protection within the State. The applicable State regulations have
been taken into cognizance. Some of the functions of the State Ministries of
Environment include:
vi.
Liaising with the Federal Ministry of Environment, FMEnv to achieve the

National Policy on Environment,
vii.
Co-operating with FMEnv and other National Directorates/ Agencies in

the performance of environmental functions including environmental
education /awareness to the citizenry,
viii.
Responsible for monitoring waste management standards,
ix.
Responsible for general environmental matters in the State, and
x.
Monitoring the implementation of EIAs and other environmental studies

for all development projects in the States.
In addition, there exists the Anambra State Environmental Protection Agency

headed by a Chief Executive. This agency has the responsibility of enforcing all
the environmental regulations in the state, create public awareness on
39
October 2012
environmental protection and conservation as well as monitor compliance with

existing laws by all industries and commercial ventures doing business in the
state.
CPGL Corporate HSE Policy Statement

The CPGL HSE policy states that:
The company is committed to creating and maintaining a safe, healthy

working and living environment in and around its facilities for the benefit of
the personnel, contractors and host communities;
The company is dedicated to the protection and conservation of the

environment by the use of energy and materials and by adoption of the best
designs, equipment and working practices available in the industry in all the
companys operation;
The company is committed to and fully subscribes to working in support of

and compliance with the legal requirements and codes of practices, as well as
the ISO 9000 and ISO 14000 HSE management systems in pursuing the goal of
promoting a mode of operation that encourages continual HSE performance
improvement;
The company HSE is equally engaged with production in the daily business
activities;
All contractors working for or on behalf of the company are required to align
with CPGL policies and standards; and
The company is committed to maintaining the confidence of its neighbours,

customers, employees, and other stakeholders through strict adherence to
International Best Practices.
INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENTS AND CONVENTIONS

Nigeria is a signatory to a number of international conventions and agreements
relating to industry, development and environmental management. In certain
40
October 2012
cases conventions and agreements have influenced policy guidelines and

regulations which proponents must comply with during planning, construction
and operation of a project.
Table 1.1 Lists some of the key relevant international conventions and protocols
to which Nigeria is a signatory. Each convention is briefly described thereafter.
Table 1.1 International Conventions Relating to Industry and the Environment

Date of Ratification by Nigeria
1994
1994
Name of Convention
United Nations (UN) Convention on Biological
Diversity
Framework Convention on Climate Change
1991
United Nations Educations, Scientific and

Cultural Organization (UNESCO) World
Heritage Convention
1988
Convention on the Conservation of Migratory
Species of Wild Animals
1987
Monitreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete
the Ozone Layer
1968
African Convention on Conservation of Nature
and Natural Resources
Convention on Biological Diversity (1992) (source: FMEnv Abuja)
The objectives of the Convention include the conservation of biological diversity,
the sustainable use of its components, and the fair and equitable sharing of
benefits arising out of the utilization of genetic resources.
Framework Convention on Climate Change (1992)
To achieve stabilization of greenhouse gas concentrations in the atmosphere at a
level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic interference with the climate
system.
Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural
Heritage Sites (1972)
41
October 2012
The convention sets aside areas of cultural and natural heritage for protection.
The latter is defined as areas with outstanding universal value from the aesthetic,
scientific and conservation points of view.
Convention on the Conservative of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (Bonn
Convention) (1979)
The Bonn Convention concerns the promotion of measures for the conservation
(including habitat conservation especially for endangered species listed in Bonn)
and management of migratory species.
Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer (1987)
The purpose of this protocol is to protect the ozone layer through enhanced
international cooperation by taking precautionary measures to control equitably
total global emissions of substances that deplete it. Signatories undertake to
communicate statistics on annual production, imports and exports of the
substances as indicated in the Protocol and to promote research and
development activities and information exchange.
African Convention on Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (1968)
The contracting countries undertook to adopt measures necessary to ensure
conservation, utilization and development of soil, water flora and fauna
resources in accordance with scientific principles and with due regard to the best
interests of the people.
International Best Practice Standards and Guidelines
To help protect the security of the Projects revenues, CPGL IPP is seeking to
obtain a Partial Risk Guarantee from the World Banks International
Development Association (IDA) together with insurance cover from the World
Banks Multilateral Investment Guarantee Agency (MIGA). Development finance
42
October 2012
institutions such as the World Bank provide guidance on their requirements for
the ESIA process and place particular emphasis on achieving sustainable
environmental, social and health outcomes.
Such international institutions also recommend environmental standards and

limits for emissions and discharges. The overall project design and this ESIA are
based on relevant guidelines published by the World Bank and therefore are
expected to meet the environmental requirements of potential lending institutes.
The following international requirements and standards have been considered

within the ESIA process and are described below:
Equator principles (EP)
World Banks environmental and social safeguard policies, including:
OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment (World Bank OP 4.01)
OP 4.11 Physical Cultural Resources (World Bank OP 4.11)
OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement (World Bank OP 4.12)
World Bank group General Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines

(EHS)
World Bank group EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants (IFCGTPP)
Equator principles
The Equator Principles have been adopted by a wide range of banks and lenders
all over the world in order to manage the social and environmental risks
associated with potential investment.
Table 1.2 Equator Principles
The principles comprise the following:
43
October 2012
Principle 1
Principle 2
Categorization of projects
The borrower has to conduct an Environmental and
Social Impact Assessment (ESIA)
Applicable Social and Environmental Standards
Principle 3
Action Plan and Management System
Principle 4
Consultation and Disclosure
Principle 5
Grievance Mechanism
Principle 6
Independent Review
Principle 7
Covenants
Principle 8
Independent Monitoring and Reporting
Principle 9
Equator
Principle 10
Reporting
Principles
Financial
Institutions
(EPFI)
World Banks Environmental and Social safeguard Policies

The World Banks environmental and social safeguard policies are a cornerstone
of its support for programmes aimed at sustainable poverty reduction. The
objective of these policies is to prevent and mitigate undue harm to people and
their environment in the development process. These policies provide guidelines
for lenders (including banks) and borrower staff in the identification,
preparation, and implementation of programmes and projects. Safeguard
policies have often provided a platform for the participation of stakeholders in
the project design, and have been an important instrument for building a sense
of project ownership among local populations. There are a total of ten
environmental, social and legal Safeguard Policies of the World Bank, of which
the seven most likely to be triggered by this project is listed below.
44
October 2012
Table 1.3 World Bank Safeguard Policies and Guidelines

The safeguard policies and guidelines include:
World Bank OP 4.01 for Environmental Assessment
World Bank OP 4.04 for Natural Habitats
World Bank OD 4.10 for Indigenous People
World Bank OPN 4.11 for Physical Cultural Resources
World Bank EA Sourcebook Update No 4: Sectoral EA (October 1993)
World Bank EA Sourcebook Update No 25: EMOs (January 1999)
More specifically, the following policies are likely to be triggered by the project
activities:
OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment

Environmental Assessment is used in the World Bank to identify, avoid and
mitigate the potential negative environmental impacts associated with the Banks
lending and guarantee operations. In World Bank operations, the purpose of
Environmental Assessment is to improve decision making in order to ensure that
project options under consideration are sound and sustainable and that
potentially affected people have been properly consulted.
OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment contains guidance on the World Bank

requirements on various aspects of the EIA process. These include guidance on
the categorization of projects during Project screening, provisions for sector
investing and financial intermediaries, exemptions for emergency situation,
consultation and disclosure.
According to the World Bank OP 4.01, the proposed project is likely to be

classified as a Category A project. Projects under this Category are likely to have
significant adverse environmental impacts that are considered sensitive, diverse,
45
October 2012
or unprecedented and which may affect an area beyond the site or facilities. An
ESIA for a Category A project is required to identify and assess potential
negative and positive environmental and social impacts, compare these with
those of feasible alternatives (including the no project alternative), and
recommend mitigation measures to reduce negative impacts and enhance
benefits. The EIA process and this EIA report have been conducted and prepared
in line with OP 4.01.
OP 4.11 Physical Cultural Resources

The World Bank recognizes physical cultural resources (PCR) as valuable
scientific and historical assets and an integral part of a peoples cultural identity
and practices. Thus development projects that are likely to have an impact on
PCR must work to avoid or mitigate adverse impacts. In the event that PCR are
impacted by project activities the developer is required to adhere to Nigerian
legislation and, World Bank or any other international obligations.
The following steps, which are integrated into the EIA process, will take account
of the PCR in the area of interest: screening, developing terms of reference (TOR),
collecting baseline data, impact assessment and formulating mitigating measures
and a management plan.
Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants
This World Bank Group guideline provides guidelines on emission limits,
management measures and monitoring for all fossil-fuel thermal-based power
plants with a production capacity of more than 50MW. The document outlines
guidelines
on
assessing
the
industry-specific
impacts
and
identifying
management measures related to air emissions (SO2, NO2, particulates), energy

efficiency and GHG emissions, water use, handling and treatment of effluent
(including thermal discharges, wastewater and sanitary wastewater), solid
46
October 2012
waste, hazardous material handling and noise. Similarly, the guideline provides
management measures for occupational and community health and safety
(H&S).
Furthermore the guidelines provide suggested limits for treated effluent

discharged to surface water bodies, air and noise emission levels as well as
guidelines on suggested emissions monitoring parameters. These are discussed
further in the assessment of the various impacts in Chapter 6.
In addition, the World Banks general EHS Guidelines provide guidance on

ambient conditions including on air and noise, and health and safety guidelines
for the workplace which will be relevant for the project.
SCOPE OF WORK
The scope of work as contained in the Terms of Reference (ToR) shall be strictly
adhered to. This includes but not limited to the following:
Comprehensive environmental impact study of all aspects of the project.
Stake Holder Engagement and Disclosure.
Social Impact Assessment
Multi-disciplinary environmental data acquisition including extensive

literature review, desk studies, field survey, laboratory analysis and
ecological impact prediction indices.
Environmental components such as:

Climate and Air Quality
Water and Sediment
Noise and Vibration
Hydrogeology and Geophysics
Vegetation, Soil and Land- Use
Ecology and Wildlife
47
October 2012
Human Risk Assessment

Waste Management
Archaeology and Cultural Elements
Environmental Management Programme
A sampling periodicity, which took into account spatial and temporal

variability, would also be considered in the EIA study.
DECLARATION
Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL) as the operator of the 495MWe
Independent Gas Power Plant hereby declares its intention to abide by all
relevant environmental laws during the operation of the facility. CPGL will
ensure adequate protection of the project environment in accordance with its
CASHES policy and in compliance with all the applicable International
Guidelines, National, State and Local Government Laws, regulations and/or bye
laws.
STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT

The report is presented in eleven chapters. Chapter one is an introduction with
relevant information about the proponent, background information on the
project, and statutory regulatory requirements. The justification for the project
and project sustainability are presented in Chapter two, while Chapter three
summarizes the proposed project description and explores alternatives. The
description of the baseline environmental status of the project area is presented
in Chapter four for Bio-Physical and chapter five for the socio-economic studies.
The assessment of potential environmental impacts is presented in chapter six
while the mitigation measures are presented in Chapter seven. Chapter eight
describes the Stakeholders engagement and disclosure while chapter nine details
the Environmental management plan, monitoring, cost and institutional
responsibilities. Consideration of Cumulative Impacts and remediation measures
48
October 2012
after decommissioning is discussed in Chapter ten followed by the conclusions

and recommendations which are highlighted in Chapter eleven.
49
October 2012
CHAPTER TWO
PROJECT JUSTIFICATION
CHAPTER TWO
PROJECT JUSTIFICATION
NEED FOR THE PROJECT
The Nigerian Electricity Supply Industry (NESI), like its counterparts in
developing economies is characterized by low generating capacity, weak
Transmission capability and grossly inadequate distribution infrastructure. The
deficient available capacity results in low spinning reserve and weak security
(Okafor and Shomolu 2000). Due to low inertia arising from relatively small
capacity, frequency swings against load changes are in most cases, beyond the
mathematical first order, which is assumed in the design of most control
equipment. In consequence, frequency errors are high while system collapses
(partial/total) are frequent which adversely affect power quality and reliability.
Technical losses are high due to a number of factors including long transmission
distance while the level of system automation is far below average.
Against the above background, Deregulation has been proposed as a way of
improving the electricity supply industry in Nigeria. Therefore, in 2005, the
Electric Power Sector Reform Act (EPSRA) was passed into law by The National
Assembly (NA), which paved the way for private participation in the NESI. The
major objective of Government was to increase available generating capacity
from an embarrassing 3000MW to 10,000MW by the end of 2007, through a
combination of public and private investments in generation. On her part, the
Government of the day under the watch of Chief Olusegun Obasanjo started a
rather ambitious project named the National Integrated Power Project (NIPP)
aimed at doubling the entire power infrastructure by 2007 when the tenure of the
incumbent President would lapse. Suffice it to say that in 2012, the available
generation capacity still stands at about 4500MW, which is grossly inadequate
for a population of almost 160million people.
October 2012
From the foregoing, a simple arithmetic presents the Nigerian per capita
electricity consumption at 28.125watts. This is far below the level recommended
by the United Nations Human Development Index (HDI). Suppose we make a
further assumption that only the urban/semi - urban population, estimated at
50million have access to electricity, then the per capita consumption grows to
90watts, which has not really changed much. A 2008 report by the Presidential
Committee on Accelerated Power Infrastructure Development recommended
that the available generating capacity for Nigeria should be 25, 000MW by the
year 2015. The figure was worked out from a desire to raise per capita urban
electricity consumption to 500watts or 0.5KW which can be achieved by raising
the generating capacity to 500watts x 50million which results to 25,000MW.
Though this calculation is technically not feasible due to issues of spinning
reserve and other reliability issues, this prospect of raising the installed capacity
from the then 4000MW to 25, 000MW in the next 7years was definitely a tall
order. The reality was that for Nigeria to achieve 25,000MW available electricity
generation capacity in 2015 from 2008 translates to an average additional
capacity of 3000MW per year for the next 7years. Currently, it seems that the
NIPP power project is the only project that is making any measurable headway
in improving the countrys generating capacity. This makes it abundantly clear
that unless the private sector responds to the call for more power generation, the
500MW per capita consumption in 2015 will remain a mirage.
CPGLs 495MW project, when complete, will increase the Countrys installed
capacity by 10% which is a substantial achievement. The choice of Okija as the
project site is very strategic due to its proximity to two economic hubs in
Anambra state Onitsha and Nnewi. The site is also close to Oguta-Egbema gas
fields where natural gas is available and can be piped down to the plant. This
will drastically reduce the incident of gas flaring with its attendant
environmental challenges. Furthermore, locating the plant in the south eastern
part of the Nigeria deserves special commendation because this part of the
October 2012
country is devoid of any power generating infrastructure. Yet the inhabitants are
known to be very entrepreneurial, in fact it is widely acknowledged that the
industrialization of the region has been held back by lack of reliable power
supply. . When the plant is completed, it is expected that the power supply
situation around the Onitsha-Nnewi region will be drastically improved. Also
load management in the area in terms peaking capacity and spinning reserve will
be greatly improved due to the IPP. .
In 2010, the current administration of Dr Goodluck Jonathan launched the road
map for power sector reform where 40,000MW available generation was targeted
for the year 2020, requiring an investment of 3.5billion USD per annum for the
next 10years. The document went further to say, These sums cannot and will
not be funded and directed by Federal Government. Rather, central to the
development of the sector will be the need to incentivize the private sector to
partner with Government in this endeavour. In other words, the Government
has admitted its inability to drive investment in the power sector on its own and
has invited the private sector to partner with it.
CPGL CORPORATE OBJECTIVES
Century Power Generation Limited is a member of the Obijakson group with
Nestoil as the most prominent subsidiary. In response to the Federal
Governments call for improved power generation through private sector
participation, the Obijakson group registered CPGL as an investment vehicle for
power related development and acquisitions. The aim is to deploy her vast
experience in handling large projects in Oil and Gas sector to the Nigerian ESI for
the benefit of Nigerians. As at today, Century Power has obtained a generation
license from NERC and is in the process of signing on technical partners for the
power plant project.
October 2012
The common objectives of CPGL and her partners may be summarized as

follows:
-
To establish a viable and environmentally sustainable power generation

business in Africa using Nigeria as a starting base.
To develop local capacity in the construction and operation of Greenfield

Independent Power Plant, through the injection of foreign expertise who
will work together with local engineers.
To acquire through competitive tenders, PHCN Power plants, the NIPP

Power Plant or other IPPs with the aim of optimally operating and
maintaining them.
Working closely with Local communities, Local Governments and State

machinery to engender common good and improve Human Development
Index (HDI) in all her plant locations.
Partnering with Federal Government of Nigeria and other regulatory

agencies to deliver the NESI target of 40, 000MW by the end of 2020. And
bringing food on the table of Nigerians by creating employment and providing
power for industrial growth and economic development.
BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT

The proposed CPGL IPP project is a veritable means of attracting foreign direct
investment into the country for the benefit of improving the countrys macroeconomic indices and making it more globally competitive. Other benefits
include:
Utilization of efficient power generation methodology through the

deployment of state of the art gas turbine technology.
Generation of 495MW of electric power and onward transmission to the

national grid. Promotion of small and medium scale industrial/business
development and investment opportunities around the Ihiala area through
availability of power;
October 2012
Provision of direct and indirect employment opportunities for citizens of the

State in new industries and businesses;
Utilising gas for electricity generation thus reducing gas flaring and its
associated environmental problems; and
Platform for transfer of power generating technology and skill acquisition in

the power sector.
COST OF THE PROJECT

The cost of the project including Engineering, ground work, civil, structural,
turbines, piping, generators, electrical, transformers, ESMP/ESM etc., is
estimated at $480 million USD.
ENVISAGED SUSTAINABILITY OF THE PROJECT

A feasibility study performed for CPGL by F.M. CHIDEZ Nig. Ltd, a foremost
power consulting firm, suggests a favourable environment for the sustainability
of the project in Okija, Anambra State. Moreover, all requisite social, economic
and environmental considerations relevant for the seamless implementation of
the project shall be integrated into the project design as well as all other stages
(construction, operation and closure), to ensure sustainability throughout its
design life span.
Environmental Sustainability
In all projects which impact on the environment, either positively or negatively
or both, environmental sustainability is assured by strictly adhering to local and
international guidelines on maintaining a clean environment as well as
maintaining an active HSE policy which integrates well planned socio-economic
responsibilities. In this case, some international guidelines like the World Banks
Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines (EHSGs) and The Equator Principles,
provide useful guides for good compliance. Century Power Generation Ltd
October 2012
(CPGL), as a responsible corporate citizen, intends to fully respect the above

guidelines within the framework of international best practices. In practical
terms, it is the policy of CPGL to:
Commission reputable experts to carry out Environmental Impact

Assessment (ESIA) and subsequent Environmental Review/Audit to
ascertain the extent the natural environment within her operational area
may impact or be impacted by her activities throughout the life cycle of
the project.
Carry out environmental review/audit to ensure that envisaged impacts

maintain predicted profiles.
Ensure
that
mitigation
measures
are
adequate
to
maintain
an
environmentally friendly working regime and if otherwise, to introduce

necessary adjustments.
Put in place elaborate response measures against unforeseen but

predictable emergencies and maintain safe work ethics.
Regulate the form and scope of all residual negative impacts to ensure
they are as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP).
At the end of the useful life of any operation, restore the environment to a
condition suitable for future use.
In particular, dispersion models reported in chapter six showed that ground

level noise and air quality parameters fall well below FMEnv and WHO
standards especially at sensitive receptors like Madonna University which is the
nearest human concentration to the site. Noise level values of 53 dBA is recorded
which is a marginal increase from the baseline value of 50 dBA and well below
the national guideline of 90 dBA. Also, oxides of Nitrogen and Carbon measured
as NO2 and CO respectively presented values of 0.08 and 0.014 gm-3 as opposed
to regulatory (FMEnv, WHO) values of 113 and 11400 gm-3 respectively.
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS:
October 2012
The proposed 495MW combined cycle Power Plant is expected to be an asset to

the local village and environment in the following ways:
Many jobs will be created during construction of the proposed power plant.
Several jobs will be created to fill labor demand from plant operation.
The power plant will operate on environmentally clean natural gas.
Emissions from power plant with natural gas will be much lower than
with other fossil fuel alternatives.
Emissions of
will be in trace amounts and much lower than World Bank
standard.
The site for the power plant is - 28.4 hectares of completely virgin land
overgrown with vegetation with no current use.. It is obvious that no
resettlement of any kind is required.
Ulasi stream that passes through the edge of the property will remain
largely undisturbed since the entire power plant will be cooled by water
obtained from boreholes to be drilled.
Water supply will be obtained from the borehole to be drilled on the

property for the project. Water usage is not expected to be significant since
the plant is to operate a closed-water recycle system.
The 330KV transmission line near the proposed plant, part of the national
grid, already exists and is already in the process of being upgraded by the
Nigerian Government.
It follows from the above that with appropriate stakeholder engagement, the
environmental and social sustainability of the project is assured.
Economic and Commercial Sustainability

The feasibility study for the CPGL IPP Project has shown great potential for
profitability which is critical for economic sustainability.. This is only
possible in an atmosphere of sustained productivity with corresponding
October 2012
full dispatch. Since available generation in Nigeria is grossly inadequate,

full dispatch can only be limited by technical possibilities.
However, the following measures will be put in place by Century Power to
ensure economic and commercial sustainability of her IPP Plant at Okija.
-
Ensure proper management of all commercial contracts including those of

gas purchase (GPA), Power Purchase (PPA) etc.
Proper management of debts to ensure healthy cash flow and availability

of adequate working capital.
Sustained productivity through sound logistics planning and application

of appropriate maintenance strategy.
Century Power Strategic Plan

The Federal Government of Nigeria has created the enabling environment for
private investors in the power sector. Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL)
has opted to take advantage of this business opportunity created by government.
The CPGL business plan is to first identify a credible market for electric power
together with a credible source of fuel (gas in this case). Then acquire enough
land for a power project and ensure appropriate evacuation infrastructure. .
CPGL strongly believes that the project is necessary, is economically viable, and
has therefore placed a high premium on the successful execution of the project. ,
To ensure a successful outcome, a reputable, Engineering, Procurement and
Construction (EPC) company will be hired to build the power plant through a
transparent bidding process, on a turn key basis. .
Market Availability: Studies have shown that there is significant and rapidly
growing unmet electric power demand in Nigeria.. In particular, the target
catchments of Onitsha, Nnewi, Ekwuluobia, Awka, Ogbaru and Ihiala play host
to 39,615 commercial and light industrial customers based on 2007 figures
released by Enugu Distribution Company. Recently a car assembly plant was
commissioned at Nnewi which would have added substantially to the total load
October 2012
demand. Therefore CPGL market strategy may involve direct supply to some
bulk consumers otherwise classified by the Electric Power Sector Reform Act
(EPSRA) as Eligible Customers.
Technical Sustainability
SIEMENS AG of Germany, an advisor on this project,, has been involved in
power plant operations for decades and has proven expertise in the manufacture
of gas turbines. It follows therefore; that the CPGL IPP plant will be run by
technically qualified staff who will insist on international best practices thus,
ensuring Technical Sustainability. In spite of this, the following measures have
been put in place to further enhance technical sustainability of the CPGL IPP
plant:
-
the plant design and construction will be executed in conformity with

local and international standards and codes of practice.
The EPC contractor will be selected through a transparent and

competitive bidding process.-
Time
Based
Maintenance
(TBM),
Condition Based Maintenance (CBM) and Reliability Based Maintenance

strategies will be adopted to ensure sustained serviceability of the plant,
-
A strict adherence to maintenance schedules especially plant overhaul,
cutting edge protective devices will be installed to shield the plant from
damaging voltage, current and frequency fluctuations arising from faults
in and outside the plant.
Continuous training of maintenance and operations staff to keep them

abreast of most recent strategies and technologies for O&M practice.
Finally, , inspection intervals will be arranged for maintenance activities as

Borescope Inspection, Hot Gas Path Inspection, Rotor Inspection and
Combustion Inspection. Planning for these inspections could be Hours-based or
Starts-based as described by Balevic et al 2009.
10
October 2012
2.5.4 Social Sustainability

Social sustainability is predicated on the ability of CPGL to effectively
communicate with the social structure of the immediate environment in terms of
mutually beneficial interaction. Equator Principles 5 (EP5) on Consultation and
Disclosure, EP6 on Grievance Mechanism as well as WBs Operational
Policies/Bank Procedures (OP/BP) 4 series provide due diligence standards for
self-assessment. It is therefore, the policy of CPGL to:
maintain constant consultation with the immediate community, the Local

Government, State and Country,
Identify and execute, within the limits of available resources, relevant

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) projects which have direct positive
impact on the developmental quest of the community.
Pay all appropriate taxes.
offer employment to skilled and even unskilled members of the

immediate community as much as possible,
develop and sustain effective communication channels as well as long

term relationships with all stakeholders,
Identify with community progressive initiatives especially related to

youth and women empowerment.
11
October 2012
CHAPTER THREE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
CHAPTER THREE
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This chapter captures some salient features of the project which interaction
results in the conversion of certain sets of inputs to corresponding sets of outputs
under specific conditions. Also outlined is the scope of work necessary for
implementing the various stages of the project, including Excavation, foundation
construction, plant erection, operation and decommissioning at the end of project
life. The main objective is to highlight the impact of these stages to the
environment.
PROPOSED PROJECT DESCRIPTION

Project site location
The land on which the Okija IPP Power Plant is to be erected covers about
248,294 square metres (27.41 hectares) and is situated in Okija town along
Onitsha Owerri Express Road in Anambra state and bounded at the rear by the
Ulasi stream. It is about 5 Kilometres from Ihiala, the Local Government
headquarters, 15Km from Nnewi and 25KM from Onitsha. Fig.3.1 depicts a map
of Nigeria showing the 36 states including Anambra while Fig.3.2 shows a map
of Anambra State with all the 21 Local Government Areas including Ihiala, the
host LGA of Century Power IPP plant. Fig.3.3 shows a google map of part of
Anambra state showing Okija town while plate 3.1 shows the exact location of
the project site. A sign board of Century Power Generation Limited is captured
in the snapshot. The centre of the plot has a longitude of 5, 56, 11.63 North and
latitude of 650 41.21 East
Accessibility to PHCN Facilities:
Plate 3.1 shows Alaoji-Onitsha 330KV line which traverses the plot towards the
express road. This line could be considered as a means of exporting more power
October 2012
to Onitsha which is a major load centre in the Eastern part of Nigeria. Major
challenges are the single circuit nature of the line which may affect its load
bearing capacity and the existence of a window at Onitsha for possible bay
extension.
Furthermore, two proposed 132KV and 330KV transmission substations at the

nearby towns of Ihiala and Nnewi respectively can be considered for the
evacuation of the Century Power Plant. Though these sites may not have
immediate economic advantages but they definitely present long term benefits in
terms of full dispatch and enhanced electric power availability to the fast
growing towns of Ihiala and Nnewi. In addition, since they are virgin sites, the
issues of windows for bay extension and appropriate sizing of the line
conductors do not arise.
Anambra
State
October 2012
Fig. 3.1 Map Of Nigeria Showing the 36 States including Anambra

LAND ACQUISITION PROCEDURE
The objectives of describing the land acquisition procedure is to give an insight
into the likely impact of current land acquisition to the immediate communities
and hence, justify whatever palliative measures being adopted by CPGL - IPP to
mitigate such impacts.
In section 1.8.4 of this report, the land use Act No 6 (1978) was described as the
regulatory framework for land acquisition in Nigeria, usually interpreted within
the content of the Nigerian Constitution (1999) and the public lands Acquisition
Laws of the respective states. In Anambra state, land ownership is mostly by
inheritance or direct purchase from the original owners. In this case the
document of purchase is processed through the state ministry of lands for the
issuance of a certificate of occupancy (C.O). Against the above background, the
land on which the CPGL IPP project is to be built has been duly acquired by
outright purchase from the original owners in Ubahu village of Okija. The
acquisition is part and parcel of a larger piece of land known and called ANA
MPIDIEGWU, situated along the Onitsha Owerri Road, bordering the Ulasi
River, It is vertically opposite HAMMAKOPP Construction Company, and
bounded on the right by UMUOYEDUMEKWU land and by the left by
UMUEHIE land. The entire piece of land was originally owned by the
UMUMPIDIEGWU (children of Mpidiegwu, Nwokeaghanaji, Umuabanihi and
Udensi families ) larger family until 2005 when all the ANA MPIDIEGWU was
partitioned amongst the constituent families and the CPGL IPP site is part of
the share of seven families namely, Akubuike family, Nzomiwu family,
Obianumba family, Nwosu family, Udebuany family, Obiukwu family and
Odigboaha family, who voluntarily offered same for sale to Century Power
Generation Limited. Commensurate compensation has been paid to the families
which prompted the execution of a Deed of Assignment by representatives of the
October 2012
families. Of particular interest is the fact that the Nzomiwu family was
represented by Mrs R. Nzomiwu, a clear testimony that the transaction is both
transparent and equitable.
Fig3.2 Survey Plan of the Project Area (248,294.806 sq. m)
LAND USE AROUND THE PROJECT SITE.

As shown on plate 3.1 the land use around the project site consists mainly of
farm land. The nearest human settlement as the crow flies is about one kilometre
away. The highest human concentration about 800 meters away, from the rear of
October 2012
the project site is the permanent site of MADONNA University. This fast
growing citadel of learning is expected to benefit immensely from the proposed
injection substation at Ihiala. Also, just across the expressway, opposite the
project site is the headquarters office/Yard of HAMMAKOPP Consortium
Limited, a Civil and Mechanical construction company promoted by same
owners as Century Power Generation Limited.
The Study Area in particular is also characterised by very little or no human
activities that have impacted upon the vegetation structure. Footpaths used for
hunting, can be noticed running across a section of the land. The vegetation
types encountered within the Study Area were similar to those in the rest of the
State and included:
-
Areas of fallow bush of varying ages;
Fields used for rotational subsistence farming.
degraded secondary rainforest as well as statutory and communal forests.
All flora habitats surveyed were found to comprise shrubs, grasses, sedges and a
mixture of mature trees and re-growing juvenile trees.
Ihiala Local Government
October 2012
Fig 3.3 Map ofAnambra state showing the LGAs
OKIJA
Fig. 3.3: Part of Anambra State Showing Okija (sourced from Google
images)
Scope of the Project
The proposed project involves the use of gas turbines to generate electricity and
further use of the exhaust gases to power a steam turbine for more electricity in a
combined cycle configuration. The installation of the Power Plant would involve
the following activities:
Civil
engineering
works,
including
excavation
and
foundation
construction.
Plant erection, installation of transformers, control and protection systems.
October 2012
Installation of fuel gas system and the interface pipe between the IPP
pipes and the existing gas system of the Nigeria Gas Company (NGC);
Construction of water boreholes and installation of water supply and

circulating water cooling systems including an independent fire fighting
and domestic water consumption system for the power station;
Installation of a 330kV power outgoing line switchyard and associated

switchgear systems. A 132KV bay will also be created.
Restringing of the existing Alaoji Onitsha 330KV line to accommodate

the output of the CPGL Plant.
Ancillary works such as installation of communication system (within the

power station), and construction of the fence and gate for the proposed
power station.
Operation of the power plant to produce electricity.
Maintenance Operations (scheduled and unscheduled)
Impact Monitoring and continued Stakeholder Consultation
Decommission at the end of the project life span.
Installation of a water pumping and treatment system to fetch water from

the Ulasi River for cooling the steam turbine as well as constructing
channels for the discharge of the water to the river.
Design Philosophy
The main design objective of the proposed CPGL IPP project is to develop an
environmentally sustainable facility in substantial conformity with applicable
regulations, industry standards and codes.
The design concept of the proposed 495MW CPGL Combined Cycle Gas Turbine
Power Plant is based primarily on CPGL specifications of achieving low heat
rate, maximised output and minimum down time within the scope of relevant
standards and codes.
These standards cover such sub-systems as electrical,
mechanical, civil, power generation and transmission as well as lines and subESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA
October 2012
stations. Some of the codes and standards relevant to the proposed project are
drawn from International Electrotechnical Comission (IEC),
The Nigerian
Electrical Installation Standards CAP 106 (1976), The Nigerian Building Code
(2008), the Grid and Distribution Codes issued by NERC, to mention a few.
Design Conditions
The average environmental design parameters/conditions, considered for the
proposed 495MW CPGL Combined Cycle Gas Turbine Power Plant are:
Table 3.1: Design Conditions
Environmental Conditions
Altitude
Climate
Air Relative Density
Monthly Maximum Average Temperature
Monthly Minimum Average Temperature
Average Maximum Annual Temperature
Average Minimum Annual Temperature
Yearly Rainfall
Relative Humidity
Maximum Wind Velocity
Average Wind Velocity
Ice Build-up
Isokeraunic Level, Lightning Strokes
Source: CPGL feasibility study.
130m maximum above sea level

Tropical Climate with Intense
Sunshine and Heavy Rainfalls
90% minimum
320C
250C
450C
100C
2360mm
0 100%
192km/hr
64km/hr
0mm
150/y
OVERVIEW OF THE POWER PLANT

Plant Layout
As stated earlier, the proposed power plant will be sited at Okija, at a location
about 25 kilometres from Onitsha towards Owerri in Ihiala Local Government
Area of Anambra State.
The land of approximately 14 hectares is generally
draining from north to south into the Ulasi stream. Access to the plant is direct
from the Onitsha Owerri express road from where a temporary road already
exists at the western end of the site terminating at the Ulasi stream. The road is
October 2012
currently being used by Lorries prospecting for sand at the bank of the stream.
The site is bounded in the north and south by the express road and Ulasi River
respectively and stretches from east to west.
According to the site layout shown in Figs. 3.5 and 3.6, the power plant will
consist of the following main elements:
2 indoor Combustion Turbine Generator units
1 indoor Steam Turbine Generator Unit
Fuel handling area where natural gas supply from the Nigerian Gas
Company is interfaced with supply to the plant.
Control room where the turbine generator units and associated
transformers and switchgears are controlled.
A multipurpose building housing the workshop, the offices and a staff
canteen.
The switch yard is on the north-eastern part to facilitate the connection to
the 330kV Alaoji Onitsha Line where the power output will be
evacuated. Normally, power is generated at 15kV and stepped up to
330kV by the generator transformers before transmitting to the substation.
On the southern part situates the staff quarters for operations staff on shift
duty (not shown).
The fire station lies between the switchyard and the fuel handling area.
Ulasi River/Stream bounds the southern end of the site.
Specifically, the proposed CPGL power plant will include the following main
components:
Gas Turbine Generator Units 1 to 2
Steam Turbine Units
Generator Transformers Units 1 to 3
Auxiliary Transformers Unit 1 to 3
Generator House A
10
October 2012
Switchyard area
Wartsila Gas Engine generator
Stacks Module 1
Fuel Gas Receiving/Reducing Arrangement
Water Treatment Plant
Waste water Treatment plant
Multipurpose Building
Hydrogen condensing Plant
Administrative Building
Foam Production Equipment
Bottled Gas Storage area
Black Start Facility area.
Fire Station
Workshops and Warehouse
Control / Protection Room
Water storage facilities
Facility Plan
The facility plan for the proposed CPGL power plant considers mostly human
safety and escape, accessibility to components, free movement of materials and
personnel, minimum separation distances as well as optimum use of space.
Other considerations were provisions for expansion of each phase of the project,
compact arrangement, room for effective functionality, and measures to decrease
pollution upon the surrounding environment particularly the greenbelt of the
plant area. The total land area for the CPGL IPP project is about 16 hectares.
Proposed Plant Layout
The proposed plant layout is shown in Figs. 3.4 and 3.5 below. Both depict the
relative locations of the main elements of the power plant listed above. CPGL has
plans to expand the capacity of the plant in stages up to 1000MW in response to
11
October 2012
Nigerias load growth. This future intent may have informed facility planning at
the site. A brief description of each of the site facilities is presented below.
Gas Turbine Power House:
Two Nos. SIEMENS SGT5 2000E Gas Turbines each coupled to SGen 5-100A-2P
type Generators will be housed together with a SIEMENS steam Turbine SST5
4000 configured in a 2 x 1 combined cycle multi shaft arrangement (SCC5 2000E
with 2 x 1) with two Heat Recovery Steam Generator (HRSG) systems bringing
the total output to about 495MW (site condition). Each unit is housed with its
associated indoor accessories. A lower electrical annex will house the generator
unit, switchgear, control panels and cabling for the auxiliaries. Standard noise
reduced enclosures will be deployed to ensure the recommended values of 85
dBA within the plant and 45 dBA outside the plant are met.
Gas Turbine Generators
The combined cycle plant will be configured in line with SIMENS SCC5
2000E 2x1 system with an expected net output of 450MW. The gross heat
rate is 6883kJ/kWh (ISO) while the gross efficiency at rated capacity is
expected to be 52.7% (ISO) with an air cooled condenser. It is important to
note that the gas turbine generators consist of two SIEMENS Eclass
heavy duty turbine SGT5 2000E with a net heat rate of 10370 kJ/kWh
(LHV ISO) for standard gaseous fuel and a net efficiency of 34.7%. This
configuration is very suitable for the CPGL IPP project due to minimal gas
consumption. The gas turbine pressure ratio is 11.7. Nominal voltage of
the plant will be 15.75KV at a frequency of 50 Hz. The plant will be
operated as a base load plant but could act as peaking capacity or render
any other ancillary service as the system operator pleases.
12
October 2012
The run-up and run-down rates of the Power Plant will be 22 MW per
minute.
Standard gas and steam turbine accessories, including Oil
pumps, Water pumps, Compressors, Air filters, Transformers, controls

etc, will be incorporated.
Black Start System
A 7.5 MW Wartsila dual fuel gas engine generator will be installed to provide
black start services. The use of dual fuel is informed by a situation where the gas
supply fails. This generator can then run on fuel oil to supply station load. An
alternative supply from the local utility will also be provided.
Water Production and Treatment
One standard industrial borehole will be provided together with a medium sized
water treatment plant (7.5-10) m de-mineralized water a day, with a storage tank
for 7 days usage (approximately 700 m).
Three raw water storage tanks of approximately 300 m each spread at three
locations for fire fighting and two foam making machines, one near the power
house and the other near the fuel handling area respectively.
A moderate raw water storage tank (800 m) will be provided for different plant
wash activities. Here the drains will be separately collected, filtered, treated and
discharged according to World Bank guidelines and International best practices.
HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR
330KV air insulated switchgear, with bus section breakers and bus coupler
breakers. A set of breaker and half arrangement which is standard for
PHCN/TCN installations will be used for connecting the units to the main bus.
GAS RECEIVING STATION
At this station, the gas from the gas supplier will be treated to conform to the
specifications expected by the Gas turbines. Hence, it will contain a metering
13
October 2012
station, Scrubbers, Filters, Gas heaters and Pressure adjustment device. Usually
an emergency shutdown system will be provided with a slam shut value station.
AUXILIARY FACILITIES
These include the workshops (Electrical, Mechanical and General) Switchgear

and protection building housing the control cubicles for the generator outputs
and outgoing feeders to the evacuation substation. The protective system is also
coordinated in this room with operators tables for human supervision. The
Administrative building, the Gatehouse, the Pumping Station, a mini-test Lab.
Etc. all constitutes auxiliary facilities.
HYDROGEN PRODUCTION AREA
A medium sized space, of about (30x20 m) will be carved out for the trapping of
hydrogen from the atmosphere. The trapped hydrogen is then stored in cylinders
and used for cooling the generators. This alternative cooling method drastically
reduces the water requirement for running the plant.
WASTE TREATMENT AREA
This will consist of a wastewater treatment plant, effluent handling area, a

domestic waste separation and treatment plant. Effluent waste to be discharged
by licensed waste Management Companies will also be handled in this area
Switchyard Area:
The 330kV switchyard will be located to the north-east of the site close to the
Alaoji - Onitsha 330kV transmission line. This restricted zone will include the
transformers, 330kV outdoor switchyard, electrical control room, utility control
room and Wartsila generator room for black starting.
Administrative/Management Area: The area includes the office building,
parking area, workshop, warehouse and domestic sewage treatment station.
14
October 2012
This area shall be located in the southwest corner of the power plant. The power
plant main entrance shall be next to the office building and workshop. The
workshop and warehouse shall be combined. The domestic sewage treatment
station shall be located in the southwest of the power plant.
Specifications of the Generator
The project will be turnkey such that the exact type of generator will be advised
by the EPC and approved by the consultant. However, preliminary design by
SIEMENS has recommended a rating of 175MVA with a terminal voltage of 15.75
KV, rated frequency of 50 Hz and nominal speed of 3000 rpm. The rated power
factor will be between 0.8 and 0.85 (lagging) while the output efficiency varies
between 98.5 and 98.8 percent depending on the unit load. Each generator will
have automatic voltage regulator (AVR), a Power System Stabilizer (PSS) and a
Turbine Speed control Governor (TSG). Hydrogen cooling system will be used
with appropriate heat exchangers. The generators shall be protected against
earth faults, short circuit faults, excessive temperature, etc. so as to prevent
damage to the plant.
15
October 2012
Fig. 3.5: Site Layout Plan of Proposed 495MW CPGL Plant at Okija
16
October 2012
Fig 3.6
SIEMENS C-Cycle Power Plant SCC5-2000E 2x1 Layout Proposal
PRINCIPAL FEATURES OF THE POWER PLANT

The Combined Cycle Gas Power Plant shall be based on the state of the art
technology of SIEMENS Company AG of The Federal Republic of Germany.
Specifically the plant is based on the SGT5-PAC 2000E type Turbine for the gas
unit and SST5-4000 for the steam unit which are integrated to give Siemens
Combined Cycle Power Plant SCC5-2000E 2x1 (fig 3.6) and comprises seven
primary units, namely.
The Gas Turbine Unit
The Steam Turbine Unit
17
October 2012
The Generator Unit
Exciter
Controls
Air filtering unit
Fuel treatment unit
The Power Plant shall consist of three turbines (two gas turbines and one steam
turbine), each rated about 165 MW (ISO Rating) and 150MW (Site Rating). The
SCC5- 200E 2x1 Industrial Combined - Cycle Power plant is a self-contained and
flexible
Power Generating Station specifically designed to ensure optimum
thermal efficiency, low investment costs, minimally attended remote-control

operation, dispatch ease and loading flexibility. These benefits make it ideal for
peak load use, co-generation and industrial self-generation. The Generator
SGen5 100A-2P - is a totally enclosed air - cooled (TEAC) system, which
provides high-energy gas to power arrangement, whenever this gas performs
useful work when mechanically coupled to a driven load through a flexible
coupling. Natural gas will be ignited in each of the gas turbines in a combustion
chamber. The air required for the combustion will be filtered at the air intake and
compressed prior to mixing with the fuel in the combustion chamber. The
combustion of natural gas will produce hot gases that will expand through the
gas turbine, travelling across the turbine blades, to induce torque that drives an
electrical generator.
Combustion in gas turbines is conducted at high excess air rates, typically 200300 percent excess air. There are very low levels of carbon monoxide (CO),
unburnt carbon (i.e. particulate matter) or unburnt hydrocarbons present in the
usual combustion of natural gas. The combustion of natural gas therefore results
in the emission of hot flue gases containing carbon dioxide, water vapour,
oxygen, nitrogen, oxides of nitrogen (NOx) and negligible traces of SO2.
18
October 2012
The choice of extension to CCPP serves the dual purpose of commercial and
environmental advantages:
The exhaust gas from an open cycle gas turbine exits at near 543oC and
relatively high pressure which tends to alter the ambient conditions of the
immediate environment especially air quality.
The use of this exhaust gas to power a steam plant (usually rated about
half of the total capacity of the gas plants) increases the megawatt output
of the station by reducing the overall heat rate, thus, improving the
revenue base of the station as well as its thermal efficiency. The effect of
high temperature gas fumes on the immediate environment is also
drastically reduced.
Fig 3.7 SGT5-PAC 2000E - Typical Arrangement of Major Components & Systems
(SIEMENS)
19
October 2012
Table 3.2 Specific Requirements of the Gas Turbine Plant

B. SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS
THERMAL PLANTS:
GAS PLANTS (OCGT):
Gas Turbine Type
Minimum & Maximum Turbine
Capacity
Efficiency
Fuel Quality Specifications
Gas turbine pressure ratio

Noise Level
Heat Rate
Siemens Gas Turbine SGT5-2000E 50 Hz without

Gearbox
In the low-NOx, low-CO regime, i.e. with low
emissions,
part load operation is possible at outputs above 60% of
rated power.
34.7% gross plant efficiency
For Siemens Gas Turbines equipped with standard fuel
gas systems:
CH4 80 Vol.%
C2H2 0.1 Vol.% *)
C2H6 15 Vol.%
CnHm 10 Vol.% sum of CnHm with n 2, excluding
C2H6 *)
H2 1.0 Vol.% *)
CO normally not a constituent of natural gas
N2 + Ar + CO2 20 Vol.%
O2 0.1 Vol.%
other Vol. % to be specified
FBN (N) Vol.% *)
*) additional notes / requirements
Other fuel gas qualities on request
11.3
The standard sound pressure levels of GT components
are as follows:
Lp < 90dB(A) for exhaust gas diffuser duct
Lp < 88dB(A) for the GT casing
Lp < 85dB(A) for all other components
These standard sound pressure levels are basing on
ISO3746 1995 measured at a distance of 1 m and a
height of 1.5 m above turbine floor or at the centre line
of the shaft under steady state normal operation
conditions at rated output.
10370 kJ/kWh (LHV, ISO) estimated value for standard
gaseous fuel
10520 kJ/kWh (LHV) estimated value for typical
Nigerian site condition
Project specific guarantee values will require more
sophisticated calculations
20
October 2012
Run-up and Run-down Rates
Ignition system
Major Gas Turbine Accessories
Type of Air Intake System

Emission Levels
Manufacturer I
Year of Manufacture I
Warranty
For gas turbine with generator:

Normal Gradient (valid from full speed no load up to
base load) = 11 MW/min
Fast Gradient (valid from full speed no load up to base
load) = 30 MW/min
An electric arc is generated for igniting flames directly
at
the burner; each burner is equipped with electric spark
electrodes. An arc formed between the burners two
electrodes ignites the gas.
Gaseous Fuel Auxiliary System
Liquid Fuel Auxiliary System
Hydraulic Oil System
Instrument Air Supply
Lube Oil System
Rotor Turning Device
Compressor Cleaning System
Compressor Dehumidifier
Air Intake System
Exhaust Gas System
Instrumentation & Control System
Switchgear, Battery System, Protection &
Synchronization, PCC
Static Excitation Equipment and Transformer
Starting Frequency Converter and Transformer
Generator Accessories
Enclosures
Air-Cooled Generator
Static filter system / pulse filter system depending on
site conditions
25 ppmvd NOx
80 ppmvd CO
Siemens AG Energy Sector
New equipment, manufactured after signature
12 months
Source: SIEMENS Initial Proposal

Table 3.3 Specific Requirements of the Steam Plant
New ! Combined Cycle Extension
Turbine Unit Information:
Steam Turbine Type
Siemens Steam Turbine SST5-4000 or other

dependent on plant configuration and site
conditions
Project specific Heat Recovery Steam Generator
(HRSG) used, t.b.d.
Boiler Pressure and Temperature

Minimum and Maximum Rated Capacity
Project specific Heat Recovery Steam Generator

(HRSG) used, t.b.d.
21
October 2012
Steam Pressure and Temperature (Super Project specific Heat Recovery Steam Generator
Heat
(HRSG) used, t.b.d.
and Reheat)
Heat Rate
Efficiency at rated capacity
6833 kJ/kg expected gross heat rate (ISO) in

combined
cycle 2x1 with two SGT5-2000E and SST5-4000
and air cooled condenser
52.7% expected gross efficiency (ISO) in
combined
cycle 2x1 with two SGT5-2000E and SST5-4000
and air
cooled condenser
Fuel quality specifications requirements
Please refer to OCGT requirements
Noise Level
Run-up and Run-down Rates
Minimum Synchronizing Generation
Depending on power plant arrangement
Manufacturer's name /
Year of Manufacture I
Warranty
Siemens AG Energy Sector

New equipment, manufactured after signature
12 months
Source: SIEMENS Initial Proposal

FUEL SUPPLY AND CONSUMPTION
The fuel receiving station will be located at the north western part of the site
within a fenced off area. Gas processing and metering equipment (Scrubbers,
filters, flow meters, dew point heaters, etc. will also be installed. In line with DPR
requirements, the gas delivery system will include an emergency shut down
system with a slam shut valve station.
Fuel Source and Composition
1.1.1.1 Fuel Source
The natural gas will be supplied from the gas supply stations of Shell Petroleum
Development Company and Orwell Linkso through a 22 underground pipe
connecting their gas metering and treatment stations in Oguta to the proposed
IPP at a delivery pressure of 30 bar gauge. The approximate length of pipe is
22
October 2012
20m. Other facilities to be installed include dedicated filters, pressure let down
station and a slug catcher.
No gas storage tanks are planned for installation. However, if the available fuel
gas pressure cannot meet the Gas Turbine Generator requirements then the
installation of a gas compressor station and a gas storage tank within the project
area shall be considered. Thus, at the first phase of the proposed project the
design shall make provision for connection points for future supply from other
sources to the IPP.
1.1.1.2 Fuel Composition
The composition of the natural gas to be used for power generation for the
proposed IPP project is presented in Table 3.4. The fuel low heating value (LHV)
is about 35.4MJ/Sm3, where Sm3 is the volume under the condition of 101.32kPa
pressure and 150C temperature.
Table 3.4: Composition of the Natural Gas for CPGL IPP Project
Component
Nitrogen
Water
Carbon dioxide
Methane
Ethane
Propane
Iso Butane
Normal Butane
Neo pentane
Iso pentane
Normal pentane
Hexane +
Total
Percentage Mole
0
0
0.13
98.40
0.96
0.08
0.04
0.04
0.02
0.05
0.03
0.23
100.00
Specific gravity
Gross calorific value (MJ/m3)
Net calorific value (MJ/m3)
Low heating value (MJ/Sm3)
0.57
40.3
36.3
35.4
23
October 2012
Molecular weight
16.4
Hydrocarbon dew weight
-11.40C
Source: SIEMENS Conceptual Design Proposal (2011)
Fuel Gas Distribution
Fuel gas distribution will reach each GTG unit through a single header system
sized to handle the total gas flow. Provisions will be made in the design to allow
any items of equipment and associated piping to be disconnected for
servicing/maintenance, purging and flushing without shutting down the
turbines. It is also planned that for reliable operation of the gas turbines, the fuel
gas shall be supplied at constant pressure and at an acceptable quality as
required by the gas turbine OEM specification. The fuel gas will be supplied at
280C, above the gas dew point, to minimise any possible condensation of
hydrocarbon in the station fuel gas system.
Furthermore, to ensure fail-safe protection of the proposed IPP, emergency shutoff valves will be installed at each fuel gas treatment station inlet and outlet
points. Also, to measure and monitor the gas consumption of the station, a
computerized gas measurement system containing flow meters with meterproviding facilities, analyzer, etc will be provided to give information on
volume, mass and energy as required. The flow meter will be located in the
utility control room and shall be used as a component of the gas control unit of
each gas turbine.
1.1.1.3 Fuel Gas Receiving Skid
The fuel gas shall pass through a fuel gas-receiving skid consisting mainly of
emergency stop valve (solenoid operated), pressure control valves, scrubbers,
and common condensate drain tank before the fuel gas enters the Gas Turbine
Generator. The gas pressure control valve shall maintain proper pressure of the
24
October 2012
outgoing gas. The gas will first enter the scrubbers where all impurities (solid
particles and liquid contaminants) to a large extent (above 99%) are removed.
The condensate drain tanks will be responsible for collecting hydrocarbon drains
from various points.
1.1.1.4 Fuel Gas Flow meter
Fuel gas flow meter will be provided complete with continuous integration and
automatic compensation for temperature and pressure fluctuations, as well as
the aggregated fuel consumption totaliser. The flow meter is a metering system
and will be used to measure the volume of the fuel gas flow used by gas turbine.
Intermittent sampling of the gas for quality analysis will be carried out to ensure
conformity with the specifications contained in the Gas Purchase Agreement
(GPA), and determine the penalties if otherwise.
1.1.1.5 Nitrogen Purging System
A nitrogen purging system will be employed to form part of the gas piping
sections prior to repair and maintenance work; purging of air from the gas
piping system prior to charging up with gas; and nitrogen blanketing during
long plant outage.
Water Supply System
1.1.1.6 Groundwater Supply System
As stated in 3.2.3, a project site deep well (borehole) will be constructed to
provide clean water supply for various equipment and project activities
including human consumption. Water for the service/industrial consumption, as
well as for fire fighting will also be sourced from the bore hole. Two water
boreholes will be constructed within the project site to supply water.
The
boreholes will be located as far apart as possible from one another to prevent the
potential for erosion of the aquifer due to the force of the water pumps when in
25
October 2012
use. One bore hole at the north eastern end of the site will be dedicated to
process water and will feed a treatment plant for that purpose.
In order to remove suspended solids and floaters from the water, reduce the ion
contents; and prevent rusting and corrosion (through oxidation and deposition
of the iron and manganese ions) of the pipes and other water supply equipment,
the groundwater shall be treated to ensure all regulatory requirements are met.
The treatment shall also protect the humans that would drink from the bore-hole
water source.
Second bore hole of the south eastern end will provide water for other uses. The
two bore holes will be about 200m apart.
Two surface tanks with pressed steel sectional structure will be provided one
each for the storage of fire fighting water and raw water. In order to ensure
continuous water supply during inspection and maintenance activities, the raw
water tank will be separated into two chambers so that when one chamber is
being cleaned, the other can be routed to normal water flow ensuring that the
power plant stays operational. A medium sized storage tank will be dedicated to
process water, basically for replenishing minor losses encountered during the
process of changing from water to steam and vice-versa. Therefore, the second
bore hole is hardly in use, with the result that eroding the acquifer remains a
remote possibility.
Domestic water will be supplied from the sterilised water tank and the supply
system will convey water from the sterilised water tank to the consumers. This is
to satisfy the demand for potable water, sanitation, and road wash water, water
for green belt (flowers and grass) and car wash water in the power plant area.
The domestic water supply system shall be designed in accordance with WHO
standards.
26
October 2012
Transport and Traffic

The Project Site is just by the express road leading to Owerri from Onitsha.
Access into the plant will be created towards the northern part of the site just
before the switchyard area. This access road will be heavily reinforced to enable
it withstand the weight of turbines, generators and transformers, especially
where the site is in an erosion prone part of Anambra state.
The express way has become a major link between the western/mid western
states of Lagos, Oyo, Edo e.t.c and the south eastern/southern states of Anambra,
Imo, Abia, Rivers, Bayelsa e.t.c. Therefore, during construction of the power
plant, when increased heavy duty vehicular traffic is expected, the risk of
accident will be greater and more caution will be applied.
Suffice it to say that during project construction between 20 to 25 vehicles will

visit the site every day. Of this number, about 8 will be 30 tonne Lorries, 10 will
be various types of earth moving tractors, concrete mixers and pay loaders while
the rest will be SUVs and other 4 x 4 vehicles. At the peak of foundation
construction, between 50 to 60 concrete mixers may visit the site daily. Different
types of cranes and weight lifters will also be on site.
During this period, various conventional and unconventional methods will be

deployed to warn and slow down on-coming vehicles and other road users about
the presence of heavy traffic and the need to be cautious.
1.1.1.7 On-site Traffic during Operations
During normal operation, the on-site traffic will consist of mostly cars and SUVs
as well as pick-up vans and light trucks. While the cars are mostly stationary
27
October 2012
during working hours, the utility vehicles and pick-up vans will move about to
pick and drop materials as part of logistics.
However, traffic levels will peak during planned annual maintenance shutdowns
which usually last for two weeks or during any emergency shutdown that
requires repairs. Also, major maintenance every five to six years which lasts
about six weeks will attract high vehicular traffic.
Plant Security, Safety and Emergency Response Procedures

Adequate and efficient security measures would be put in place by the
management of Century Power Generation Nigeria Limited to ensure safety of
both personnel and assets at the facility.
This will be achieved by the
development of a comprehensive security programme based on an accurate

analysis of the prevailing security situation in its area of operation. It will be the
responsibility of companys corporate security unit to assess security
requirements through review and/or audit of the security programme. External
security threats from criminal activities in the large society notably Armed
Robbery and kidnapping should be assessed intermittently by CPGL security
outfit for the benefit of the staff to enhance personal security and that of family
members.
1.1.1.8 Emergency Response Procedure
In case of an emergency during the life span of the IPP project, the Site
Emergency Response Procedure as contained in the Site HSE Plan shall be
activated. Its objectives are among others to ensure:
no loss of life.
that the environment is protected;
that manpower, equipment and funds are available to effectively contain and
clean up oil/chemical spills, and
28
October 2012
that good record keeping is maintained and accurate information concerning

emergencies are disseminated to the workers, members of the public and
government;
The procedures cover the following issues:
problem search;
isolation of causes;
notification of authorities;
safety and environment issues;
repair methods and procedures;
emergency repair material;
contractor arrangements; and
re-commissioning and start-up.
The CPGL IPP plant will incorporate many environmental safeguards and
mitigation measures, including:
Minimum on-site construction work, since the combustion/steam plants

turbine are already packaged as Completely Knock Down (CKD) parts.
Water quality will be protected, by incorporating approved written

procedures, to deal with emergency spill situations. There will also be cleanup equipment on site should any spills occur;
The use of combustion turbines, which will minimize emissions of carbon

monoxide, unburned hydrocarbons and particulate matter;
The use of natural gas as fuel (Natural gas is cleanest burning fossil fuel) all
emissions will comply with applicable environmental requirements. Ambient
air quality levels will also be in compliance with all applicable criteria;
The use of combine cycle configuration to ensure lower exhaust temperature

(120c) and lower Emission/MW ratio.
29
October 2012
The injection of water into the combustion turbines to reduce oxides of

nitrogen emissions by over 50%; when necessary
Minimal ambient air quality impacts resulting from an efficient, low polluting
combustion system and a high exhaust temperature.
The high exhaust
temperature results in a significant plume rise and consequently, a reduced

ground level impact;
The noise abatement equipment to be installed, which includes inlet and

exhaust features, and as enclosure around each turbines, will mitigate any
noise associated with the plant. Additional abatement equipment will be
installed if necessary to minimise noise impacts on the local community;
Handling, storing and disposing solid and liquid wastes in accordance with
accepted practices;
Potential sources of leaks from transformers will be controlled by the

provision of adequate secondary containment, sufficient to hold 100% fluid;
Significantly, the project is providing employment, the workforce being of a

high skill level, increasing the diversity of the local employment base and
supporting the local economy; and
A comprehensive health, safety and environmental system will be

implemented which will include on-going training of all employees.
Adhering to procedures in these plans will ensure that the plant is operated
in a safe and environmentally responsible manner.
PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The major fuel input to the generating process is natural gas which Nigerian
average specification is given in table 3.4. This fuel will be brought to the plant
site through a pipe linked to the SDPC and Orwell-Linkso gas stations at Oguta.
The major stages in the process of generating power from Gas Power Plant can
be summarized as:
30
October 2012
3. Natural gas will be mixed with air at high pressure inside the combustion
chamber of the Gas-turbine unit and ignited. The resulting hot flue gas at
high pressure ultimately drives the turbine electrical generator to produce
electric energy.
4. The exhaust gas will be discharged to the atmosphere at a temperature of
about 543C in accordance with the FMEnv and WHO standards as well
as in conformity with World Bank (WB) guidelines for sustainable
development. Main by-product of Natural Gas combustion are Carbon
Dioxide (
Oxide (
), Water vapor (
), Carbon monoxide (CO) and Nitrogen
). Other by-products of natural gas firing, usually in trace
quantities are Sulphur Dioxide (
and particulate matter.
5. The hot exhaust air exits from the gas turbine at about 543 degrees
centigrade and then passes through the Heat Recovery Steam Generator.
In the HRSG, there are layers of 100 foot tall tube bundles, filled with high
purity water. The hot exhaust gas coming from the turbines passes
through these tube bundles, which act like a radiator, boiling the water
inside the tubes, and turning that water into steam. The gas then exits the
power plant through the exhaust stack at a much cooler temperature of
about 120 degrees Celsius, after having given up most of its heat to the
steam production process. About 453.6 metric tonnes (1 million pounds)
of steam power per hour is generated in this way and sent over to the
steam turbine through overhead piping.
PROJECT RELEASES TO THE ENVIRONMENT.

Atmospheric Emissions
During the construction stage, atmospheric emissions separate into two main
sources viz: exhaust fumes of trucks and tractors plus dust particles from earth
works. Focused attempts are planned by CPGL to ensure these emissions fall
within national (FMEnv) and international (World Bank) guidelines by partially
31
October 2012
wetting the ground before excavation and ensuring diligent routine services for
all vehicular machines. The latter measure ensures complete fuel combustion and
hence low emissions.
The major source of gaseous emission during the operational stage of the project
is combustion of natural gas in the combustion chambers of the nine turbines
plus the operation of the 7.5 MW wartsila gas engine power generator. As
expected, the emission from the black start wartsila generator is very small since
the total operating time annually is limited to between 100 120 hours.
Furthermore, in order to minimize the storage of hazardous chemicals on site,
the back-up fuel for the wartsila generator will be liquefied natural gas to be
stored in cylinders in a fenced off area close to the fire station. Not more than 7
days use will be stored at a time in a manner that conforms strictly with DPR
guidelines on risk abatement around gas storage areas.
In line with standard practice, all air emissions will be released through a stack,
which design will be determined from the results of dispersion modeling
procedures. The objective of the modelling process is to ensure that the stack is of
optimal dimensions, with the efflux velocity sufficiently high for ground level
concentrations to fall within the FMEnv and WHO limits which constitute the
basis for WB guidelines. Granted that the plant is situated in an industrial area
where the 2km radius is sparsely populated, it is the intention of CPGL to
maintain the WHO emission limits at all times, on ground level concentrations.
Predictions from the air dispersion models shown in chapter six, using stacks of
about 35m high and 7 meter diameter reveal ground concentrations that fall
within local and international limits.
At full capacity, it is envisaged that two gas turbines will be used for power
generation at the CPGL site, deploying the technology of SIEMENS E class of
32
October 2012
turbines or its equivalent. There are a number of turbines in the market which
fall within this class namely GE frame 9E, SIEMENS SGT5 2000E, Hitachi
PG9171 (E), ALSTOM GT13EZ; etc. (GAS TURBINE WORLD, vol. 29 2012).
Though support on the conceptual design of the power plant has been received
from SIEMENS AG, the intention of CPGL is to conduct an open tender process
for the selection of the EPC contractor based on the above turbine technology.
The beauty of the technology of E- class gas turbines is its ability to reduce NOx
emissions through the use of dry low NOx burners while CO is reduced by an
appropriate ratio of air natural gas mixture. As long as the specified quality of
natural gas fuel is maintained, the compounds of sulphur like HS will be in
trace quantities in the atmospheric emissions.
Table 3.5 below shows a summary of the overall emissions from the two gas
turbines in open cycle operations and 100% load factor (worst case scenario, 75
is recommended in the feasibility report) as well as exhaust parameters.
Table 3.5 Emissions to Air from CPGL Power Plant

Summary of Emissions to Air from CPGL IPP
Parameter
Emission
from Emission
from
one unit
Power station
Number of stacks
1
2
Estimated height of the stacks (m)
35
35
Temperature of release (C)
120
120
Stack diameter (m)
7
7
Actual flow rate (kg / s)
415
830
Actual flow rate (m / s)
990
1980
Efflux velocity at stack exit (m / s)
26
26
Emission concentrations
NOx (ppm)
CO (ppm)
HS
Carbon Dioxide (tonnes / yr.)
Source: CPGL Feasibility 2012
20
30
Trace
545,000
33
20
30
Trace
1,090,000
October 2012
the
The above table is self-explanatory. An estimated 1,090,000 tonnes of carbon

dioxide will be released to the atmosphere annually. The presence of green
vegetation especially in areas where the ground level concentration is maximum
will help to absorb reasonable quantity of CO for photosynthesis.
Noise Emissions
At different stages of project execution, noise emissions will arise from a variety
of sources. During the construction phase, major noise sources will be from the
excavators, heavy duty trucks and piling rigs. Auger piling will be used to drive
in foundations instead of driven piling since the former is associated with lower
levels of noise. These are temporary situations lasting a couple of months.
However every effort will be made by the selected EPC contractor, monitored by
the environmental staff of CPGL to ensure that most environmentally friendly
technologies are deployed. In particular, the FMEnv and WHO limits will be
strictly enforced. Where that is not possible at limited periods, recommended
measures to protect personnel will be adopted while movement into the site area
will be limited to authorized staff wearing the requisite gear.
During operation, the major source of noise is the gas turbines which have been
specified for 85 dBA for noise level within the plant and less than 45 dBA for
levels outside the plant.
To achieve the above limits, CPGL design must ensure that:
All ventilation apertures including air filters will be fitted with silencers.
Gas turbine exhausts in particular will be fitted with high performance
silencers tuned to attenuate low frequencies from the gas turbine
exhausts.
34
October 2012
CPGL will insist on a standard acoustic enclosure for the turbine housing to
avoid reverberant noise. Hushclad double skin enclosures with good door seals
will be deployed to meet the recommended noise level of 85 dBA at one metre
from the source. Other plant items will be regulated to minimize noise of an
impulsive or tonal nature, such that the rating level specified in (BS) 4142: 1997 is
met. Noise dispersion modelling for day and night operating periods is
discussed in chapter six.
It may be stated here that achieving WHO noise limits is not too hard, even in
Nigeria. Measurements taken at the Geregu I power plant, which deploys
equivalent turbine technology from SIEMENS, still satisfied those limits after five
years in operation. (BCS EIA Report 2012) The same can also be said of Ughelli
gas plant in Delta State which deploys equivalent technology from HITACHI
(Environmental Audit Report). In all, by selecting a competent EPC contractor, a
good owners Design consultant and the right specifications, the attainment of
FMEnv and WHO noise limits by CPGL will be guaranteed.
Heat Emissions
The SIEMENS Combined 6883kJ/kwh machine presents a reduced heat rate of
6883kJ/kWh. Major heat emissions emanates from the stacks at a transfer rate of
approximately 810 GJ / hour and temperature of 120C coupled with additional
heat exchanges with the atmosphere from the cooling systems.
Liquid Effluents
Used lube oil, maintenance drains and equipment wash will produce effluent
wastes
especially
oily
water
sometimes
containing
particulate
matter.
Regeneration wastes from demineralisation plant and water contaminated with

chemical leaks will also form part of the effluent waste. Details of effluent
generated are provided in table 3.6 below
35
October 2012
Table 3.6 Effluent Generated by CPGL IPP

S/N
Waste
Water
Source
Characteristics /
Contaminants.
Disposal Method
1.
Water
Based
Demineralization
Plant regeneration
waste.
Dissolved solids:
< 1000 ppm pH:
6-9.
This will be collected into a filter

backwash drain pit, and then transferred
to a tube settler. The clarified effluent will
be discharged into the central monitoring
basin for discharge through a municipal
licenced agent.
Non contaminated water will be
collected into the storm water system and
discharged to surrounding area according
to Nigerian and World Bank
requirements.
2.
Chemicals
Equipment Drain
Chemical traces,
traces of
suspended
solids, pH: 6-9.
Sludge from the collection of suspended

solids will be disposed of as hazardous
waste at the nearest licensed waste
disposal facility.
Chemical Drains
in water treatment
plant.
Various
Chemicals
Piped into the neutralization pit, treated

with acid/alkali and transferred to the
central monitoring basin.
Effluent (containing detergent, dirt and
oil) from the gas turbine on-line and off
line wash and exhaust plenum drain will
be collected into the wash water recovery
pit. It will then pass through the oil water
separator and disposed by pumping to
tankers.
3.
Oil in
Water
Lube oil and

Transformer Oil
mixed with Water
from wash drains,
gas turbine water
wash drain.
Oil contents: 500

10000 ppm ,
pH: 5-9,
suspended
solids: 0-30 ppm.
Best approach is to collect the affluent

with high oil contents into a capture basin
and then pumped into tankers for
disposal offsite. The water effluent will be
collected into a separation tank for
secondary treatment.
The oil separation tank is designed to trap
oil by an oil skimmer, which separates
into an oil holding tank. The sludge will
collect into the sludge tank and disposed
through sludge drying.
The separated effluent will collect into the
monitoring basin before final discharge.
Suffice it to say that Effluent discharge
will be in strict conformity with Nigerian
and World Bank guidelines.
36
October 2012
3.4.5 Solid Waste

A major solid waste regime arises during construction from surplus spoil from
site excavation and levelling. Other waste will comprise general domestic waste
(construction camp) including sanitary and food waste, office waste, organic
material, small volumes of waste arising from mobile plant, chiefly waste
lubricating oil and packing materials e.g. crates. These will go into the municipal
waste disposal system. The excess spoil is usually deployed for restoration of
scrapped surfaces or back filling.
STAFFING AND SUPPORT
The CPGL IPP project will provide employment opportunities for skilled and
unskilled workers.
About 75% of the operating personnel and 85% of the
administrative employees will be Nigerians.
Training will be provided to
Nigerian nationals, so that within three years it is planned that all employees will
be Nigerians. There will also be indirect local job creation for plant and office
consumables, and for equipment and lubricating oil vendors.
In line with WB guidelines, CPGL will establish two key units under, the Health,
Safety and Environment (HSE) Department namely, the Environmental
37
October 2012
Management Unit (EMU) and Project Monitoring Unit (PMU). These twos, each
with an average of three personnel, must be in place at the inception of
construction to manage and monitor environmental guidelines recommended by
the ESIA. Bi-monthly reports will be made to the FMEnv and the World Bank
who will be providing Partial Risk Guarantee for power sales and hence, has a
stake in the sustainability of the project. A Community Liaison Officer (CLO) will
be part of the PMU personnel to serve as an agent of continuous stakeholder
consultation throughout the life span of the project including decommissioning.
The personnel requirement will include staff for operations (technical and
administration) and maintenance of the proposed power plant.
The total
number of staff to be employed is still subject to review pending final design

requirements. However, a proposed organizational chart for the first three levels
of management and an organogram is presented in Fig. 3.8 below.
Detailed organizational charts for the first two level of management

o Level 1
Board of company (All equity investors with at least 5%
share holding in the company.)

o Level 2
MD and executive management staff that report to him.(Managing

Director(MD), Chief Financial Officer(CFO), Chief Technical officer(CTO),
Chief production Officer(CPO), Cheif human Resources Officer(CHRO)
and Cheif Health,safety and Environment OfficerCHS&EO).
o Level 3
Other direct reports to the MD are the the Legal and regulatory liasion
officer and the secretary and the logistics,
Direct Reports to the CFO are the Accountant and Financial officers,
Direct reports to the CTO are Project Manager, Maintenance Manager,

O&M contractor, Telecom and IT manager,
38
October 2012
Direct Reports to the CPO are the Plant control room Operations
manager, Despatch control room manager,
Direct reports to the CHRO are The manager human resources, public
relations and community relations manager and admin officer.
Direct reports to the CHSEO are the safety manager, the fire fighting
crew manager and the security manager.
MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

The maintenance and inspection philosophy for the proposed power plant
facility shall be geared towards assessing and assuring the technical integrity of
the Gas Turbine Generators and other installed devices with a view to achieving
high availability at best value for money. This means achieving minimal power
production determent and reducing to, as low as reasonably practicable, the risk
of Generation failure.
All maintenance/upgrade works on the power plant or ancillary facilities will as
much as practicable be executed within scheduled periods planned by the
Maintenance and Operations Teams. In principle, mutual consent of the two
Teams shall be sought for minimum required shutdown period for maintenance
and/or upgrade works except when it affects statutory requirements.
39
October 2012
HSE/EMS
SU
Fig 3.8
Organizational Chat
40
October 2012
DECOMMISSIONING AND ABANDONMENT

The design of the facilities shall take due recognition to a minimal distortion
decommissioning programme at the end of its operational life. The abandonment
plan shall take due cognizance of the national and international legislative
requirements as well as CPGL HSE guidelines and standards for facility
abandonment.
The Ihiala Local Government or The Power Utility may be offered the office
buildings and workshops. The heavy machinery can be recycled by the steel
plants into other metallic forms while restoration activities will return the site as
close as possible to its original state. Staff demobilization will be well planned
and executed. Unskilled labour will be trained to acquire relevant skills while
others may be retrained where necessary. Finally, all demobilised staff will be
paid handsomely to enable them lead a good life in another area of endeavour.
PROJECT SCHEDULE
It is expected that the entire project cycle shall be completed by August 2014
including all the civil works following the approval of appropriate regulatory
permits. The schedule for the execution of the proposed power plant project is
presented in Fig.3.10.
PROJECT ALTERNATIVES AND SELECTION CRITERIA

The proposed power plant project development alternatives were considered on
the basis of engineering judgment, environmental concerns, societal benefits and
the cost effectiveness of the project.
Four project alternatives were considered, viz:
(a)
No Project
(b)
Construction of a 495MW Combined Cycle Gas Turbine (CCGT)
(c)
Construction of a 495MW Open Cycle Gas Turbine (OCGT) Power Plant
(d)
Construction of a 495MW Coal fired thermal plant.
41
Plant
October 2012
ID Task Name
Duration
Start
Finish
2012
2013
2014
J A S O N D J FM AM J J A SO N D J FM AM J J A SO N D
1 LICENSE AVAILABLE
0 days
Mon 8/29/11
Mon 8/29/11
425 days
Tue 10/02/11
Mon 12/05/11
3 FRONT END ENGINEERING DESIGN

4 GAS PURCHASE AGREEMENT
51 days
Mon 8/29/11
Wed 10/19/11
FRONT END ENGINEERING DESIGN
57 days
Mon 8/29/11
Tue 10/25/11
GAS PURCHASE AGREEMENT
5 POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

6 EPC TENDERS
87 days
Mon 8/29/11
Thu 11/24/11
93 days
Mon 8/29/11
Fri 12/2/11
7 EPC CONTRACT
8 AWARD EPC CONTRACT
26 days Wed 12/14/11

26 days Wed 12/14/11
Wed 1/4/12
EPC CONTRACT
Wed 1/4/12
AWARD EPC CONTRACT
9 BOP ENGINEERING
10 BLG/STRUCTURES DESIGN - PLANT VILLAGE AREAS
46 days
Mon 1/9/12
Fri 2/24/12
BOP ENGINEERING
46 days
Mon 1/9/12
Fri 2/24/12
BLDG/STRUCTURES DESIGN - PLANT VILLAGE AREAS
11 EPC ENGINEERING
12 EPC ENGINEERING
42 days
Wed 2/15/12
Wed 3/28/12
EPC ENGINEERING
22 days
Wed 2/15/12
Thu 8/3/12
EPC ENGINEERING
13 PLANT SWITCHYARD - DESIGN/CONSTRUCT

14 GEOTECHNICAL/SOILS TESTING
28 days
Wed 2/15/12
Wed 3/14/12
PLANT SWITCHYARD - DESIGN/CONSTRUCT
34 days
Wed 2/15/12
Tue 3/20/12
GEOTECHNICAL/SOILS TESTING
15 BLOG/STRUCTURES DESIGN - SC AREAS

16 FOUNDATION DESIGN-SIMPLE CYCLE
40 days
Wed 2/15/12
Mon 3/26/12
BLDG/STRUCTURES DESIGN - SC AREAS
42 days
Wed 2/15/12
Mon 3/28/12
FOUNDATION DESIGN - SIMPLE CYCLE
1 days
Mon 3/28/12
Mon 3/28/12
EIA PROVISIONAL APPROVAL
210 days
Mon 1/9/12
Mon 8/6/12
19 NEGOCIATE/AWARD - GAS TURBINES

20 EPC EQUIPMENT OUTLINE
28 days
Mon 1/16/12
Mon 2/13/12
5 days
Mon 1/9/12
Sat 1/14/12
21 MANUFACTURE & DELIVER - GT'S

22 FABRICATE & DELIVER - PRE ENGR. BLDGS & STRUCTURE
60 days
Mon 2/13/12
Fri 5/18/12
180 days
Mon 2/13/12
Mon 8/6/12
23 EPC CONSTRUCTION
24 SITE CLEARINING/PREPARATION
234 days
Mon 2/6/12
Mon 11/5/12
14 days
Mon 2/6/12
Wed 2/21/12
25 CONSTRUCTION ROADS/GRADING
ID Task Name
180 days
Wed 2/29/12
Wed 9/26/12
2 ESIA COMPLETION
17 EIA PROVISIONAL APPROVAL

18 EPC PROCUREMENT
Duration
Start
Finish
LICENSE AVAILABLE
ESIA COMPLETTION
POWER PURCHASE AGREEMENT

EPC TENDERS
EPC PROCUREMENT
NEGOCIATE/AWARD - GAS TURBINES
EPC EQUIPMENT OUTLINE
MANUFACTURE & DELIVER - GT'S
FABRICATE & DELIVER - PRE ENGR BLDGS & STRUCTURE
EPC CONSTRUCTION
SITE CLEARING/PREPARATION
CONSTRUCTION ROADS/GRADING
2012
Task
42
October 2012
2013
2014
Task Name
Duration
PILING
Start
Finish
2012
2013
2014
J A S ON D J F MAM J J A S ON D J F MAM J J A S ON S
PILING
Wed 5/10/12
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
Wed 8/22/12
60 days
Wed 2/29/12
CIVIL CONSTRUCTION
150 days
Wed 2/29/12
PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
210 days
Mon 3/5/12
UNIT 1
181 days
Mon 9/17/12
Tue 4/19/13
ERECTION/CONSTRUCTION UNIT 1
150 days
Mon 9/17/12
Mon 3/12/13
START-UP / COMMISSIONING UNIT 1
30 days
Mon 3/12/13
Mon 4/18/13
START-UP / CP,,ISSIONING UNIT 1
1 day
Mon 4/18/13
Tue 4/19/13
COMMERCIAL OPERATION UNIT 1
UNIT 2
181 days
Mon 9/17/12
Tue 4/19/13
UNIT 2
150 days
Mon 9/17/12
Mon 3/12/13
30 days
Mon 3/12/13
Mon 4/18/13
Mon 11/5/12
PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
UNIT 1
1 day
Mon 4/18/13
Tue 4/19/13
UNIT 3
181 days
Mon 9/17/12
Tue 4/19/13
UNIT 3
150 days
Mon 9/17/12
Mon 3/12/13
30 days
Mon 3/12/13
Mon 4/18/13
1 day
Mon 4/18/13
Tue 4/19/13

Task Name
Duration
Start
Finish
2012
Task
Project: CENTURY POWER
Progress
Fig. 3.9: Project Schedule
43
October 2012
2013
2014
Options Implication
Option a
No project would:
Implies that Century Power Nigeria Limited discontinues the project.
Results in the company losing a large amount of financial resources which

have been invested on acquisition of Land, ESIA, Feasibility Studies, Site
Survey and some plant facilities
Involves societal deprivation of all accruing benefits which include

employment opportunities, urbanization and technological development.
Entails depriving Nigerians of about 90% additional generation which

implies continually enduring the frequent outages, excessive low voltages
and power surges with the associated dangers and environmental concerns as
presently experienced by electricity consumers in Nigeria.
Entails depriving the National Economy of four hundred and eight million
dollars (480,000,000 USD) of investment capital, 70% or 336,000,000 USD
constitutes foreign capital inflow which should have greatly enhanced
Nigerian economic growth.
Option b Construction of a 1000 MW CCGT Power Plant

This is the option of choice because:
This option would ensure the availability of additional 10,000,000kwh per

day or 3,942,000,000kwh (3.9426kwh) per annum while which will greatly
improve power supply in Nigeria.
44
October 2012
It will assure the realisation of 336,000,000 USD expected foreign capital inflow which will impact positively on the Nigerian macro-economic indices, in
terms of balance of payment status.
Employment of 500 to 600 workers during construction phase and a further

250 personnel for the operations stage at the plant would be guaranteed.
There will also be a multiplier effect (indirect job creation) creating work for
citizens of Anambra state in particular and Nigeria in general in new
industries and businesses.
A sale outlet will be provided for Nigerian natural gas from the Oguta
Egbema oil field (about 200 mmscf) will be needed at full capacity. This is
likely going to discourage gas flaring by multinational oil companies in that
area with the attendant environmental degradation.
Ensure the use of efficient technology for power generation in terms of raw
materials (Natural Gas) input against higher energy output, due to reduced
gross heat rate
Ensure the use of a more environmentally friendly generation technology

compared with an equivalent coal, fuel oil, 0r open cycle gas powered plant.
A combined cycle plant improves gas to kw ratio by about 40% and may
attract carbon credit.
Option c Construction of a 495 MW OCGT Power Plant

This option also presents the first four advantages of option b. However, the
following economic and environmental concerns render it unsuitable as option of
choice.
This option will release additional 545,000 tonnes of CO2 annually as well
as 990m/s of flue gas which pollute the environment
Requires 100mmscf more gas than option b for the same quantity of
electricity which implies wastage of natural resources that could have
45
October 2012
yielded more revenue. The gas to MW ratio is 300/450 (site condition) or

2mmscf to 3MW while it is 2mmscf to 4.5MW for CCGT (option 5)
Against the above background, this option is discarded.
Option d Construction of a 495MW Coal Fired Generating Plant
This option also provides the first three advantages of option b. However, a
few logistics and environmental concerns as discussed below put it behind
option b.
The available coal deposit in Kogi and Enugu states estimated at 356
million tonnes can barely satisfy the envisaged demand of power
generating plant already being considered for the region. Another
company is already building a 1200 MW coal fired plant near the coal
deposits in Kogi state. From the feasibility study performed for the
Nigerian government by Messrs Behre Dolbear, 1200MW is about the
maximum plant rating the coal deposit can support for a reasonable
length of time.
The nearest coal deposit to the Okija site is 90 kilometres of road transport
away and without a rail line, it will be extremely costly to move coal
down to the site (Fig 3.11).
Attempting to move the coal down will involve high density heavy
vehicular traffic in a poorly maintained road network which will pose
serious environmental concern.
Construction of a coal power plant and development of the mines will

require a lead time of seven years or more compared with 2years for
option b.
A coal plant will require a much larger land area to handle ash storage,
erect emission management equipment such as towers for gas cleaning
and sulphur dioxide removal plant usually implemented through the use
46
October 2012
of limestone to produce gypsum. This will negatively impact on

agricultural land use.
Such a plant would naturally require greater quantities of water than a

typical CCGT or OCGT for cooling and would definitely discharge much
more hot water than Ulasi stream can cope.
A number of authoritative studies on air emission factors of fossil fuels

have led to the conclusions that emissions from a coal power plant in
comparison with OCGT or CCGT are significantly higher in all pollutants
except the greenhouse gases. An oil fired station is just next to the coal.
(Compilation of Air Pollutant Emission Factors, USEPA, Sections 1.1, and
1.3, updated)
From the forgoing, this option is considered unsuitable for the present
consideration.
47
October 2012
Alternative Site Analysis

The choice of Okija as the site for the CPGL - IPP is arrived at after considering
other sites on the basis of the following criteria:
Availability of fuel gas in the right quantity and security of supply
Accessibility by road for transport of turbines and associated equipment.
Availability of least encumbered land for the project and support
infrastructure
48
October 2012
Least environmental costs in terms of mitigation of adverse impacts

Power evacuation possibilities and future capacity expansion
The oil field of Oguta - -Egbema had continued to flair gas for past three to four
decades resulting to serious environmental challenges for people living in that
area. A major consumer of gas like the CPGL plant is likely to encourage gas
aggregation and stoppage of flairing. However, alternative sites nearer the oil
fields will present two major challenges of evacuation and accessibility.
At the present level of Nigeria grid development
around the area under
consideration, the only major substation for evacuation is Onitsha through the
upgrading of Alaoji Onitsha 330kV line. The Okija site has the advantage of
proximity to this 330kV line. Other sites considered around Oguta needed
resettlement of villages and sometimes conservation sites. The Okija site is
completely unencumbered. The Ulasi stream is another advantage of the Okija
site. Though the current design is air cooled, future expansion can be water
cooled to take advantage of the stream. Furthermore, land for future expansion is
available in Okija which is not the case in alternative sites considered around
Oguta Egbema region. Finally , the Onitsha Nnewi axis is potential industrial
hub due to the nature of the inhabitants. Yet there is no generation around the
area. The Okija plant will provide the needed power for the industrial growth of
this enterprising region.
49
October 2012
CHAPTER FOUR
BIOPHYSICAL BASELINE
CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT
AREA
CHAPTER FOUR
DESCRIPTION OF THE BIOPHYSICAL BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL
CONDITIONS
This section describes the physical, chemical, biological and socio-economic characteristics of the
project area and its environs. It provides information on the features, quality and sensitivity of
the project area.
Information and data presented in this section is based on primary surveys and
environmental quality monitoring and secondary data that have been collected
from various departments and from other studies available on the subject. The
information on the baseline environmental conditions forms the basis to analyse
the probable impacts of the proposed Century power plant activities on the
environment.
STUDY APPROACH
The environmental status indicators and sensitivities of the various ecological
components were carefully assessed through detailed field work and extensive
literature search. A multi-disciplinary approach was adopted for the ecological
characterization and data acquisition. The field methodology and sampling
techniques are discussed in the sections below.
BASELINE DATA ACQUISITION METHODS

Field studies, samplings and socio-economic data gathering were conducted
from 10th 14th August, 2011 for the wet season and 11th 14th December, 2011
for the dry season.
An extensive reconnaissance of the project area and surrounding communities

was undertaken. Based on this ground truthing survey, transects, soil, water and
air sampling points, borehole locations and target socio-economic data gathering
October 2012
areas were established. Scene photographs and video recording covering various
environmental features of Century Power project site were taken as necessary.
The area studied covered about 5km radius from the proposed facility and
adequately encompassed all boundaries of environmental influence, which
construction and operation activities may possibly have.
The Environmental Impact Assessment Study was carried out in accordance with
the terms of reference and scope of work specifications. The study methodology
and sampling techniques were consistent with established and standard
methodologies, and also with the Federal Environmental Protection Agency
guidelines of April 1995.
FIELD METHODOLOGY AND SAMPLING TECHNIQUES

Literature Review
Extensive review of available relevant literature was carried out to acquire
background information on the field, the operations and the characteristics of the
various environmental components.
Climate and Meteorology Studies

An investigative study of the climatic characteristics of a region requires that
sufficient data on each significant climatic element of the area be generated from
varied sources including direct field measurements and collation from existing
records. It is also necessary that the data be evaluated to ensure its reliability.
The 20 year (1990-2010) climatic data used for this EIA study was sourced
primarily from the records of the Nigerian Department of Meteorological
Services; Oshodi and Lagos synoptic stations. During the fieldwork, some further
measurements were carried out.
October 2012
Figure 4.1: Image of the area showing the study area

October 2012
Relevant literature materials on the theme and area of study were also reviewed
accordingly. The information generated vis--vis the experience of the study team on
the region constituted the basis on which the climatic characteristics of the area and
their impact identification were evaluated. The data was analyzed statistically and
graphically using the Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet on a PC within a Windows 2007
environment.
Air Quality
In-situ measurement of air quality parameters such as CO, NO2, H2S, CH4 and VOC
was conducted using the modern Crowcon Gasman II Monitors while a Sibata
Digital Dust Indicator (Model P-5L2) was used to measure suspended particulate
matter (SPM) levels.
Air quality measurements were conducted at ten locations within the proposed
project site and the surrounding community of Okija, Ihiala L.G.A. The coordinates
and description of air quality and noise sampling points are given in table 4.1 while
figure 4.2 is the map of the study area showing the distribution of the air quality and
noise sampling points
The choices of locations were made based on the following factors:
Accessibility
Meteorological and topographical factors
Security of project personnel and equipment
Availability of solid open space with good site configuration.
Devoid of canopy of shielding
October 2012
Table 4.1: The Coordinate and Description of Noise, Air Quality Samples and
climate
S/N
Sample
Location
CPGS 1NAQ
CPGS 2NAQ
CPGS 3NAQ
GPS
N05
Descriptive
E 006
H
76
Within the site
73
Along Onitsha- Owerri road
556'38.78"N 650'29.50"E
65
Along Onitsha- Owerri road
CPGS 4NAQ
556'20.69"N 650'56.34"E
56
Hammakopp compound main office

location
CPGS 5NAQ
556'34.15"N
36
Ozubulu Town Behind Hammakopp
CPGS 6NAQ
555'55.65"N 650'15.96"E
52
Madonna University
CPGS 7NAQ
555'28.25"N
50
Okija Town
CPGS 8NAQ
556'17.89"N 649'24.70"E
51
Okija Town
CPGS 9NAQ
555'8.29"N
651'30.09"E
54
Okija Junction along Onitsha- Owerri

road
10
CPGS
10NAQ
556'4.46"N
651'26.29"E
52
Ihembosi Town
556'11.63"N 650'41.21"E
556'1.14"N
651'2.01"E
651'9.90"E
650'4.25"E
* Noise and Air Quality Samples: (CPGSNAQ = Noise &Air Quality)
October 2012
Figure 4.2: Map of the study area showing the air quality and noise sampling points
October 2012
Noise Level
Noise is sound that bears no information intensity and usually varies with time
(Plog, 1996). Noise is the term frequently used to describe unwanted sound,
which interferes with the perception of wanted sound and is likely to be
physiologically damaging.
Plate 4.1: Noise and Air Quality Measurement at Project Site.
October 2012
Plate 4.2: Noise and Air Quality Measurement at a Point near the Project Site A
construction site for HAMMAKOPP Engineering.
The noise level within the proposed project site for Century IPP Plant was
determined using the Portable Rion Sound Level Meter Model NA-24 on the Aweighted scale.
Soil Studies
Sampling locations of Ten soil samples from project area were collected using
soil Auger at two depths (0-15cm) and (15-30cm).
The coordinates and description of the soil sampling points are given in table 4.2
while figure 4.2 is the map of the project area showing the distribution of the
sampling points
October 2012
Plate 4.3: Soil sample Collection at Project Site.
Plate 4.4: Soil sample Collection at a control point outside the Project Site.
10
October 2012
Table 4.1: The Coordinate and Description of Soil and Vegetation Samples
GPS
Description of the Area
S/N
Sample
Number
556'21.68"N 650'45.11"E
CPGCS1
&
CPGCV1
CPGCS2
&
CPGCV2
556'15.43"N 650'39.33"E
556'9.09"N
650'32.56"E
CPGCS3
&
CPGCV3
CPGCS4
&
CPGCV4
556'2.98"N
650'35.46"E
556'9.59"N
650'44.49"E
CPGCS5
&
CPGCV5
556'15.68"N 650'50.85"E
CPGCS6
&
CPGCV6
556'3.02"N
CPGCS7
&
CPGCV7
555'58.12"N 650'18.64"E
CPGCS8
&
CPGCV8
CPGCSC1 556'23.06"N 650'30.72"E Control Site 1. In the NW

&
direction of project site in
CPGCV1
forested area .
10
CPGCSC2 556'32.18"N 650'48.43"E Control Site 2. Some 2500m off

&
the project site in the SE
CPGCV1
Direction
Northings
Eastings
By 1st Pillar. At the entrance to
the site
Inside the site between the road
and Ulasi river.
. By the end of SE boundary,

near Ulasi river.
Along existing Survey Route
within the Project site.
At the eastern edge of the
project site
650'51.52"E
South eastern side of the site
Near Madonna University
* Soil and Vegetation Samples: (Codes: CPGCS = Soil: 1 for Top Soil i.e. 015 cm and 2 for Bottom Soil
i.e. 1530 cm); CPGCV = Vegetation)
11
October 2012
Figure 4.3: Map of the study area showing the soil sampling point
12
October 2012
Aquatic and Hydro-Biological Studies

The aquatic field studies were designed to determine the potential impact of the
plant operations and facilities on the hydro-chemistry and bioecology of the Century
IPP project site and surrounding communities. For physico-chemical, biological and
microbiological; studies of ground water, seasonal ponds four stations were selected
with respect to possible pollutant source within the study area. Detailed description
of all sampling stations is described in Table 4.3.
1.1.1.9 Surface Water Samples
In each sampling station, composite water samples were taken, mixed properly and
stored in previously washed 250ml glass bottles for evaluation of physico-chemical
parameters. Samples for heavy metals analysis were acidified to pH-2 using 1ml
HNO3, while samples for oil and grease were preserved with 1ml H2SO4. The water
samples for microbiological analysis were stored in sterilized 50ml MaCarthney
bottles, while those for biological oxygen demand were preserved in white and black
250ml stoppered reagent glass bottles respectively.
In-situ field measurements of pH, turbidity, conductivity, salinity, temperature and

dissolved oxygen were taken at each station using Horiba U10 battery water checker.
The field sample data sheets were appropriately completed at each sampling point.
All samples were preserved and transported to the laboratory in accordance with
FME (1991) guidelines for physico-chemical and biological analysis.
All water samples were analysed for the following parameters:
Physico-chemistry:
Chemistry:
BOD, COD, TSS, TDS, THC
Exchangeable cations (Ca2+, K+, Mg2+, Mn2+, NH4+)

Heavy metals: (Fe, Zn, Cr, Pb, Cd, Hg, V, Ni, Ba)
Soluble anion: (PO43-, SO42-, NO3)
Microbiology: bacteria, fungi. Hydrocarbon utilizing/degrading bacteria and fungi
13
October 2012
Plate 4.5: Surface Water Sampling from Ulasi River at the back of the site.
14
October 2012
Table 4. 2: The Coordinate and Description of Surface and Ground Water Samples
GPS
S/N
Sample Location
Height above
sea level (H)
m
ULASI RIVER
27
Upstream of Ulasi river across Onitsha-owerri road (Control1)
555'34.39"N 651'5.87"E
27
Upstream.
555'42.36"N 650'53.16"E
16
Upstream.
14
Midstream. at the site boundary
65
Midstream. at the site boundary
56
Down stream
36
Downstream.
52
Downstream of Ulasi river (Control2)
Northings
CPGC 1SW
CPGC 2SS
CPGC 1SW
CPGC 1SS
CPGC 2SW
Eastings
555'20.16"N 651'38.08"E
555'49.61"N 650'45.54"E
CPGC 2SS
CPGC 3SW
555'58.65"N
650'40.09"E
CPGC 3SS
CPGC 4SW
556'3.01"N
650'32.64"E
CPGC 4SS
CPGC 5SW
Description the Area
556'9.53"N
650'23.37"E
CPGC 5SS
556'36.77"N 649'53.80"E
CPGC 6SW
Residential B/Hole water
N05 56' 12.7"
E 00650' 46.5"
50
Residential apartment at the back of the site.
10
Hammakopp B/Hole water
N0556' 29.6"
E 006 50' 59.1"
94
Hammakopp Construction Co. Opposite the site.
15
October 2012
Figure 4.4: Map of the study area showing surface water and sediment sample collection points along Ulasi River
16
October 2012
Vegetation Assessment/Vegetation Study

The status and profile of the vegetation types around the proposed power plant
site were studied using the quadrat and belt transects. The under listed
vegetation and ecosystem characteristics were studied viz:
Species composition and identity
Biodiversity assessment and species ecological status
Life form and biological spectrum
Structure of vegetation i.e. stratification, spatial distribution and

abundance of each species
Inventory and evaluation of economic crops
Plant identification was carried out either in the field or herbarium using
appropriate Floras, Manual and Monographs (Hutchinson & Dalziel 1954-67;
Keay 1959).
Hydrogeological and Geo-Physical Studies

1.1.1.10
Field Investigation/Data Collection
The geophysical investigation was designed to address the following specific

objectives:
i.
To delineate the subsurface layers within the premises of the project site
using geo electrical method.
ii.
To determine from (i) the nature of the identified layers and evaluate the
integrity of the subsurface layers.
iii.
To determine the depths to existing aquifer zone within the limit of

electrode spread employed.
iv.
To determine the possible groundwater flow direction.
v.
To delineate any existing geologic structures such as faults, fractured

zones, bedrock depressions, buried stream channels, cavities or sinkholes
17
October 2012
that could be inimical to the foundation of civil engineering structures

within the project site.
The geophysical investigation involved the vertical electrical sounding (VES) and
horizontal resistivity profiling of electrical resistivity method in view of the
relative values of resistivity of subsurface layers in most typical sedimentary
setting.
Two vertical electrical traverses were taken to stand as good
representatives of other directions since the sedimentary environment is

underlain by stratified lithologic units, except when there is an occurrence of
geological structures, which is not the case in this area.
Electrode configuration employed was the Schlumberger array with current

electrode spread of 200 m and potential spacing of 0.25 to 7.0 m, while equally
maintaining the potential electrode and current electrode geometric relationship
at MN 1/5AB. The equipment used for the surveys was an ABEM Tetrameter
Model SAS 1000 with in-built digital display unit and coupled rechargeable 12volt battery which ensure adequate energisation of the subsurface thereby giving
reliable signal and ensuring good data quality. The quantitative interpretation of
the sounding curves involved partial curve matching and computer iteration
technique using RESIST software.
The quantitative interpretation of the VES curves assumes that the earth is made
up of horizontal layers with differing resistivities. Any significant deviation (>
100) from this planar assumption in the stratigraphy will slightly distort the VES
curve and introduce some errors into the VES interpretation. Other sources of
error are lateral in homogeneity, suppression and equivalence. VES computer
modelling is usually aided by availability of borehole lithological logs from an
environment of interest. Apart from serving as good control, the logs help in
lithological correlation.
18
October 2012
Landuse Study
The landuse component of the Environmental Impact Assessment Study of the
Century IPP was based on the interactive applications of a series of maps,
remotely sensed data, ground survey and measurements as well and relative
auxiliary sources.
The sets of maps that were used for the landuse component included:
(i)
The Administrative Map of Anambra State, produced in 2005 with special

emphasis on the Ihiala LGA.
(ii)
The Nigerian topographical maps (Onitsha Sheets Nos 267 at the scale of
1:100,000, 267 SE at scale 1:50,000 and 267 SE1 at scale 1:25,000)
(iii)
The Vegetation and Land-use Map of Nigeria Sheet NB-31-7 that was
compiled from Side Looking Airborne RADAR Microwave Imageries and
produced by the Forestry Department at a scale of 1: 250,000 in 1978.
(iv)
A series of other maps on scales ranging from 1: 250,000 and 1: 100,000 on

such themes like Soils, Geology and the Nigerian Administrative regions.
The imageries were interpreted using the maps as base and also with some
other auxiliary data that were accessed during the fieldwork. They were
digitized and analyzed using the Geographical Information System (GIS) and
spreadsheet software packages. Relevant statistics and illustrations were
generated for the EIA at the completion of the second season fieldworks.
Complementary collateral data had been collected through reconnaissance and

ground-truthing activities that were carried out during the fieldwork exercises.
Other ancillary study materials are documents and reports of the project area as
well as a set of informal but structured interviews of some stakeholders around
the project site.
19
October 2012
A threshold of approximately 2km radius around the proposed Century Power

IPP facilities was focused upon in the land use component. The remote sensing
images were enhanced digitally and interpreted accordingly on ER-Mapper
(Ver.5.0) based on the classification scheme adopted. The maps and a Magellan
Etrex Ground Positioning System (GPS) were used for generating Ground
Control Points (GCPs), enhancement, geo-rectification, ground-truthing and
interpretation of the imageries.
The generated land use map was digitised and analysed using the Geographical
Information System (GIS) software packages of ARCINFO (ver. 4.3+). The
preliminary digital maps, generated statistics, charts and other illustrations are
presented using the interactive Atlas GIS (ver. 4.0 for Windows) and other
database management software packages.
QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE PLAN

To ensure a high level of reliability and repeatability of our analysis, the under
stated quality control and assurance were adhered to. The quality assurance
programme covered all aspects of the study: sampling, handling, laboratory
analyses, data coding and manipulation, statistical analysis, presenting and
communicating results.
Sample Collection and Handling

This was carried out in accordance with FME Guidelines (1999) as it affects
(Sampling and Handling of Samples). Where logistic and safety considerations
precluded strict compliance with the above guidelines and standards, other
proven, scientifically acceptable methods of sample collection and handling were
used.
Laboratory Analysis
20
October 2012
The methods of analysis used were those specified in FMEnv Guidelines and
Standards and other International Analytical Standards such as APHA for water
quality. Analysis of trace metals was carried out using Atomic Absorption
Spectrophotometer duly calibrated with authentic standards. Physiochemical
parameters were determined using the DREL 2000 HACH Spectrophotometer,
duly calibrated with standards, as well as Flame Photometer.
Statistical Analysis
Errors in field data include those resulting from the instrument and those
introduced by the observer. With proper, sustained calibration of the instrument
and the use of standardised observational procedures, equipment errors were
brought to acceptable minimum. However, other errors arise from the method of
sampling. Errors often arise from two-stage sampling or sub sampling, or even
from the fact that the samples collected are not representative samples of the
medium. There are also spatial variations of the same medium, e.g., soil and
water. Thus, it is necessary to determine the true mean and the estimated
variance among the number of samples taken, so as to establish a reasonable
level of confidence in the results obtained. A good result is obtained when the
variance is within 5% of the mean.
Data Coding and Analysis
EIA studies in most developing countries where reliable data banks are nonexistent, invariably involve acquisition of large amounts of baseline data. To
ensure preservation of the integrity of data collected, data coding forms for use
in the field were designed in such a way that field data could be directly entered
into computer data sheets.
Since their analysis may be required in legal proceedings, it is essential to

establish sample authenticity. Samples must be properly sealed and labelled. All
21
October 2012
data collected were labelled and the following information provided among
others:
Identification code or sample number,
Date and time of sampling,
Description of sample,
Methods of sampling,
Particulars of any photographs taken.
Where samples were sent to another laboratory for examination, a duplicate copy
of this information was sent along with the sample to the laboratory,
independent of the sample. All movements of the samples were included on the
samples record. Basic information was recorded together with results of analysis,
in a register.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Geographical Location of CENTURY POWER IPP Project
1.1.1.11 Location and Administration
Anambra is a state in south-eastern Nigeria located at 620N 700E. The Capital
and the Seat of Government is Awka. Onitsha and Nnewi are the biggest
commercial and industrial cities respectively. Boundaries are formed by Delta
State to the west, Imo State and Rivers State to the south, Enugu State to the east
and Kogi State to the north. The origin of the name is derived from the Anambra
River (Omambala) which is a tributary of the famous River Niger. Anambra is
the eight most populated state in the Federal Republic of Nigeria and the second
most densely populated state in Nigeria after Lagos State. The stretch of more
than 45 km between Oba and Amorka contains a cluster of numerous thickly
populated villages and small towns giving the area an estimated density of
1,5002,000 persons living within every square kilometre of the area.
22
October 2012
Century Power IPP project is proposed to be cited in Okija, Ihiala LGA of

Anambra State. The site is located along the Ihiala road and is about 67.73acres
(about 27.41 ha).
Fig.4.5: Map of Anambra showing Ihiala LGA/

1.1.1.12
Physical Setting
Geology and Mineral Resources:

Anambra State lies in the Anambra Basin, the first region where intensive oil
exploration was carried out in Nigeria. The Anambra basin has about 6,000m of
sedimentary rocks. The sedimentary rocks comprise ancient Cretaceous deltas,
somewhat similar to the Niger Delta, with the Nkporo Shale, the Mamu
Formation, the Ajali sandstone and the Nsukka Formation as the main deposits.
23
October 2012
On the surface the dominant sedimentary rocks are the Imo Shale a sequence of
grey shales, occasional clay iron stones and Sandstone beds.
The Imo Shale underlies the eastern part of the state, particularly in Ayamelum,
Awka North, and Orumba North LGAs. Next in the geological sequence, is the
Ameke Formation, which includes Nanka Sands, laid down in the Eocene. Its
rock types are sandstone, calcareous shale, and shelly-limestone in thin bands.
Outcrops of the sandstone occur at various places on the higher cuesta, such as at
Abagana and Nsugbe, where they are quarried for construction purposes. Nanka
sands out crop mainly at Nanka and Oko in Orumba North LGA.
Lignite was deposited in the Oligocene to Miocene; and it alternates with gritty
clays in places. Outcrops of lignite occur in Onitsha and Nnewi. The latest of the
tour geological formations is the Benin Formation or the coastal plain sands
deposited from Miocene to pleistocene. The Benin Formation consists of yellow
and white sands. The formation underlies much of lhiala LGA. Thick deposits of
alluvium were laid down in the western parts of the state, south and north of
Onitsha in the Niger and Anambra river floodplains.
Landforms and Drainage:
Anambra State falls into two main landform regions: a highland region of
moderate elevation that covers much of the state south of the Anambra River,
and low plains to the west, north, and east of the highlands. The highland region
is a low asymmetrical ridge or cuesta in the northern portion of the Awka-Orlu
Uplands, which trend roughly southeast to northwest, in line with the geological
formations that underlie it.
It is highest in the southeast, about 410m above mean sea level, and gradually
decreases in height to only 33m in the northwest on the banks of the Anambra
River and the Niger. At Onitsha and Otuocha, the cuesta provides well drained
24
October 2012
low land, very close to the river, thereby enabling settlements to extend to the
banks of the river.
The cuesta has confined the wide and braided channel of the Niger to a
comparatively narrow valley bed at the southern part of Onitsha, making an
appropriate location for the construction of bridge across the river. The
highlands consist of two cuestas, a lower and a higher one, each with an east
facing escarpment. The two cuestas merge south of Nanka.
The lower cuesta, formed by the more resistant sandstone rocks of the Imo Shale,
rises to only 150m above mean sea level at Umuawulu and decreases in height
northwestward to only 100m at Achalla. Its escarpment faces the Mamu River
plain and has a local relief of between 30 and 80m west of it, is the higher cuesta,
formed by the same stones of the Ameke Formation. Its height is above 400m in
the south-east at lgboukwu and lsuofia decreasing northwestward to less than
300m; Abagana, and to only 100m at Aguleri.
These are only of moderate height, they provide elevated, well drained and
attractive settlement sites, and hence, they are closely settled even up to their
crests. Agulu, Abagana, Awkuzu, Nteje an Aguleri are some of the settlements
on the crest of the higher cuesta, and lfite-Awka, Mgbakwu Amanuke and
Achalla are some of those on the crest of the lower cuesta. The dip slope of the
cuesta extends westwards for over 30km and is heavily settled.
The plains lie west and north of the highland; The River Niger plain, south of
Onitsha, about 9km wide, and the Niger-Anambra River plain north of Onitsha,
which stretches for over 36km east of the Niger, are really low plains, well below
30m above mean sea level, and are liable to flood. They are underlain by recent
alluvium; and, east of the Anambra River, by the Imo Shale formation.
25
October 2012
The plains are almost featureless, except for sporadic broad undulations, rising
above the flood plain at forming sites for the farming and fishing settlement in
the area. Such settlements include Nzam, Nmiata, and Anam in Anambra West
LGA, and Atani, Odekpe, and Oshita in Ogbaru LGA. East of the Anambra
River, a narrow and elongated sand, stone ridge, projecting about 30m above the
level at the plain, formed settlement sites for Anaki lgbakwu, lfute, and Umueje
in Ayamelum LGA.
The Mamu River plain, east of the cuesta landscape, is a little higher than the
other two plains. It lies between 30 and 70m above sea level in the area and
underlain by the Imo Shale, rising higher southwards. East of the Mamu River
are found the more, resistant sandstone ridge, at some 50 m above the level of the
plains. The extension of this ridge southward is settled by the people of Ufuma,
Ajali lsuUlo, Ezira, and Urnunze.
The main drainage system in the state, the Anambra River rises on the Gala
Plateau near Ankpa in Kogi State and, for its over 85km course in Anambra State,
flows through the northern low plain where it, as well as its right bank
tributaries, meander heavily, developing oxbow lakes and abandoned meander
channels. Its largest left bank tributary is the Mamu River, which drains the
eastern low plain on the Imo Shale Formation.
The higher cuesta forms the watershed separating the numerous east flowing
tributaries of the Mamu River from the west flowing rivers, the Idemili, the
Nkisi, and the Oyis, which drain the dip slope of the cuesta. All, but one of the
main rivers in Anambra state empty into the River Niger, which forms the
western boundary of the state and constitutes the local base level for the rivers.
The exception is the Ulasi River, which rises near Dikenafai in Imo State, flows
northward to Ozubulu and Okija in Anambra State and then turns round in a
26
October 2012
wide loop and heads for the Atlantic Ocean. The dip slope of the higher cuesta
between Nsugbe, Onitsha, Ogbunike and Urnunya is dissected by the numerous
tributary streams of the Mamu Anambra into a rolling landscape.
Vegetation and Soils:
Although annual rainfall is high in Anambra State, ranging from 1,400mm in the
north to 2,500mm in the south, it is concentrated in one season, with about four
months of dryness, November to February. Consequently, the natural vegetation
in the greater part of Anambra State is tropical dry or deciduous forest, which, in
its original form, comprised tall trees with thick under growth and numerous
climbers.
The typical trees (silk cotton, Iroko and oil bean) are deciduous, shedding their
leaves in the dry season. Only in the southern parts of the state, where the annual
rain fall is higher and the dry season shorter, is the natural vegetation marginally
the tropical rainforest type. Because of the high population density in the state,
most of the forests have been cleared for settlement and cultivation.
What exists now is secondary re-growth, or a forest savannah mosaic, where the
oil palm is predominant, together with selectively preserved economic trees.
Relics of the original vegetation may, however, be found in some "juju" shrines or
some inaccessible areas.
Three soil types can be recognized in Anambra State. They are: (i) alluvial soils,
(ii) hydromorphic soils, and (iii) ferallitic soils. The alluvial soils are pale brown
loamy soils. They are found in the town plain south of Onitsha in Ogbaru and in
the Niger Anambra low plain north of Onitsha. They differ from the
hydromorphic soils in being relatively immature, having no well developed
horizons. They, however, sustain continuous cropping longer than the other two
types. Hydromorphic soils are developed on the Mamu plain east of the cuesta,
27
October 2012
extending northward into the eastern part of Anambra River flood plain, where
the underlying impervious clayey shales cause water logging of the soils during
the rainy season. The soils are fine loamy, with lower layers faintly mottled;
while the subsoil layers are strongly mottled and spotted, containing stiff grey
clay. The soils are good for yam, cassava and maize, and for rice in the more
heavily waterlogged areas. The cuestas and other elevated areas underlain by
sandstones and shales of the Ameke Formation and the Nanka Sands are regions
of ferrallictic soils. The soils are deep, red to reddish brown loamy sands, often
referred to as "red earth" or acid sands because of low fertility. They are easily
eroded into gullies.
Ecological Hazards:
The main ecological hazards in the state are accelerated gully erosion and
flooding. Extensive forest clearing, often by bush burning, and continuous
cropping with little or no replenishment of soil nutrients, resulted in the
disruption of the ecological equilibrium of the natural forest ecosystem. Such a
situation in a region of loosely consolidated friable soils is prone to erosion,
giving rise to extensive gully formation.
In the Agulu, Nanka and Oko areas, which are underlain by the Nanka Sands,
the gullies have attained spectacular and alarming proportions, turning the area
into real "bad lands." Many of the gullies are at the head streams of the rivers that
flow down the cuestas. The head streams carve their valleys deep into the deeply
weathered red earth; developing dendritic patterns of gullies.
Such gullies are also found in Nnobi, Alor and Ideani, along the course of the
Idemili River. Besides, the greater part of the state is prone to severe sheet
erosion. In the low plains of the Niger and Mamu Rivers, heavy rains often result
in excessive flooding, such that the undulations occupied by settlements are
28
October 2012
marooned for some months. The people resort to the use of canoes for movement
and transportation. Orba Ofemili and Ugbenu on the plains of the Mamu River
are sometimes, in the rainy season, cut off from others as their roads remain
flooded knee-deep for many weeks. The floods also cause serious damage to
crops.
Climate and Meteorology
1.1.1.13 Climatic Factors
The typical humid climate of the proposed site has considerable influences
resulting from apparent movement of the sun across the tropics, the relative
stability of the Inter Tropical Convergence Zone (ITCZ), prevailing (seasonal)
wind and nearness to the coast. The relatively flat topography of the
environment also supports wide area effects of the factors.
A humid Tropical Maritime (mT) from across the Atlantic Ocean in the south
dominates the region in the longer wet season (April to October). A drier Tropical
Continental (cT) airmass blowing from the northeast direction controls the climate
and meteorology of the area during the dry season (November to March). Around
December, it culminates into a very hungry (i.e. dry) and foggy harmattan wind as
it blows right from across the continental region of the West African sub-region.
The two dominant winds are separated by an Inter-Tropical Discontinuity (ITD)
zone. This oscillates seasonally across the area depending on the apparent
movement and location of the sun.
1.1.1.14 Rainfall
Some characteristics of observed daily rainfall in the area are shown in Figures
4.1, based on data from the Nigeria Meteorological Office, Lagos. Annual rainfall
total varies widely from year to year and across the area. The distribution of the
mean annual rainfall in the area is shown in Figure 4.1 while the rainfall data for
29
October 2012
a period of 20 years (1990-2010) is given in Appendix 1C. Analysis of the data

shows that the highest mean annual rainfall of 2470 mm occurred 1995 while the
lowest of 860 mm occurred in 2005. According to Ayoade (1975), the month at
which the peak of the monthly rainfall occurs varies from one part of the country
to another. The areas covered by this study have highest daily rainfall in the
months of July through September (Figure 4.6).
In the area, humidity and temperature are high year-round (Nigeria, 2008). There
are two seasons in Nigeria, the wet season (March through November) and dry
season (December through February). The dry season starts with Harmattan, a
dry chilly spell with a dusty atmosphere brought about by the NE winds
blowing from the Arabian Peninsula across the Desert. During the rainy season,
a marked interruption in the rains occurs during August, resulting in a short dry
season often referred to as the August break, though for years now this has not
been consistent in August due to climate change. Temperatures are slightly
lower in the humid tropical region of the south east when compared with
northern Nigeria. Similarly, humidity is lowered in December and January
30
October 2012
during the Harmattan or dry season when cool dry winds blow off the desert.
600
500
Rainfall (mm)
400
2005
2006
2007
300
2008
2009
200
2010
100
0
JAN
FEB MAR APR MAY JUN
JUL AUG SEP
OCT NOV DEC
Fig. 4.6: Rainfall Characteristics of the project Area

1.1.1.15 Temperature
The temperature of the area is influenced primarily by the apparent movement of
the sun, wind direction and speed as well as land configuration. A 20years
regional maximum and minimum temperature data obtained from NIMET as
given in Appendix 1E shows that on the average, the ambient maximum air
temperature varies from 28.00C to 37.50C while the minimum temperature varies
from about 220C to 270C. Lowest values are recorded in the month of July as
shown in Figure 4.7 through August. This coincides with the peak of the rainy
season. The diurnal range is kept at a low 40C.
31
October 2012
40
35
2005 TMIN
2005 TMAX
30
2006 TMIN
2006 TMAX
Temp oC
25
2007 TMIN
2007 TMAX
20
2008 TMIN
15
2008 TMAX
2009 TMIN
10
2009 TMAX
2010 TMIN
2010 TMAX
0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
Figure 4.7: Maximum and minimum temparature of the study area

1.1.1.16 Relative Humidity (RH)
The regional Relative Humidity data of the study area is presented in Appendix
1D while Figure 4.8 shows the pattern of variation at various periods of the year.
Relative humidity is high both day and night. It is greater than 85% at night,
above 81% in the mornings and between 60% and 75% in the evenings. Generally
the drier months between December and February have lower values.
32
October 2012
Figure 4.8: Average Relative Humidity of the study area

1.1.1.17 Sunshine Hours
Hours of daylight and darkness hardly vary for more than one hour during any
period of the year because of the latitudinal location of the region. The total
sunshine hours for the year are greater than 466 with mean monthly values
varying between 81.5 and 87.0 in May and December respectively (Table 4.5).
1.1.1.18 Wind Speed
Wind speed is generally low and usually less than 3 m/s under calm conditions
most of the year. Relatively higher wind speeds may occur mainly in the
afternoons inducing convective activities and creating diffusion characteristics.
Wind directions are quite variable over the region. The average wind speed and
direction in the region as obtained from NIMET is given in Appendix 1A
Analysis of the data shows that about 60% of the winds are south-westerlies and
33
October 2012
westerlies during the day in the wet season. Southerlies, south easterlies and
south westerlies prevail more in the night during the period. This implies that
directions are usually more variable in the nights than in the mornings.
The winds are mostly northerlies, north easterlies and north westerlies in the dry
season particularly in the mornings. They are more of sourtherlies, south
easterlies and/or westerlies during the evenings, indicating the fairly strong
influences of the adjoining maritime oceanic air masses, contrasting land and sea
breezes as well as appreciable degree of differential heating of the two surfaces.
Table 4.4: Wind Speed Measurements at the Project Site
S/N
Sampling Station
Mean Value
(dBA)
Wet
Dry
CPGCN1
2.6
3.2
CPGCN2
2.6
3.3
CPGCN3
2.5
4.5
CPCGN4
3.2
4.2
CPGCN5
6.4
5.2
CPGCN6
6.0
6.4
CPGCN7
4.0
7.3
CPGCN8
6.0
7.3
CPGNC1
7.0
6.5
10
CPGNC2
6.5
6.0
34
October 2012
Wind Direction
Incidences of these are often associated with thunder and lightening especially
during changing seasons. Atmospheric disturbances such as line squalls and
disturbance lines often induce the variability that results in speeds higher than 5
m/s. Such increases characterize the beginning of rainy season (March-April)
and end of heavy rains (September-October), during which storms are more
frequent. The harmattan season (December to February) can give rise to
occasional high wind regimes.
Landuse and Environmental Sensitivity Study

1.1.1.19 Landuse Baseline Information
Landuse around the defined buffer for the EIA study include built up areas,
vegetal covers and agricultural lands.
1.1.1.20 Settlements/Built Up Areas
Okija, Ozubulu, Ihiala and Oraifite are the main settlements identified in the
project environment. Apart from Okija which plays host to the project, the others
are more than 5km away from the proposed project site. The built up
environment include residences, roads, administrative centers, markets, schools
and industries in different proportions.
1.1.1.21 Residential Landuse
Okija is a traditional town in Ihiala Local government area made famous in the
nineties by the deadly Okija shrine. Other main towns in the LGA include Ihiala
(headquarters), Ozubulu, Oraifite.
The settlements closer to the project site and their estimated distances include
Ubahu (1km), Ubahumaonum (1km), Ugwucheleku (1.5km), Uhuobo (1km),
35
October 2012
Umuhu (2km), Umuogu (2.5km), Umuohi (2.5 km), Ihite (1.5km), Isieke (2km)
and Oghalegbu (2.5km). They are all accessible by roads but lack basic
infrastructure like pipe borne water, utility supplied electricity. Majority of them
are also inhabited by migrant farmers who are both indigenes and nonindigenes. About 60% of Okija Urban is made up of residential areas. The town
has basic amenities including electricity, water supply schemes, schools even at
tertiary level, hotels etc, courtesy of state and self-help efforts. Nearest settlement
to the proposed site is about 1km away while Madonna University, which is the
nearest human concentration, is 2km away. However, the built up areas consist
mainly of modern houses predominantly bungalows and storey buildings.
Due to the presence of the expanded Onitsha Owerri road, many businesses
and commercial activities have sprung up along the same route. With this type of
development, more residential buildings are expected to emerge alongside other
commercial activities.
Of the 30 villages that made up Okija, Ubahu is the community in which the
proposed project lies. Ironically, the chairman and CEO of the Nestoil group,
which promotes the project hails from this from this village. This gentleman has
touched the lives of the people in several ways. He built the most attractive
residential estate in the region, tarred a few roads, renovated school, established
companies and is currently building a hospital as well as some recreational
facilities including a golf course (see plate 4.7).
36
October 2012
Plate 4.6: Typical village home surrounded by farms and cash crops
1.1.1.22 Industrial Landuse
The existing industries in the area include:
(i)
HAMMAKOPP Construction Company
(ii)
A number of petroleum products retail outlets and service stations
Elsewhere, small scale cottage industries for processing of agricultural produce

are common within the communities, villages and individual compounds.
Cassava processing and grinding mills rank highest.
1.1.1.23 Transportation Landuse
The main Onitsha Owerri express road dissects the town leading to several bus
stops and a major motor park. A major state road leads to Nnewi through
37
October 2012
Ozubulu while several LGA roads traverse the town. Okija appears endowed
with a good network of roads some of which are yet to be tarred.
Generally, some of the main roads are without drains and where present, the
drainages are blocked by indiscriminate refuse disposal. This situation portends
such
environmental
hazards
as
flooding,
surface
and
groundwater
contamination.
1.1.1.24 Institutional Landuse
There is a General Hospital and a Health centre both owned by government.
1.1.1.25 Recreational Landuse
The town is endowed with a total of about 20 hotels and associated social
infrastructures. A substantial portion of the amenities is owned by private
individuals. Some others are owned by the government and/or receive
appreciable assistance from respective CDAs.
1.1.1.26 Religious Landuse
This revolves around the two dominant religions in the axis. Areas, including
churches and a few sacred traditional shrines.
1.1.1.27 Educational Land use
Okija plays host to two Universities; the Madonna University and Legacy
University which is under construction there is also the government owned Okija
Grammar school and Royal Secondary School which is privately owned. Several
primary schools abound, the most prominent perhaps is St. Peters Primary
School where the chairman of Nestoil Group built a classroom block as well as
fenced the entire compound (see plate 4.3).
38
October 2012
Plate 4.7 St Peters Primary School renovated by the proponent.

1.1.1.28 Commercial Landuse
The closest prominent commercial centre around the project site is the Okija
Junction market and Motor Park. The Ihiala urban accommodates some banks,
insurance houses, business centres and telecommunication facilities. A number
of kiosks, make-shift facilities and hawking centres are also found to exist around
the Okija Junction Park. Other commercial services being provided include auto
mechanic workshops, vulcanizing, carpentry workshops, petty trading of food,
drinks and other essential needs as are patronized by artisans, casual labourers
who hang around to seek daily paid jobs and motor park drivers cum
conductors.
39
October 2012
1.1.1.29 Agricultural Lands and Plantations

Food and cash crops production are the primary human activities relative to land
use within the project area. Cassava (Manihot esculenta), maize, yam, cocoyam,
banana (Musa sapientum), plantain (Musa paradisiaca), pineapples and a number
of fruits and vegetables constitute the main food crops.
Plate 4.8: Typical Food Crop Farms within the Ubahu Community
Breadfruit, oil palm trees (Elaeis guineensis), raffia palm, coconut, plantain,
banana and a host of fruits and citrus crops are the major cash crops being
produced. Fruits range from cashew and guava to mangoes, pawpaw and
oranges. The state Ministries of Agriculture has a number of field offices around
the area.
40
October 2012
Plate 4.9 Oil palm trees typical of primary forest around the Ubahu Community.
Individual farm holdings are usually small. They are hardly up to 0.5ha for food
crops and 2.0ha for cash crops. Often, there is a lot of crop mixes. Sizes of
holdings are also controlled by proximity of the farms to settlements. For
examples farms further away from the settlements were found to be larger in size
compared to those nearer. This is because farmers are found to work harder at
the distant farms which also have farmsteads/huts.
Shifting cultivation is widely adopted not as a result of land conservation

primarily but due to availability of capital, human perception, attitude and
behaviour.
Some ornamental trees dot some roads around the project area especially the
better planned and above-average income areas. Some economic trees are also
41
October 2012
planted within residential area. These include mostly bananas and plantains
which provide appreciable quantity of the food crops and monetary returns.
The main agricultural resources in the area cover all the agricultural farm types
as discussed above.
Table 4.5. Some Cultivated crops in the Ubahu Community
S/NO COMMON NAME
BOTANICAL NAME
1.
Maize /corn
Zea mays
2.
Cassava
Manihot esculenta
3.
Banana
Musa sapientum
4.
Plantain
Musa parasidiaca
6.
Water leaf
Talinum triangulare
7.
Okro
Abelmoschus esculentus
12.
Pineapple
Ananas comosus
13.
Guava
Psidium guajava
14.
Cocoyam
Colocasia esculenta
15.
Pumpkin
Cocurbita pepo
16.
Tomato
Lycopersicon esculentum
17.
Melon
Citrullus vulgaris
18.
Pepper (small)
Capsicum annuum
20.
Mango
Mdgnifera indica Magnifera indica
21.
Pawpaw
Carica papaya
22.
Bitter leaf
Vernonia amygdalina
However, the project site which covers a total of 27.41 hectares is located in an
area which has been left fallow, from the shifting cultivation and land
conservation practice, currently resulting in the non-existence of economic trees
and cash crops, some of which are listed above within the project area. This has
contributed to informing our opinion that a Resettlement Action Plan does not
need to be produced by CPGL for this project.
42
October 2012
Plate 4.10: A cross section of the proposed site together with the 330KV Alaoji
Onitsha Transmission line.
Air Quality
The results of the air quality assessment for the proposed project site are
presented in Table 4.7.
The ambient air quality of the proposed site for the Century IPP facility Okija is
very good. None of the pollutants exceeded the allowable limits of FMEnv. Table
4.6 shows SPM (141 224 g/m3) to be the predominant pollutant. Other
detectable gases include CO (1 2ppm) and H2S (1 2ppm). It must be observed
that only SPM was detected at all the Stations sampled. To a relatively small
extent CO was detected at Stations CPGS1NAQ CPGS3NAQ, while H2S was
detected at Stations CPGS1NAQ, CPGS3NAQ CPGS5NAQ. The predominant
43
October 2012
concentration of SPM in the proposed project site, even though significantly

below statutory permissible limits, may be ascribed to the particulate emission
into the atmosphere from the HAMMAKOPP Construction activities and trucks
travelling along Onitsha Owerri road. It is also noted that the sampling stations
near the road recorded detectable CO and H2S values.
Noise Level
The results of noise levels measurement for the proposed project site are
presented in Table 4.7. The values of the noise levels in the proposed project site
were significantly below the regulatory permissible limit of 90.0 dBA. It should
be noticed however, that for those sampling points close to the express road
including the control point inside HAMMAKOPP construction yard, the values
are high due to contributions from moving vehicles and heavy duty equipment.
The design of the power plant is such that the noise contribution during the
operational stage will be insignificant.
44
October 2012
Table 4.6: Air Quality Data for the Proposed Okija Independent Power Project Site (Dry and Wet Season, 2011)
S/N
Sampling
Station
SPM (g/m3)
CO (ppm)
NO2 (ppm)
SO2 (ppm)
NH3 (ppm)
H2S (ppm)
Dry
Wet
Dry
Wet
Dry
Wet
Dry
Wet
Dry
Wet
Dry
Wet
CPGS 1NAQ
1410.0
148.1
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
CPGS 2NAQ
1475.0
147.5
ND
ND
ND
ND
0.01
ND
ND
ND
CPGS 3NAQ
224.0
135.8
ND
ND
0.01
ND
ND
ND
0.02
ND
CPGS 4NAQ
196.0
144.1
ND
ND
0.02
ND
0.02
ND
ND
ND
ND
CPGS 5NAQ
140.0
134.6
ND
0.02
ND
0.03
ND
0.02
0.01
CPGS 6NAQ
132.0
138.2
ND
ND
ND
ND
0.01
ND
ND
CPGS 7NAQ
152.0
150.9
ND
ND
0.01
ND
0.02
ND
ND
ND
CPGS 8NAQ
150.0
137.2
ND
ND
ND
ND
0.01
ND
ND
ND
CPGS
NAQC1
142.0
148.1
ND
ND
0.01
ND
0.01
ND
ND
ND
10
CPGS
NAQC2
140.6
147.7
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
FMEnv/DPR
Standards
250
250
10-20
ppm
10-20
ppm
0.040.06
0.040.06
0.01
0.01
NS
NS
NS
NS
WHO
150230
150230
10
ppm
10
ppm
0.08
0.08
0.040.06
ppm
0.040.06
ppm
NS
NS
NS
NS
(NS = Not Specified; ND = Below Detection Limit)
45
October 2012
Table 4.7: Noise Level Measurements for Okija Independent Power Proposed
Project Site and Environs
S/N
Sampling Station
Mean Value
(dBA)
Dry
Wet
CPGCN1
56.65
59.95
CPGCN2
65.50
76.55
CPGCN3
66.32
62.35
CPCGN4
55.6
58.7
CPGCN5
46.7
45.45
CPGCN6
48.4
47.45
CPGCN7
46.9
47.1
CPGCN8
48.2
47.2
CPGNC1
52.1
51.2
10
CPGNC2
42.4
39.9
90
90
FMEnv/DPR (Limit for 8-hourly

Exposure)
46
October 2012
Soil Studies
1.1.1.30 Physiographic Unit of the Study Area
Land
surface
in
Nigeria
resulted
from
alternating
denudational
and
aggradational activities, giving rise to three broad geomorphological units or

major relief features: the plains, the highlands and the troughs and river valley
(FDLAR, 1990). Modern aggradational land surfaces extend to the West Coast of
Nigeria, and are composed of sedimentary rocks, which are largely sandstones,
shales and clays of Cretaceaous and Tertiary ages. The proposed project site lies
within the troughs with gently undulating topography (2-3% slope), presenting
an area with low potential for soil erosion and subsidence hazards.
Within and around the Century IPP project area, the main physiographic unit
recognised by FDALR (1990) is the nearly level coastal plains on deltaic basins.
Plate 4.11: Road leading to Ulasi River at the western boundary of the site.
Soils on this geomorphic unit, around the project area, are basically two types
and are derived from alluvium of fine littoral and lagoon sediments. On the
47
October 2012
surface the dominant sedimentary rocks are the Imo Shale a sequence of grey
shales, occasional clay iron stones and Sandstone beds.
In general, the Imo Shale underlies the eastern part of the state, particularly in
Ayamelum, Awka North, and Orumba North LGAs. Next in the geological
sequence, is the Ameke Formation, which includes Nanka Sands, laid down in
the Eocene. Its rock types are sandstone, calcareous shale, and shelly-limestone
in thin bands. Outcrops of the sandstone occur at various places on the higher
cuesta, such as at Abagana and Nsugbe, where they are quarried for construction
purposes. Nanka sands out crop mainly at Nanka and Oko in Orumba North
LGA.
Lignite was deposited in the Oligocene to Miocene; and it alternates with gritty
clays in places. Outcrops of lignite occur in Onitsha and Nnewi. The latest of the
tour geological formations is the Benin Formation or the coastal plain sands
deposited from Miocene to pleistocene. The Benin Formation consists of yellow
and white sands. The formation underlies much of lhiala LGA where the project
is located. Thick deposits of alluvium were laid down in the western parts of the
state, south and north of Onitsha in the Niger and Anambra river floodplains.
1.1.1.31 Soil Physico Chemistry
The Physico-Chemical parameters of top and sub soil samples from the Okija IPP
project area are presented in Table 4.8.
1.1.1.31.1 Colour and Texture
The soil in the project area was predominantly brownish to dark brown in
appearance. The texture varies from the surface, from coarse sandy clay and
loamy sands to silty clay at the sub-surface. The distribution of the soils vary
from one location to the other. There are no significant seasonal variations in soil
texture at the surface and sub-surface.
48
October 2012
Table 4.8: Physico-Chemical Parameters for Soil Samples for the Wet & Dry season
Sample
Code
SEASON
CPGCS1 &
CPGCV1
Wet
Dry
CPGCS2 &
CPGCV2
Wet
Dry
CPGCS3 &
CPGCV3
Wet
Dry
CPGCS4 &
CPGCV4
Wet
Dry
CPGCS5 &
CPGCV4
Wet
Dry
CPGCS6 &
CPGCV6
Wet
Dry
CPGCS7 &
CPGCV7
Wet
Dry
CPGCS8 &
CPGCV8
Wet
Dry
CPGCSC1&
CPGCV1
Wet
Dry
CPGCSC2
&
CPGCSC2
Wet
Dry
Sample
Depth
Concentration (mg/kg)
PH
Ca2+
Mg2+
Cl-
NH3
PO43-
SO42-
K+
Na2+
NO3-
THC
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
6.49
6.78
7.49
7.36
6.40
6.30
7.60
6.20
84.00
210.0
14.00
180.8
85.00
202.0
19.50
15.40
50.00
66.00
65.00
55.20
70.00
80.00
54.50
55.00
15.00
14.00
34.00
36.00
50.50
40.50
35.00
35.50
1.20
1.10
2.20
2.15
1.30
1.60
2.40
2.50
20.00
20.10
30.10
30.20
24.00
24.10
22.00
23.00
18.00
20.00
39.00
40.00
19.00
20.00
40.00
40.00
22.00
23.00
70.50
80.00
13.00
24.00
80.00
80.50
25.20
22.00
23.20
22.40
24.00
25.00
24.00
24.50
1.121
0.658
0.132
0.144
0.905
1.191
0.011
0.013
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
0-15cm
15-30cm
6.98
7.72
7.11
6.90
6.00
6.80
7.70
7.60
6.82
6.46
6.20
7.00
6.10
7.90
6.46
6.29
6.50
6.30
6.00
7.80
6.20
6.10
8.11
8.10
6.30
6.00
7.50
6.00
6.35
6.10
7.57
6.50
410.0
164.5
32.50
38.50
520.0
170.0
40.50
36.00
505.0
120.0
55.10
40.00
408.0
130.5
85.80
65.00
600.0
133.3
75.60
85.40
92.00
44.00
64.00
65.00
74.00
65.00
45.00
35.10
349.0
285.0
86.00
85.50
315.0
300.0
49.60
48.50
318.0
320.0
99.00
98.00
304.0
280.0
241.0
230.0
305.0
320.0
202.0
200.0
306.0
350.0
200.0
205.5
180.0
190.0
120.0
110.0
182.0
188.0
120.0
110.5
180.0
189.0
120.0
123.0
40.00
60.00
32.00
30.00
50.00
60.50
30.00
29.00
40.00
40.00
44.00
42.00
30.90
30.80
24.00
23.10
40.00
30.90
23.00
23.10
12.50
16.00
30.00
25.00
12.00
18.00
32.00
26.00
12.05
19.00
32.05
25.00
1.30
1.40
2.11
2.13
1.30
1.50
1.10
1.00
1.11
1.60
2.20
2.10
1.10
1.20
3.50
3.40
1.15
1.20
3.60
3.50
1.20
1.30
2.20
1.50
1.10
1.15
2.50
2.80
1.15
1.10
2.50
2.80
35.40
37.60
34.00
33.00
39.50
38.00
33.00
32.00
12.30
15.50
22.00
21.00
22.50
25.40
22.80
20.00
20.50
25.30
21.80
29.00
36.00
37.00
40.00
46.00
37.00
38.00
45.00
45.00
38.00
39.05
48.00
35.00
16.00
22.00
80.00
79.00
16.00
21.00
75.00
74.00
20.00
80.00
56.00
55.00
20.00
78.00
72.00
71.00
20.00
78.00
71.00
71.00
12.00
11.00
55.00
70.00
19.00
11.00
54.00
80.00
19.00
12.00
55.00
85.00
38.00
25.00
22.00
21.00
30.00
25.00
22.00
21.50
26.00
29.00
28.00
25.00
27.00
28.00
20.00
19.00
27.00
28.00
21.00
21.05
25.00
22.00
23.00
21.50
24.00
21.00
22.00
22.05
25.00
21.00
22.00
23.00
27.00
22.00
25.40
25.00
27.50
23.00
25.50
25.00
24.00
26.00
26.40
26.30
24.00
25.00
28.00
27.00
24.00
23.00
28.00
27.05
25.00
20.00
25.00
25.10
24.00
29.10
24.50
24.60
24.00
28.00
24.80
25.00
0.046
0.026
0.056
0.055
0.112
0.032
1.002
1.000
0.004
0.011
0.010
0.051
0.421
0.400
0.321
0.222
0.011
0.211
0.233
1.091
1.022
1.012
0.712
0.622
1.011
1.022
0.050
0.041
0.022
0.122
1.101
1.001
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
ND
49
October 2012
Table 4.9: Microbiology Analysis of Soil samples in the project area

Sample
Season
DRY
CPGCS1
WET
DRY
CPGCS2
WET
DRY
CPGCS3
WET
DRY
CPGCS4
WET
DRY
CPGCCS5
WET
DRY
CPGCS6
WET
Total Heterotrophic
Bacteria (THB)
Pseudomonas Bacillus
Enterobacter
Pseudomonas
Serratia
Enterobacter
Alcaligene
Pseudomonas
Pseudomonas
Proteus
Pseudomonas
Klebsiella
Proteus
Pseudomonas
Klebsiella
Proteus
Alcaligene
Bacillus
Ecoli, Proteus Bacillus
Pseudomonas
Exterobacter
Pseudomonas
Proteus
Micrococcus
Pseudomonas
Ecoli Proteus
Pseudomonas
Proteus Norcadia
Counts
Hydrocarbon
utilizing Bacteria
(HUB)
Counts
3.0 x 102
4.4 x 103
Hydrocarbon
Utilizing Fungi
(HUF)
Aspergillus
Penicillium
Penicillum
3.2 x 102
Trichoderma
1.6 x 102
2.0 x 103
Tricgoderma
Rhizopus
Aspergillus
2.0 x 103
2.6 x 103
Aspergillus
Rhizopus
2.6 x 103
6.5 x 102
Trichodenma
Rhizopus
Trichoderma
Rhizopus
Aspergillus
Geotricum
Aspergillus
Cladosprium
Aspergillus
1.6 x 102
3.1 x 103
Aspergillus
Cladosporium
4.0 x 102
Bacillus
3.6 x 104
2.0 x 103
Bacillus
Pseudomonas
1.8 x 102
5.0 x 102
2.0 x 103
2,8 x 102
Aspergillus
Aspergillus
2.0 x 102
1.5 x 102
Pseudomonas
Micrococcus
1.8 x 103
3.2 x 103
Aspergillus
Rhizopus
1.3 x 102
4.2 x 103
2.6 x 102
Pseudomonas
1.3 x 102
Aspergillus
Cuvularia
Aspergillus
Aspergillus
Cuvularia
Rhizopus
Aspergillus
geotrichum
Aspergillus
Cuvularia
Rhizopus
Aspergillus
1.0 x102
Aspergillus
Rhizopus
1.3 x 102
2.0 x 101
2.8 x 102
2.2 x 103
Pseudomonas
Pseudomonas
3.6 x 102
5.0 x106
Pseudomonas
2.5 x 102
3.0 x 103
Pseudomonas
9.0 x 102
1.7 x 105
Pseudomonas
2.7 x 102
2.1 x 103
Pseudomonas
2.5 x 104
2.4 x 103
Pseudomonas
50
2.3 x 102
Total Heterotrophic
Fungi (THF)
Aspergillus
Penicillium
Geotricum
Penicillium
October 2012
Counts
1.5 x 103
Counts
2.0 x 102
2.0 x 102
5.0 x 102
1.7 x 102
3.4 x 102
DRY
Proteus Bacillus
1.5 x 103
Bacillus
7.2 x 102
WET
Pseudomonas
Proteus
Bacillus Eriwinia
Pseudomonas
Pseudomonas
Micrococcus
Erwinia
Alcaligene
Pseudomonas
Ecoli
Ecoli
Pseudomonas
Proteus
Pseudomonas
Norcadia
2.2 x 104
Pseudomonas
2.8 x 102
3.0 x 103
Bacillus
Pseudomonas
Pseudomonas
Micrococcus
2.0 x103
7.2 x 102
CPGCS7
DRY
CPGCS8
CPGCS9
WET
DRY
WET
CPGCS10
DRY
Cuvularia
Aspergillus
Rhodotorula
Rhizopus
Cuvularia
2.0 x 103
Aspergillus
3.0 x 102
5.2 x 103
Rhodotorula
Rhizopus
-
5.2 x 102
1.2 x 102
Aspergillus
Cuvularia
7.5 x 102
Aspergillus
Rhizopus
3.1 x 102
Alcaligene
Pseudomonas
6.0 x 102
Penicillium
Rhodotorula
2.3 x 102
Penicillium
Rhodotorula
2.3 x 102
3.0 x 103
Pseudomonas
2.5 x 102
Penicillium
2.5 x 102
Penicillium
1.5 x 102
3.7 x 103
Pseudomonas
3.5 x 102
Penicillium
3.0 x 102
Penicillium
1.2 x 102
4.2 x 103
3.0 x 102
High Bacterial counts could be due to closeness to a water body (Ulasi River) which receives a lot of bio-degradable
materials from the heavily flooded area.
51
October 2012
1.1.1.32 Soil chemical properties

1.1.1.32.1 pH
This is an indication of the acidity or alkalinity of the soil. From pH 6.9 0 the
soil is increasingly more acidic while from pH 7.1 to 14 the soil is increasingly
more alkaline, pH 7 is a neutral point. A strongly acid soil shows intensive
leaching, low exchangeable basic cations content and slow microbial activity. A
strongly alkaline soil indicates non-leached soil with low nutrient and may lead
to reduced plant growth or even death to the plant (Donahue, et al., 1990).
Generally, the soils are strongly acidic with pH of the surface soil ranging from
5.05 7.43, while the sub-surface pH ranged from 5.27 7.42 during the wet
season.
1.1.1.32.2 Conductivity
Conductivity is a measure of the ability of an aqueous solution to carry an
electrical current. Thus, the lower the ionic content and ion exchange capacity of
a substance (soil) in aqueous solution, the lower its electrical conductivity.
Lower levels of electrical conductivity were observed for both surface and
subsurface soils in the study site. This can be attributed to the heavy annual
precipitation that is characteristic of the project area. During the heavy rains,
both top and bottom soils can be leached resulting in low ionic levels. The
average values of electrical conductivity for both the surface soil and the subsurface soil during the dry season were 58.24 13.21S/cm and 63.47
30.12S/cm respectively.
1.1.1.32.3 Total Organic Matter
Organic matter in the soil is responsible for most desirable surface soil structure,
promote a greater proportion of larger pore sizes, improve water and air
relations, and reduce erosion by wind and water. Chemically, organic matter is
52
October 2012
the soil source of nearly all nitrogen, 5 60% of the phosphorus, about 80% of the
sulphur, and a large part of the boron and molybdenum used by plants in a
given season when the crop is not fertilized. The concentration of total organic
matter (TOM) in the surface soil samples ranged between 0.86 2.3mg/L during
the wet season and 0.67 2.86mg/L during the dry season for the sub surface
soil.
1.1.1.32.4 Nutrients
Nearly all soil nutrients are used by plants in ionic forms. Plants absorb soil
nutrients through their roots or through the stomata. The nutrient anions in the
soil are usually stored in the soil organic matter from where decomposition
makes them available for plants use. The cations however, are absorbed either
from the soil solution or through exchange of hydrogen ions with the nutrient
cations at the surfaces of clay and humus particles where they had been
adsorbed (Donahue, et al, 1990).
Nitrate ions contain nitrogen, which is often the limiting element in plant
growth.
It is a constituent of chlorophyll plant proteins, and nucleic acids.
Phosphate ions contain phosphorus, a constituent of plant cell nuclei and part of
energy storage and transfer chemicals in the plant. Soils usually have low total
and low plant-available phosphate supplies because mineral phosphate forms
are not readily soluble (Donahue, et al, 1990).
The nitrate concentration in the surface soil samples ranged from 0.30
0.90mg/L during the wet season, while the sub surface soil ranged from 0.31
0.81mg/L. Slightly lower levels of phosphate (PO43-) ions were observed in the
soil samples with an average value of 0.44 0.10mg/L for surface soil and 0.33
0.08mg/L for sub-surface soil.
53
October 2012
1.1.1.32.5 Exchangeable Cations

Exchangeable cations in the soil are easily dissolved into solution making them
readily available for uptake by the roots of plants. Their presence in soils is
therefore directly related to the nutrient levels and hence, fertility of the soil.
Cation nutrients such as Potassium (K+), Calcium (Ca2+), etc, also help in
cleansing the soil by providing adsorption/exchange sites for potential soil and
groundwater pollutants e.g. Lead (Pb2+), Cadmium (Cd2+), etc.
First, the
pollutants are immobilized and finally form insoluble hydroxides, carbonates,

etc, thus, becoming unavailable for plant use (Donahue, et al, 1990).
Exchangeable cation levels for both surface and sub-surface soil samples were
Ca2+, 62.8 98.0mg/L and 61.4 210mg/L respectively; Mg2+ 45.3 80.2mg/L
and 53.2 78.7mg/L; K+, 31.2 58.2mg/L and 29.8 41.7mg/L; Mn2+, 1.11
2.15mg/L and 1.38 5.50mg/L.
1.1.1.32.6 Total Hydrocarbon Content (THC)
Total hydrocarbon content (THC) is a measure of the hydrocarbon content of the
soil. Sources of hydrocarbon accumulation in an environment include natural
sources, accidents during transportation and storage of petroleum products, the
atmosphere, and municipal/industrial wastes. Total hydrocarbon content (THC)
was low ranging between 0.00 22.0mg/L and 0.00 30.0mg/L in both surface
and sub-surface soils during the wet and dry seasons respectively.
1.1.1.32.7 Heavy Metals
These metals often form soluble compounds in the soil and contribute in various
amounts to the fertility of soil and growth of plants. Most of the heavy metal
values obtained in both surface and sub-surface soils represent background
levels.
54
October 2012
1.1.1.33 Soil Microbiology

Soil is generally made up of five major components such as mineral matter,
water, air, organic matter and living organisms and the quantity of each of these
constituents vary from one locality to another. The five major groups of microorganisms present in soil include: Bacteria, Actinomycetes, Fungi, Algae and
Protozoa and the soil ecosystem include these microbial groups as well as the
organic and the inorganic constituents of a given site. For the purpose of the
present study, we are interested only in those microbial groups that have the
potential to degrade and detoxify complex organic compounds that may be
present in the soil and these microbial groups are basically Bacteria and Fungi.
Naturally, the bacterial populations in soil are usually higher than those of fungi,
however because of their small size in relation to large size and extensive
filament of Fungi and other groups. In a well aerated soil, both bacteria and
fungi are present, however if limited oxygen conditions prevail, bacteria
accounts for most of the microbial community biomass. Numerically, Fungi are
much less than bacteria in soil, but are the major contributor to soil biomass
because of their large size.
Majority of the soil samples analyzed especially the surface layer recorded
relatively high concentrations of total heterotrophic Bacteria and Fungi. The total
heterotrophic bacterial counts in the upper soil layer ranged between 46 x 105 and
4800 x 105 Cfu/g. while those of Fungi ranged between 32 x 105 and 1100 x 105
Cfu/g. The corresponding hydrocarbon utilizing bacterial counts were however
low, same is applicable to Coliform bacterial counts. The corresponding lower
soil layer recorded relatively low heterotrophic and hydrocarbon utilizing
microbial counts. The predominant microbial isolates from soil samples include;
Pseudomonas fluorescence, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Flavobacterium Sp; Serratia
55
October 2012
marcescence, Bacillus cerus, Bacillus subtilis, Micrococcus roseus, Aspergillus niger,

Candida Sp; Aspergillus flavus, Penicillium espansum, Aspergillus japanicus,
Penicillium pinophylum and Penicillium crysogenium.
Majority of microbial species listed above have the ability to utilize petroleum
hydrocarbons as their sole carbon and energy source for growth and
proliferation. High heterotrophic microbial counts recorded in the soil samples is
as a result of the high organic matter and nutrient load of the soil samples
especially the upper soil layer which is sufficient enough to support rapid
microbial growth and proliferation. A lower concentration of hydrocarbon
degrading bacterial species is a clear evidence of insignificant concentrations of
Petroleum hydrocarbons in majority of the soil samples.
Aquatic and Hydro-Biological Studies

The aquatic and hydro-biological field studies programme was designed to
identify and assess the impact of operational activities of the transmission lines
and associated facilities on its immediate and ancillary environment of the
project area. The physico-chemical, biological and microbiological analysis of
surface water and grounder water samples were conducted with respect to
possible pollutant sources within the study area.
1.1.1.34 Hydrology
Water Bodies
The only water body sharing a boundary with the project site is the Ulasi River at
the southern end of the project site.
However, the Ihiala LGA has a number of rivers and streams crossing existing
roads and with bridges constructed on them for enhanced drainage and runoff
discharges. Only when torrential precipitation occurs and with storms are floods
56
October 2012
experienced. These however move gradually into existing channels, streams and
flood plains within few hours after rains.
1.1.1.35 Water Quality (Surface/Groundwater)
The results of the physico-chemical parameters, heavy metals contents of the
surface and ground water samples in the project area in the wet and dry seasons
as well as FMEnv permissible limits are presented in Table 4.10.
1.1.1.35.1 Hydro-Physical Parameters of Water Quality
The measured hydro-physical parameters were temperature, colour, turbidity
and total suspended solid (TSS). The surface water temperature in the both
seasons varied from 24.9 to 28.50C, with an average of 26.150C all of reported
values were below the FMEnv permissible limit of 350C. The turbidity of the
surface water bodies ranged from 3 to 260 NTU with an average value of 69.75
NTU, while it varied from 3 to 13 NTU for the ground water samples (Table 10).
The corresponding mean turbidity values in the wet season for the surface water
bodies exceeded the FMEnv allowable limit of 10 NTU.
There were slight variations in the concentrations of some physical and chemical
parameters of the water bodies with respect to seasonal changes. As expected,
temperatures were generally higher in the dry season than in the rainy season.
The results data suggest that the water bodies were generally characterized by
low turbidity. The turbidity showed a decrease in value during the dry season.
There was a very highly significant positive correlation between water turbidity
and TSS (P<0.01) indicating that this parameters are affected by hydrological
factors.
57
October 2012
Table 4.10: Physico-chemical characteristics of Surface Water Samples (Wet and Dry Seasons)
CPGC
SEAs
DRY
Tem
28.5
C0n
65
TDS
33
pH
6.34
TSS
14
PO4
0.10
DO
5.0
BOD
4.0
COD
6.0
CO3
1.22
Ca
18.0
Mg
12.0
TA
50.0
TH
30.0
Cl
4.20
NO3
1.40
SO4
4.0
K
8.0
Na
3.0
THC
ND
O/G
ND
1SW
WET
25.3
49
25
7.50
17
0.33
4.5
5.0
8.0
2.28
12.0
9.0
30.0
15.0
1.22
3.10
9.0
2.0
6.0
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
23.6
205
102
6.00
24
2SW
WET
29.9
23
11
5.92
29
0.07
4.9
5.0
9.0
1.06
15.0
10.0
40.0
25.0
2.86
5.34
6.0
4.0
9.0
ND
ND
0.06
4.4
7.0
6.0
3.00
10.0
8.0
30.0
14.0
3.00
1.23
8.0
3.0
7.0
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
23.9
122
61
7.40
38.0
0.03
4.8
4.0
8.0
2.00
20.0
12.0
30.0
32.0
1.80
0.96
5.0
2.0
6.0
ND
ND
3SW
WET
28.9
49
24
6.24
40.0
0.15
5.1
6.0
8.0
3.02
12.0
8.0
20.0
20.0
2.24
2.98
7.0
5.0
3.0
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
28.8
75
4SW
WET
26.3
63
37
7.30
47.0
0.02
5.2
5.0
11
1.00
14.0
7.0
30.0
21.0
5.25
3.11
9.0
6.0
2.0
ND
ND
31
7.84
48.0
0.08
5.8
6.0
8.0
2.24
18.0
12.0
40.0
30.0
1.04
3.00
4.0
10
8.0
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
29.2
61
30
7.43
36.0
0.04
5.0
5.0
9.0
3.50
10.0
4.0
20.0
14.0
1.88
1.75
3.0
8.0
4.0
ND
ND
5SW
WET
28.5
83
41
6.47
40.0
0.16
5.3
6.8
8.0
1.03
15.0
9.0
30.0
24.0
2.90
0.55
8.0
5.0
10
ND
ND
CPGC
6SW
DRY
29.3
171
85
7.16
88.0
0.04
5.1
8.0
20
0.95
17.0
10.0
50.0
27.0
5.48
0.99
2.0
2.0
2.0
ND
ND
WET
28.6
46
22
6.69
74.0
0.09
5.7
7.0
15
0.68
20.0
9.0
50.0
29.0
4.90
0.28
1.0
4.0
3.0
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
26.5
36
28
6.02
57.0
0.08
5.2
6.0
10
1.02
24.0
7.0
30.0
31.0
3.33
1.00
3.0
3.0
5.0
ND
ND
7SW
WET
31.1
120
60
6.60
42.0
0.12
4.3
5.8
3.0
0.63
17.0
10.0
20.0
27.0
2.04
1.95
2.0
5.0
4.0
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
28.3
72
35
6.40
14.0
0.15
4.6
3.0
12
1.00
15.0
13.0
30.0
28.0
1.48
0.46
4.0
1.0
8.0
ND
ND
8SW
WET
31.9
68
34
7.01
10.0
0.06
5.0
5.5
10
1.02
20.0
8.0
60.0
28.0
3.00
0.22
6.0
4.0
5.0
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
28.6
164
83
6.41
86.0
0.28
4.4
6.0
13
0.30
12.0
7.0
20.0
19.0
6.03
0.84
1.0
2.0
7.0
ND
ND
9SW
WET
29.8
155
78
6.58
69.0
0.14
5.3
8.3
11
0.77
28.0
5.0
30.0
33.0
4.77
1.49
4.0
2.0
7.0
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
29.8
93
46
6.53
34.0
0.43
4.7
5.0
8.0
1.00
21.0
11.0
40.0
32.0
7.00
1.20
2.0
5.0
2.0
ND
ND
10SW
WET
32.2
66
23
6.72
39.0
0.66
4.3
7.0
10
1.34
20.0
9.0
40.0
29.0
5.25
0.85
3.0
2.0
3.0
ND
ND
58
October 2012
Table 4.11: Microbiological Characteristics of Surface water at the Project Site

Total
Heterotrophic
Bacteria (THB)
Counts
Hydrocarbon
Utilizing Bacteria
(HUB)
Counts
Total
Heterotrophic
Fungi (THF)
Counts
Hydrocarbon
Utilizing
Fungi (HUF)
Counts
Pseudomonas
Proteus
Klebsiella
Pseudomonas
Klebsiella
6.2 x103
Pseudomonas
1.S3 x102
Aspergillus
Rhizopus
2.3 x 103
Aspergillus
Rhizopus
3.4 x 102
3.0x104
Pseudomonas
2.5x102
Rhizopus
Geotrichum
5.5x102
Rhizopus
1.0x102
DRY
Salmonella
E coli Alcaligene
7.0x102
Alcaligene
1.1x102
Trichoderma
Cladosporium
7.0 x 102
Trichoderma
1.3 x 102
WET
Pseudomonas
E coli Proteus
3.5x103
Pseudomonas
2.0x102
Trichoderma
2.0x102
Trichoderma
2.0x102
DRY
Citrobacter
Pseudomonas
Proteus
2.4 x103
Citrobacter
Pseudomonas
1.5x102
Aspergillus
1.7 x 102
Aspergillus
1.7 x 102
WET
Proteus
Pseudomonas
4.0x103
Pseudomonas
3.0x102
Geotrichum
Aspergillus
4.5x103
Apergillus
2.6x102
Sample
Season
CPGCM
1SW
DRY
WET
CPGCM
2SW
CPGCM
3SW
59
October 2012
CPGCM
4SW
CPGCM
5SW
CPGCM
6SW
CPGCM
7SW
DRY
Erwinia
WET
2.0x104
Aspergillus
Geotrichum
6.0x102
Aspergillus
1.0x102
E coli
4.3x103
Aspergillus
1.8 x 102
Aspergillus
1.8 x 102
DRY
Citrobacter
Pseudomonas
Klebsiella
2.6x103
Citrobacter
Pseudomonas
7.2x102
Cuvularia
Aspergillus
3.6x103
Aspergillus
2.0x102
WET
Pseudomonas
Klebsiella
Proteus
5.0 x103
Pseudomonas
1.2 x102
Aspergillus
Penicilium
1.3 x 103
Penicillium
Aspergillus
1.3 x 102
DRY
Pseudomonas
E coli Proteus
4.8x104
Pseudomonas
2.2.x102
Aspergilus
Geotrichum
7.3x102
Apergillus
2.5x102
WET
Salmonella
Pseudomonas
E coli Proteus
7.4x104
Pseudomonas
2.8 x102
Aspergillus
1.0 x 102
Aspergillus
1.0 x 102
DRY
Proteus
Alcaligene
4.0x103
Alcaligene
3.0x102
Cuvularia
Aspergillus
1.3x103
Aspergillus
7.0x102
WET
Pseudomonas
Proteus
Salmonella
6.2x103
Pseudomonas
3.0 x102
Aspergillus
Penicilium
8.3 x 102
Penicilium
Aspergillus
8.3x 102
E coli
60
October 2012
CPGCM
8SW
CPGCM
9SW
CPGCM
10SW
DRY
2.0x103
Pseudomonas
7.0 x102
Geotrichum
5.7 x 102
WET
E coli
Pseudomonas
Pseudomonas
Micrococcus
E coli
4.4x103
Pseudomonas
Micrococcus
2.6x102
Geotrichum
Aspergillus
2.0x103
Aspergilus
4.0x102
DRY
Proteus E coli
3.5 x103
Penicilium
Rhodotorula
1.6 x 103
Penicilium
Rhodotorula
1.4 x 102
WET
E coli
Pseudomonas
Proteus
2.8x103
Pseudomonas
1.8x102
Penicilium
Geotrichum
2.3x103
Penicilium
2.0x102
DRY
Pseudomonas
Pseudomonas
8.5 x102
Rhodotorula
Penicilium
3.4 x 102
Penicilium
Rhodotorula
3.4 x 102
Pseudomonas
5.4x102
Penicilium
Geotrichum
2.6x103
Penicilium
6.3x102
8.5 x102
WET
Salmonella
Pseudomonas
4.5x103
61
October 2012
13.0
8.10
21.1
2.10
2.86
THC
2.00
O/G
20
Na
2.0
2.0
SO4
5.8
NO3
0.02
Cl
CO3
47
TH
TA
40
Mg
PO4
80
Ca
Tss
29.1
COD
Tds
6.97
BOD
cond
DRY
DO
Temp
CPGC
SEASON
pH
Table 4.12: Physico-chemical characteristics of Ground Water Samples (Wet and Dry Seasons)
10.0
4.0
7.5
ND
ND
1GW
WET
5.60
32.4
53
27
49
0.08
5.5
3.0
5.0
20
4.05
11.0
5.0
16.0
1.05
3.38
4.0
8.0
9.0
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
6.27
30.1
88
43
60
0.03
5.3
3.0
3.0
30
1.50
15.0
10.0
25.0
4.05
2.11
5.00
7.2
4.8
ND
ND
2GW
WET
6.18
29.5
72
36
54
0.05
5.0
2.0
4.0
20
1.00
12.0
7.0
19.0
2.34
1.00
3.0
10
7.8
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
7.10
30.8
66
32
19
0.05
5.4
2.0
2.2
10
3.18
10.0
7.10
17.1
4.00
2.08
4.00
3.0
8.0
ND
ND
3GW
WET
4.85
30.4
58
28
16
0.07
6.5
3.0
5.0
30
5.44
8.00
2.40
10.4
1.60
1.68
3.88
6.0
10
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
7.49
29.7
57
28
20
0.02
6.6
2.0
2.0
40
2.11
8.0
3.50
11.5
7.00
2.60
11.0
8.3
3.5
ND
ND
4GW
WET
6.58
28.9
50
25
18
0.04
5.5
3.0
6.0
40
4.88
11.0
7.0
18.0
2.55
4.00
7.45
5.0
5.4
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
9.00
27.8
53
26
16
0.02
5.0
4.0
7.0
20
4.80
15.0
7.0
22.0
1.80
0.74
3.0
2.4
7.0
ND
ND
5GW
WET
6.24
28.0
49
24
20
0.03
5.9
3.0
7.0
30
2.85
13.0
9.0
22.0
1.63
2.40
4.8
4.0
3.6
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
8.96
28.2
62
31
16
0.03
5.4
2.0
2.0
30
1.05
11.0
6.0
17.0
3.30
1.16
9.0
7.1
5.5
ND
ND
6GW
WET
6.31
29.5
58
29
82
0.01
5.2
6.0
9.0
40
4.00
9.00
10.0
19.0
3.12
3.11
6.7
3.8
2.9
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
7.68
30.6
445
222
29
0.02
5.3
2.0
2.0
50
3.55
18.0
12.0
30.0
4.50
1.90
3.0
9.0
2.6
ND
ND
7GW
WET
4.93
30.3
496
246
40
0.03
5.1
3.0
8.0
30
2.96
11.0
5.0
16.0
2.05
1.05
3.8
9.5
4.1
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
9.00
28.4
230
124
62
0.0I
5.3
4.0
8.0
20
1.18
8.0
5.0
13.0
1.88
0.17
4.0
5.8
5.0
ND
ND
8GW
WET
5.94
30.8
255
129
90
0.02
5.3
5.0
8.0
20
3.35
10.0
6.0
16.0
1.35
1.80
6.1
6.3
8.8
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
8.92
33.5
48
24
74
0.04
3.8
6.0
15
40
4.56
12.0
8.0
20.0
2.50
0.82
5.0
3.1
6.9
ND
ND
9GW
WET
7.10
29.8
70
35
50
0.06
4.0
3.0
7.0
20
1.86
9.0
3.0
12.0
1.00
2.65
5.4
2.0
7.5
ND
ND
CPGC
DRY
9.00
34.5
136
68
75
0.03
5.2
4.0
9.0
50
1.88
18.0
11.0
29.0
1.10
2.92
8.0
2.0
8.0
ND
ND
10GW
WET
6.04
29.1
138
68
39
0.04
6.2
2.0
7.0
30
2.99
12.0
8.0
20.0
3.00
3.08
3.9
4.8
10
ND
ND
62
October 2012
Table 4.13: Microbiological Characteristics of Sediment at the Project Site

Total
Heterotrophic
Bacteria (THB)
Pseudomonas
Proteus
Klebsiella
Pseudomonas
Klebsiella
arthrobacter
Salmonella
E coli Alcaligene
Pseudomonas
Pseudomonas
E coli Proteus
Counts
Counts
Total Heterotrophic
Fungi (THF)
Counts
3.0 x104
Hydrocarbon
Utilizing Bacteria
(HUB)
Pseudomonas
2.3x102
Aspergillus
Rhizopus
4.2x 103
4.8x106
Pseudomonas
6.5x103
Rhizopus Geotrichum
Penicilium
4.0x104
Alcaligene
Pseudomonas
4.0x103
2.5x105
Pseudomonas
DRY
Citrobacter
Pseudomonas
Proteus
7.4 x104
WET
Proteus
Pseudomonas
Enterobacter
Erwinia Bacillus
E coli
WET
DRY
Sample
Season
CPGC
1SD
DRY
WET
CPGC
2SD
DRY
WET
CPGC
3SD
CPGC
4SD
CPGC
5SD
DRY
WET
Hydrocarbon
Utilizing Fungi
(HUF)
Aspergillus
Rhizopus
Counts
2.7x103
Rhizopus
Penicilium
1.4x103
Trichoderma
Cladosporium
7.5 x 103
Trichoderma
2.8 x 103
2.7x102
Trichoderma
Saccharomyces
5.3x103
Trichoderma
4.4x103
Citrobacter
Pseudomonas
9.2x103
Aspergillus
9.0 x 102
Aspergillus
9.0 x 102
5.5x106
Pseudomonas
3.7x102
Geotrichum
Aspergillus Alternaria
3.5x103
Apergillus
1.5x102
6.1x104
Bacillus
3.7x103
Aspergillus
7.3x102
Aspergillus
7.3x102
E coli Bacilus
2.5x105
Bacilus
2.9x104
Aspergillus Cuvularia
2.0 x 103
Aspergillus
5.0 x 102
Citrobacter
Pseudomonas
Klebsiella Proteus
Pseudomonas
Klebsiella
Proteus E coli
3.6x103
Citrobacter
Pseudomonas
5.0x102
Cuvularia Aspergillus
3.9x103
Aspergillus
2.0x102
4.6 x105
Pseudomonas
8.3 x103
Aspergillus
Rhizopus
5.0 x 103
Penicillium
Rhizopus
2.2x 102
63
October 2012
4.2x 103
1.1.1.35.2 Chemical Parameters of Water Quality

The pH values for the wet and dry seasons varied from moderately acidic to
moderately alkaline for the surface and groundwater and the values were within
the FMEnv permissible limits of 6 9. Water pH showed significant positive
correlation with salinity as expected.
Oxygen parameters, most importantly
dissolved oxygen content (DO) had an average value of 5.0mg/l for the surface
water and 4.6mg/l for the groundwater samples in the wet season.
In terms of seasonal variation, all the salinity parameters including pH,

conductivity, major anions (Cl-, SO42- and HCO3) and cations (Ca2+, Mg2+, Na, K+)
followed the same trend as salinity in the different water bodies. With regard to
salinity the seasonal swamp was essentially fresh water during the rainy season
and dry season. Electrical conductivity (EC) ranged from 14 to 35.6S/cm-1 for
surface water and 18 to 28S/cm-1 for groundwater samples.
The total dissolved solids (TDS) content of the surface water varied between 7.0
and 17.8mg/l with an average value of 12.4mg/l, while the groundwater values
ranged from 114 to 124mg/l with a mean value of 119mg/l. All the stations gave
values below the FMEnv permissible limit of 2000mg/l during the wet and dry
seasons.
Furthermore, the nutrient elements namely nitrates and phosphates were low in
the water bodies, while sulphate values were lower than the regulatory limit of
250mg/l during the wet and dry seasons.
All the chemical and salinity
parameters considered occurred within the known range for the coastal rivers in
the south-west based on previous similar studies (Chukwu and Nwachukwu,
2004).
64
October 2012
1.1.1.35.3 Heavy Metals in Surface and Ground Water Samples in Project Area
The mean concentrations of heavy metals in the surface and groundwater
samples in the project area for the two seasons did not differ significantly from
each other. Heavy metals concentrations in the water bodies varied from Not
Detected to 0.74ppm with Iron being the most abundant metal. Lead, Arsenic
and Mercury were not detected at all in the water samples. Other heavy metals
including Zn, Mn, and Cu were in tolerable concentrations and therefore do not
pose any hazard to the aquatic environment. Most of the metals (Pb, Ni, Co, Cr
and Zn) were slightly higher in mass concentration in freshwater site of the study
area than in the brackish lagoon water.
1.1.1.36 Microbiological Characteristics of Surface and Ground Water Samples
The microbial flora of water usually consists of the autochthonous or indigenous
species which are the true residents and the allochthonous or foreign residents.
The indigenous species are well adapted to their environment and are able to
survive under extreme conditions which may be unfavourable to their foreign
counterparts, for example E.Coli is known to die quickly in water whereas
indigenous species such as Pseudomonas and Achromobacter do not.
Most aquatic microbial flora plays very useful roles in nature while others are
regarded as nuisance. Some aquatic bacteria like the Pseudomonas, Flavobacterium
and Achromobacter degrade complex organic substances in water which may be
harmful to marine life while others like the E. Coli, Salmonella typhi and Vibrio
cholera are human pathogens. E. Coli in water is usually an indication of faecal
contamination while others such as Sphaerotilus natans, Leptothrix and
Ferrobacillus cause odour, taste and turbidity problems in water. All the issues
mentioned above make it very necessary to study and understand the
microbiological characteristics of water samples during any EIA study.
65
October 2012
Microbial characterization of both the surface and groundwater resources of the

project area during the wet and dry seasons indicates that heterotrophic bacteria
counts were relatively high in all water samples (Table 4.12).
The total
heterotrophic bacterial counts ranged between 160 x 105 and 220 x 105 Cfu/ml.
for surface fresh water samples while those of borehole samples ranged between
1.80 x 105 and 36 x 105 Cfu/ml. The total microbial counts of surface water as
expected were higher than those of borehole samples. Hydrocarbon utilizing
bacterial counts were relatively low in all the samples suggestive of the fact that
no recent organic pollution has occurred in the area. Coliform bacteria were
present at significant concentrations in samples from the fresh water streams.
Heterotrophic and Hydrocarbon Utilizing Fungal and Yeast Counts were
relatively low in all the water samples. The predominant microbial flora of the
surface water samples are: Corynebacterium Sp., Serratia marcescens, Bacillus
subtilis, and Alkaligenes sp., Borehole samples were dominated by Pseudomonas
aeruginosa and Bacillus cerus, the later is also the predominant microbial flora of
the bottom sediment. The following fungal species were also isolated from the
water and bottom sediment samples; Aspergillus niger, Candida sp., and
Aspergillus flavus.
All the microbial isolates indicated above have the potential to degrade complex
organic substances that may be present in the water body; however their
presence is not significant enough to suggest organic pollution. Majority of these
organisms have the ability to utilize petroleum hydrocarbons as their sole carbon
and energy source for growth and metabolism. The low heterotrophic and
hydrocarbon utilizing microbial counts recorded in the surface water and
borehole samples is as a result of very low levels of nutrients and organic matter
in the water samples which is not sufficient to support microbial growth and
proliferation. Also the very low concentrations of coliform bacteria recorded in
the surface water samples is an evidence of faecal pollution which may have
66
October 2012
occurred as a result of run off due to perennial rainfall as at the time of the
investigation.
Table 4.14: Population dynamics of Micro-organisms isolated from Water

Samples in the Project Area (Wet and Dry Season)
Parameters
Counts Range
Fresh Water
Swamps
Groundwater
Wet
Season
Dry
Season
Wet
Season
Dry
Season
Bacterial
160
220
1.80
36
Utilizing
1.40
2.80
0.017
0.026
% Hydrocarbon Utilizers
0.875
1.27
0.108
0.02
Total Coliform Counts (Cfu/ml x
0.028
0.006
0.0026
0.006
0.0032
Nil
0.046
Nil
Total
Heterotrophic
Counts (Cfu/ml x 105 )

Total
Hydrocarbon
Bacterial Counts (Cfu/ml x 105)
105)
Total Fungal and Yeast Counts
(Cfu/ml x 105 )
67
October 2012
Fig. 4.9 Micro Organism population dynamics in surface water samples.

68
October 2012
Fig 4.10: Population dynamics of micro-organisms isolated from water samples
69
October 2012
Hydrogeological and Geophysical Studies

1.1.1.37
Geology of the Study Area
exploration was carried out in Nigeria. The Anambra basin has about 6,000 m of
sedimentary rocks. The sedimentary rocks comprise ancient Cretaceous deltas,
somewhat similar to the Niger Delta, with the Nkporo Shale, the Mamu
Formation, the Ajali sandstone and the Nsukka Formation as the main deposits.
On the surface the dominant sedimentary rocks are the Imo Shale a sequence of
grey shales, occasional clay iron stones and Sandstone beds.
General Formation
The Imo Shale underlies the eastern part of the state, particularly in Ayamelum,
Awka North, and Oruma North LGAs. Next in the geological sequence, is the
Ameke Formation, which includes Nanka Sands, laid down in the Eocene. Its
rock types are sandstone, calcareous shale, and shelly-limestone in thin bands.
Outcrops of the sandstone occur at various places on the higher cuesta, such as at
Abagana and Nsugbe, where they are quarried for construction purposes. Nanka
sands out crop mainly at Nanka and Oko in Orumba North LGA.
Recent Sediments
The recent sediments occur along the coastal belt as alluvial deposits of the major
rivers. The sediments consist of unconsolidated sands, clays and mud. The
alluvial deposits consist of coarse, clayey unsorted sands with clay lenses and
occasional pebble beds.
ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP Okija
70
October 2012
1.1.1.38 Hydrogeology of the Study Area

Many workers have worked extensively on the geology of Dahomey Basin. Such
workers include Jones and Hockey (1964), Reyment (1965), Emery et al. (1975),
Fayose (1970), Adegoke (1969), Adegoke, et. al., (1980). The results of some of
their findings have been enumerated earlier under geology of south-western
Nigeria. The results of their investigation have shown that the Abeokuta
Formation, Ewekoro Formation, Coastal plain sands and Recent sediments
constitute aquifer in the Dahomey Basin.
High precipitation of 2500-4500 mm per annum has been reported by Ajao et al.,
1996, Jeje (1983), and Zumberge (1963) reported that high permeability of the
topsoil, the generally flat topography and vegetative cover, as well as lenses of
clay ensure stupendous recharge and retention of subsurface water by the
aquifers all year round.
1.1.1.39 Geomorphology
Anambra State falls into two main landform regions: a highland region of
moderate elevation that covers much of the state south of the Anambra River,
and low plains to the west, north, and east of the highlands. The highland region
is a low asymmetrical ridge or cuesta in the northern portion of the Awka-Orlu
Uplands, which trend roughly southeast to northwest, in line with the geological
formations that underlie it.
It is highest in the southeast, about 410m above mean sea level, and gradually
decreases in height to only 33m in the northwest on the banks of the Anambra
River and the Niger. At Onitsha and Otuocha, the cuesta provides well drained
low land, very close to the river, thereby enabling settlements to extend to the
banks of the river.
71
October 2012
The cuesta has confined the wide and braided channel of the Niger to a
comparatively narrow valley bed at the southern part of Onitsha, making an
appropriate location for the construction of bridge across the river. The
highlands consist of two cuestas, a lower and a higher one, each with an east
facing escarpment. The two cuestas merge south of Nanka.
The lower cuesta, formed by the more resistant sandstone rocks of the Imo Shale,
rises to only 150m above mean sea level at Umuawulu and decreases in height
northwestward to only 100m at Achalla. Its escarpment faces the Mamu River
plain and has a local relief of between 30 and 80m west of it, is the higher cuesta,
formed by the same stones of the Ameke Formation. Its height is above 400m in
the south-east at lgbolkwu and lsuofia decreasing northwestward to less than
300m; Abagana, and to only 100m at Aguleri.
Geophysical Studies
The field data for the Vertical Electrical Sounding (VES) are presented in Table
4.15, while the resulting computer iterated field curves is presented in Figure
4.11.
Table 4.15: Geophysical Field Data
AB/2 (m)
MN/2 (m)
VES 1 ( m)
VES 2 ( m)
1.0
0.25
31.4
38.1
2.0
0.25
35.5
49.5
3.0
0.25
42.0
59.1
4.0
0.25
47.0
63.0
6.0
0.25
53.4
71.4
6.0
0.50
52.0
67.3
9.0
0.50
57.3
76.8
12.0
0.50
64.6
95.0
15.0
0.50
69.5
27.9
72
October 2012
15.0
1.00
72.2
90.7
20.0
1.00
85.1
99.7
25.0
1.00
74.9
82.0
32.0
1.00
90.0
119.9
40.0
1.00
90.7
171.1
40.0
2.50
51.4
72.8
50.0
2.50
98.3
71.0
65.0
2.50
45.5
116.3
80.0
2.50
31.5
69.4
100.0
2.50
51.2
41.6
100.0
5.00
37.8
49.8
120.0
5.00
160.0
5.00
200.0
5.00
200.0
7.00
152.8
73
October 2012
Fig.4.11: Horizontal resistivity profiling of computer iterated field curves at

Ubahu and Umuohi villages
The VES data were initially subjected to interpretation process using the usual
manual technique of curve matching. This entails the use of two-layer model
master curve alongside auxiliary curves. However, visual evaluation of the
74
October 2012
plotted field data revealed a smooth geometry of typical 4 to 5 layer case or

combined minimum-maximum type characteristic of the processed data.
Following the above mentioned curve matching technique, the principle of

conversion of geo-resistivity field data to layered or stratified subsurface was
upheld in the course of interpretation of the processed data. The resulting
number of layers and the corresponding resistivity values were used as input
model for the follow-up computer simulation/interpretation. This was aimed at
reducing the influence of human error in respect of the manual curve-matching
interpretation. After adequate interpretations, the resulting average weighted
mean square error is 4.25% for the two VES stations.
The resulting number of layers, respective thicknesses and resistivity values,

alongside remarks on the possible geologic characters of the location probed are
presented in Table 4.15.
1.1.1.40 Aquifer Characteristics in the Type Localities
Aquifers are rocks or sediments that contain and transmit water which can be
economically harnessed. Here, two main litho-stratigraphic units have been
delineated namely, sand and clayey sand.
Table 4.15: Vertical Electrical Sounding Models

VES 1
Layer No.
Resistivity ( m)
Thickness (m)
Sediments
30.1
1.1
Topsoil
47.7
0.7
Sand (medium)
71.8
10.4
Sand (coarse)
75
October 2012
341.7
4.8
Sand (coarse)
102.5
12.1
Clay, minor sand
5.1
Sandy clay
Layer No.
Resistivity ( m)
Thickness (m)
Sediments
37.1
1.4
Topsoil
121.5
6.0
Sand (medium)
95.4
40.7
Sand (coarse)
10.6
VES 2
Sandy clay
With particular reference to the results obtained from the geo-resistivity

investigation the groundwater potential of the subsurface layers as well as the
subsurface litho-stratigraphic units have been delineated on the basis of their
resistivity and thicknesses. Two major lithographic units have been identified.
These are sand and clayey sand. The sandy clay layers have been found in the
depth range of 1.8 and 30 metres, while the clay with minor sand layers was
found in the depth range of 17 and 48 metres.
The aquifers in the type localities i.e. the underlying sands are recharged both
from the surface (vertical) as percolation from rain and from the sides
(horizontal) by the river in contact with the water bearing sands. The findings
indicate that groundwater flow is basically north-south into the river implying
the hydraulic gradient is to a reasonable extent controlled by the topography.
76
October 2012
Vegetation Studies
Vegetal Covers
This is the most dominant land cover within the region. The most dominant are
complex transitional rain forests to secondary forests zone and savannah
vegetation. The plants are at different stages of evolution with identifiable
floristic composition. These range from characteristic close stands of varied
layers and canopies to typical shrubs, herb layers, lianas, epiphytes and parasites
(Plate 4.12).
A large proportion of the vegetal cover is disturbed through cultivation of

kolanut cultivations and for subsistence cash and food crop agriculture. They are
intermixed with Elaeis guineens, bamboo trees and Raffia sp. (Plate 4.12).
Plate 4.12: Bamboo Forest Vegetation within the Project Site
77
October 2012
The main uses to which the features are put include lumbering, hunting and fuel
wood gathering for both domestic and cottage industrial purposes. The
vegetation also serves as main source of fuel-wood for domestic uses, smoking
fish catches and boiling palm kernels.
Only the freshwater forests support farming activities. They are carried out on
subsistence for both food crops largely. In almost all the settlements, palm trees
Silk trees, Iroko, Bread fruit, Oil bean and coconut trees predominate as
economic trees along with some fruits like guava, oranges, pawpaw and
mangoes.
Animal Resources and Wildlife
Field observations, literature review and interview of local people revealed that
the project area is not rich in wild life. This was attributed to widespread of
deforestation, habitat loss, intensive human activities such as farming. From the
investigations conducted, representatives of amphibians, reptiles, birds and
mammals were found in the area. The dominant species encountered in the area
were those associated with grassland such as Grass Cutters, Squirrels, Vipers,
antelopes, porcupines and many species of rats. Birds that are known to be
cosmopolitan or increasingly tolerant of human activities were common around
the project site. These include egrets, sparrows and pied-crown.
78
October 2012
CHAPTER FIVE
SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE
CONDITION OF THE PROJECT
ENVIRONMENT
CHAPTER FIVE
SOCIO-ECONOMIC
ENVIRONMENT
BASELINE
CONDITION
OF
THE
PROJECT
INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides information on the social and economic baseline
conditions of the project area. The goal is to establish existing socio-economic
condition as a benchmark for assessing future changes in socio-economic
indicators with a view to ascertaining the likely impact of the project. Great
attention is paid to health profile enumeration, assessment of current living
standards as well as means of livelihood.
Baseline information has been gathered from desktop studies and results of
primary data collection which is accomplished through enumeration, resource
assessments, socio-economic surveys and community consultations carried out
in June, August 2011 and January 2012 respectively.
THE STUDY AREA:
The Proposed 495MW gas powered plant will be located at Okija, in Ihiala Local
Government Area of Anambra State in the South-Eastern region of Nigeria (Fig
5.1). Anambra State is bordered in the north by Kogi State, in the south by Enugu
State, in the west by Delta State and in the east by Imo State. The State is divided
into twenty one LGAs with Ihiala where the plant is situated, located towards
the eastern end.
As stated in chapter three, the geographic scope of the social baseline covers the
Okija traditional heritage while the immediate receptacles include the Ubahu
village and other neighbouring communities like Ugwucheleku, Umuogu,
Oghalegbu and Umuhu in Okija. Data accumulation for the baseline information
2 October 2012
starts with some commentaries about the Nigerian state obtained from desktop
studies of various reports on Nigeria.
This provides the context within which the baseline information about Anambra
State, Ihiala LGA and the immediate settlements around the project site will be
appreciated.
Finally the data, mostly in statistical representation, reflected in this ESIA, we

obtained from structured consultations with the Traditional rulers, village heads,
and officials of the LGA as well as the villagers themselves.
Ihiala Local Government
Fig. 5.1 Map of Anambra State Showing the LGAs

3 October 2012
METHODOLOGY
A Combination of techniques was deployed for the socio-economic enumeration
of the project area, including but not limited to the following:
Desktop research activities
Ground truthing/Reconnaissance survey for identification and Disclosure

(awareness creation).
Key Informant and Village Level Group Interviews.
Focused Group Discussions (FGDs) with adult males, female, the aged
and youths.
Physical Inspection / Observations
Application of participatory tools like community mapping, Venn

diagrams etc.
Data Collection and Sampling Procedure

As was stated in Chapter 3, the project site was acquired from the Mpidiegwu
family of Ubahu Village in Okija. Appropriate compensation has been paid to the
individual families and a Deed of Absolute Grant executed. The Absolute Grant
was executed by 7 families, part of the larger Mpidiegwu family, who are the
grantors. The piece and parcel of land known as ANA MPIDIEGWU situates
along the Onitsha-Owerri road and lay till the Ulasi River vertically opposite
HAMMAKKOP Construction Company and bounded on the right by
UMUOYEDUMEKWU land and on the left by UMUEHIE land.
The land was originally owned by the Umumpidiegwu larger family until 2005
when all the Ana-Mpidiegwu was partitioned and this piece and parcel of AnaMpidiegwu constitutes part of the share of the seven family units that make up
the Grantors.
Therefore, it became necessary that Key Informant Interviewers and a few
Focused Group Discussion be conducted to establish key elements of socioESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP Okija
4 October 2012
economic baseline information. The LGA personnel confirmed the authenticity of

the land transaction while the land registration and subsequently the Customary
Right-of-Occupancy is being processed at the Anambra State Ministry of Lands
and the Ihiala Local Government Area Headquarters respectively.
The main objective of the key informant interview is to provide the context for
defining the stakeholders and what stake each group lays claim to. Finally, the
definition of stakeholders for the engagement and data sampling were based on
the under listed criteria:
Adequate representation from the original land owners who granted

the project site to Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL).
Participation of all the relevant social groups in each of the communities

and settlements.
All inclusive participation encompassing groups of varied socio-economic

status, the aged and other most vulnerable groups.
Gender coverage and youth participation.
Consideration of different occupational groupings and various livelihood

activities.
Interviews with opinion leaders and the traditional hierarchy.
A number of focused Group Discussions (FGDs) took place at the different

localities with the more formal ones hosted by the village heads including the
palace of His Royal Majesty the Obi Onowu of Okija, Obi Dr. Nnamuzie Obi.
Table 5.1 below shows a matrix of selected procedures.
Objectives
Procedure Adopted
Secondary
Data
Survey
KI
Interviews
FGDs
5 October 2012
Direct
Observation
Impact
Zoning
Paired
Needs
Ranking
Obtain population size

and
distribution,
settlement
patterns,
cultural settings and
groups, other
Identify administrative
and
socio-cultural
institutions, Traditional
leadership
patterns,
migrants
status
of
residents
Assess
status
of
infrastructure
development
(e.g.
social
amenities,
infrastructure
availability
and
condition)
Gender analysis of
livelihoods
Determine
potentials
for conflict and/or
rivalry: Concerns about
the project.
Determine
livelihood
patterns/ (e.g. farming,
hunting, civil service),
Gender
and
age
distribution.
Identity marginalized
groups
within
the
community
Identify and assess
status
of
resources
(land, forest, water) and
level of dependence
upon these
Suggest mechanisms to
minimize
negative
effects of proposed
project
upon
local
population
Impediments to Data Accuracy

The socio-economic baseline aims at bringing into context, the living standards
and habits of the stakeholders, their health conditions, livelihood pattern,
6 October 2012
expectations and aspirations as well as concerns and sensibilities which may be

affected by the project. It follows therefore, that establishing such a baseline, is
likely to suffer from the following impediments.
The existence of other developmental projects and the ability of the

managers to handle stakeholders grievances may induce skepticism in
the minds of local dwellers which invariably affects their responses to
questions.
Ethnic conflicts between original land owners and settlers around the
project site who have become stakeholders may breed future rivalry over
distribution of CSR projects and some socio-economic mitigation
measures against such impacts as unemployment: Such conflicts may
breed responses that are economical with the truth depending on which
side of the divide the respondent belongs.
Due recognition to these impediments will reduce the incidence of Chance

Occurrences during each stage of the project implementation. They are therefore,
dully considered as part of the uncertainties inherent in the data collection
process which may exert some influence in the judgment of some of the
responses.
7 October 2012
Plate 5.1: A FDG at the Office of the Executive Chairman Ihiala LG

SOCIO-ECONOMIC BASELINE INFORMATION
Country Location and Administrative Structure
Nigeria lies between latitudes 4 degrees and 14 degrees north of the equator and
longitudes 3 degrees and 15 degrees east of the Greenwich meridian on the west
coast of Africa. It covers a total area of 923,766 square kilometres consisting of
910,768 square kilometres of land and 13,000 square kilometres of water with the
coast line stretching up to 853 kilometres. The entire country is divided into 36
states and federal capital territory. These are further sub-divided into 770 local
government areas which form the third tier of government while the central and
state governments form the first and second tier respectively. The country
practices a presidential system of government, much in line with the American
system. The system consists of three arms of government viz. the executive, the
8 October 2012
legislature and the judiciary which are supposed to be autonomous (1999

constitution of the FRN). This structure is repeated in all the 36 states with the
exception of the Federal Capital Territory which is a bloated ministry. The same
structure though in a smaller scale is repeated in the 770 local government areas
except that there is no third arm, the judiciary which exists only at the state level.
Another major difference between the central government structure and that of
the state is the presence of two legislative chambers at the center (i.e. the Senate
and the House of Representatives), while the states have just one.
Nigerias administrative structure has been criticized by social commentators as
unwieldy, expensive and capable of retarding growth of infrastructural
development since each years national and state budgets present a higher
recurrent expenditure than the capital budget.
Status of Socio-Economic Indicators
Prevalent socio-economic activities include agriculture, civil service, commerce
and industry. As with most developing economies, the highest employer of
labour is government service with commerce and agriculture struggling behind.
The organized private sector is still developing; no wonder the Key Socioeconomic Indicators for Nigeria is as presented in Table 5.2. With a projected
population of 162.5 million (World Bank data 2011), Nigeria remains the most
populous country in Africa. Considering Nigerias oil reserve (6th largest
producer in the world) and gas deposits (over 187 Tcf) as well as other minerals
like coal, tin, iron ore, uranium, to mention a few, it follows that the socioeconomic indicators ought to present better figures than seen above. However,
the human development index (HDI) inched to 0.425 in 2011 up from 0.423 in
2010 (UNDP-IHDIs) while inflation rate grew from 13.7 in 2010 to 15.1 in 2011
(CIA world fact book), an indication that few tangible goods are being chased by
large amount of money. Most social and economic researchers/commentators
believe that the poor performance of the Electricity supply industry (ESI) is a
9 October 2012
major cause of Nigerias relatively unimpressive showing in critical socioeconomic indicators. In the 21st century world per capita energy consumption is a
major index for measuring the state of development of a country. As at today,
peak generation is about 4.2GW which translates to a per capita electricity
consumption of 25.8 watts (population of 162.5m people assumed).
Table 5.2
Key Socio-Economic Indicator for Nigeria
Socio-Economic
Indicator
National level
Year
Population Growth
2.5%
2011
GDP Per Capita PPP

(USD)
2,532
2011
Literacy Rate
61%
2009
Proportion of total
population served with
piped water (%)
74%
2010
School Enrollment
Primary (Gross)
83
2010
Inflation GDP (deflator

annual %)
15.1
2011
Total Population
162.5m
2011
Prevalence of HIV, total

(% of population ages 1549)
Life Expectancy at Birth,
years (Total)
3.6
2009
51
2010
Religion
60% Muslim
30% Christian
10% Indigenous
Belief
5
2011
0.459
2011
Hospital Beds per 10,000

people
HDI index Value
2011
10
Source
World Bank
http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/sp.pop.G
ROW
World Bank
http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/NY.GDP.
PCAPP>PP.CD
World Bank
http//data.worldbank.org/indicator/SE.ADT.
LITR.ZS/countries
World Bank
http//data.worldbank.org/indicator/SH.H2O.S
AFE.UR.ZS
World Bank
http//data.worldbank.org/indicator/SE.PRM.
ENRR
World Bank
http//data.worldbank.org/indicator/NY.GDP.
DEFL.KD.KD.ZG/countries
World Bank
http//data.worldbank.org/indicator/sp.POP.T
OTL
World Bank
http//data.worldbank.org/indicator/SH.DYN.
AIDS.ZS/countries
World Bank
http//data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.DYN.
LEOO.IN/countries
CIA World Fact-book
http//www.cia.gov/library/publication/theworld-factbook/goes/ni.html
World Health Organization
http//app.who.int/whosis/data/core/core_sele
ct_process.cfm
UNDP International Human
Development Indicator
http//hdrstats.undp.org/en/table/default.html
October 2012
Low HDI may have arisen from massive unemployment with so many youths
yielding to crime out of peer pressure and societal expectations. Social agitation
is on the increase starting from the Niger-Delta region where oil and gas are
exploited and spreading to all parts of the country wherever any developmental
project is sited. This underpins the importance of a properly conducted ESIA to
the sustainability of such projects especially power generation which takes place
in remote areas.
In recent times, the Federal Government of Nigeria appears to be focused in
three key development directions, viz: reduction/elimination of importation of
refined petroleum products, increased agricultural production and improved ESI
performance. These three development agenda, if vigorously pursued, will result
in generating millions of employment opportunities and of course a moderate
growth in socio-economic indicators.
The above key socio-economic indicators provide the context within which the
socio-economic dynamics of Anambra state in general and the Okija Community
in particular will be understood
The Host State (ANAMBRA)
In 1991 when the military regime of General Ibrahim Babangida increased the
number of states to 36, Anambra State was carved out of old Anambra State,
with Awka as the state capital. Located in south east of Nigeria, Anambra State
occupies 4,416 square kilometers. It comprises the Igbos. It shares common
boundaries with four states (Kogi, Enugu, Imo and Delta). Ethnically, Igbos is the
main ethnic group. Anambra State is popularly called the Light of the Nation.
There are twenty-one local government areas in the state. They include Ihiala,
Awka North, Awka South, Idemili North, Idemili South, Orumba North,
Orumba South, Ogbaru, Onitsha North, Onitsha South, Ayamelum, Anambra
11
October 2012
East, Anambra West and Aguata. Others are Anaocha, Oyi, Dunkofia, Ekwusigo,
and Nnewi North, Nnewi South, Njikoka (Fig 5.1). The CPGL 495MW power
plant is located at Ihiala LGA.
5.4.3.1 Traditional Heritage
The state has a rich cultural heritage. Archaeological discoveries at Ezira (Hartle,
1967) and at lgboUkwu (Shaw, 1970) reveal great works of art in iron, bronze,
copper, and pottery works, dated ninth century AD, and belonging to the ancient
Nri kingdom. Long before AD 800, the Nri people had developed an advanced
political organisation that culminated in divine kingship (Jeffreys, 1935 and
Onwuejeogwu, 1981). The authority of the Eze (King) of Nri, widely
acknowledged in traditional lgboland, led to the establishment of the Nri
theocratic hegemony, stretching from beyond Agbor, west of the Niger, to east of
Okigwe on the eastern side of the Niger and to Owerri. Eze Nri had control over
the Ozo and Eze titles and all rituals of abrogation or enactment of taboos,
cleansing of abomination, and so on. While it lacked militarism, the Nri was
widely acknowledged as a craft industrial centre. Ethnically, the people of the
state are lgbos, who are widely known to be very resourceful, hardworking,
sociable, friendly, accommodating, peace loving, and law abiding. They are
highly enterprising and are reputed for their business acumen. Skilled
manpower resources are readily available in every field of human endeavour.
The language of the people is lgbo, but English is widely spoken.
5.4.3.2 Economy
Majority of the people of the state are farmers. The State is blessed with suitable
ecological and climatic conditions. It is therefore possible to produce various
agricultural products including yam, cassava, soya bean, cocoyam, maize, rice,
palm produce, and others. The States rich agricultural endowment is reflected in
12
October 2012
its capacity to produce cash crops like palm produce, and cashew. Anambra State
is blessed with strategic minerals.
5.4.3.3 Demography
Anambra State occupies a total land area of 4,416 square kilometres and based on
the 2006 national population headcount, the state has a population of about
4,184,032 people resulting in a density of 937/sq km; one of the highest in
Nigeria. Naturally, the state harbours both her indigenes and those of other parts
of Nigeria as well as sizeable numbers of people from such other West African
countries as Benin Republic, Togo, Ghana, Niger, Mali and Sudan. Table 5.4
shows the population distribution according to LGAs which is also represented
in the bar chart of Fig. 5.2.
Table 5.3: Population Distribution of Anambra State
LGA
Males
Anambra West
Ayamelum
Awka North
Anambra East
Oyi
Dunukofia
Njikoka
Awka South
Orumba
Anaocha
Idemili North
Onitsha North
Onitsha South
Ogbaru
Idemili South
Nnewi North
Ekwusigo
Ihiala
Nnewi South
88253
81287
59128
77804
88023
50731
76158
97815
89559
147998
225288
63304
72204
117975
108990
79962
82210
156019
121862
Females Both sexes

79163
77123
53480
75527
80006
45651
72307
91234
82846
137004
205495
61638
64458
103904
98693
77607
76021
146139
111796
167416
158410
112608
153331
168029
96382
148465
189049
172405
285002
430783
124942
136662
221879
207683
157569
158231
302158
233658
13
October 2012
2174641 2007391
4182032
Source: NPC (2006).
233,658
158,231
Ekwusigo
302,158
157,569
207,683
Nweli North
136,662
Onitsha South
Idemili South
124,942
172,405
189,049
148,465
168,029
Oyi
96,382
153,331
Anambra East
150000
112,608
158,410
200000
Ayamelum
250000
167,416
300000
Anambra west
350000
Onitsha North
285,002
400000
221,879
450000
Ogbaru
430,783
POPULATION CHART OF LOCAL

GOVERNMENTS IN ANAMBRA STATE
100000
50000
Nweli South
Ihiala
Idemili North
Anaocha
Orumba
Awka South
Njikoka
Dunukofia
Awka North
Fig.5.2: Population Distribution of Anambra State

5.4.3.4 Livelihood Profile
The primary engagement of the majority of Anambra people, like most other
states in Nigeria, is agriculture, followed by civil service, then commerce,
artisanship and industrial jobs. The diverse vegetation and soil types prevailing
in the state encourages the practice of a variety of agricultural activities like crop
farming, forestry, fishery and animal husbandry. Some of the crops include palm
produce, cashew, maize, cassava, yam, rice and melon. Table 5.4 shows the crop
types, their location and their industrial uses. Like a typical Igbo state,
commercial activities are ubiquitous in all nooks and cranny of the state, varying
from petty trading to large scale distribution businesses in commodities and
agricultural produce.
14
October 2012
Table 5.4: Common Crops in the State and their Uses

S/No
Locations (I.g.as)
Possible project
1.
2.
Agricultural
resources
Rice
Cassava
Otuocha, Achalla, and Ogbaru

All over the state
3.
Cashew
Umunze and Ufuma.
4.
Castor seed
Otuocha, Nzam, and Idemili
5.
Palm Produce
All over the state
6.
7.
Yam
Maize
All over the state

All over the state
8.
Tomatoes
All over the state.
Rice milling
Gari
processing,
industrial starch, cassava
flour,
cassava
chips,
ethanol
Cashew juice, cashew nut
& nut oil processing
Castor oil processing for
industrial uses
Palm oil processing,
vegetable
oil,
palm
kernel oil processing for
industrial uses
Yam flour processing
Maize gritz and flour
processing
Tomatoes juice & paste
production industry.
Source: CPGL Energy Survey 2012 / Anambra State Ministry of Agriculture

The government at various levels is the highest employer of labour both those in
formal employments and those on one form of casual engagement or the other. A
few more people are employed by the few industries in the state.
A number of artisans (Masons, Welders, Mechanics, Plumbers, etc.) abound in
the state. However, some of these classes of workers still practice farming as
secondary occupation.
The Host L.G.A.
Ihiala L.G.A is a fast growing area which is predominantly rural community
based and harbours a population of 302,308 inhabitants by 2006 census. The level
of social infrastructure in Ihiala and environs can be best described as average.
Modern amenities such as pipe-borne water and electricity are averagely
provided. With the teeming population, there is need for improvement on these
amenities. A good number of standard hotels and guest houses also exist in the
town and its vicinity.
15
October 2012
The need for infrastructural growth is recognised by both the state and Federal
government. Courtesy of Niger Delta Power Holding Company (NDPHC) a new
132/33 KV substation is slated for construction at Ihiala to boost power supply.
This may provide partial evacuation point for the proposed Century IPP plant.
As a typical rural setting, the major source of lively hood is farming. However a
few people are engaged in civil service, artisan trades (Mason, Carpentry,
Welding e.t.c.), cottage industries (cassava and grains processing), and
employment by commercial and industrial establishments as well as commerce.
The Host Community and others

The Okija people where the project is situated, share in the Igbo heritage and are
therefore very hardworking, friendly and hospitable. Going by the demographic
definition of an urban centre as an agglomeration of 20,000 or more inhabitants,
there are thirty-eight urban centres in the state, which has a total population of
1,685,534, giving a level of urbanization of sixty percent. Twenty one of the
thirty-eight urban centres in the region are almost bounded by the major urban
centres, Onitsha, Nnewi, Awka, and Otuocha. In this region, rapidly expanding
urban and rural settlements have merged, forming a conurbation area covering
over 1,075 km, in which one passes imperceptibly from one city to another.
The immediate host community is Ubahu Okija, which is one of the 30 villages
that make up Okija community in Ihiala Local government Area of Anambra
state. As an Igbo speaking community, they share the same historical origin with
the rest of the Igbo race, who are descendants of the Nri dynasty.
Vulnerable or Marginalized Groups

By definition, a group of people is regarded as vulnerable when by virtue of
gender, ethnicity, age; physical or mental disability, economic disadvantage or
16
October 2012
social status may be more adversely affected by a project than others, and who
may be constrained in their ability to take advantage of a project developmental
benefits. Therefore, typical Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) initiatives are
designed to favour these groups as much as practicable. In the particular case of
the CPGL 495MW IPP Project, the socio-economic team discovered women,
children, disabled people, the elderly and to some extent, the peasant farmers are
the most vulnerable. This classification is more by virtue of their restrained
opportunity to participate in decision making processes within the traditional
governance structure than strict economic deprivation. As a typical African
Community, the people practice the extended family system whereby even the
mentally challenged receives some form of care by his /her immediate relatives.
Furthermore, even the peasant farmers must have adjusted to the project landtake which was executed by the promoters of Century Power Generation Ltd.
over five years ago. It follows therefore, that the above listed groups are
classified as vulnerable partly because of their poor economic base and partly
because of their restricted opportunity to benefit from such CSR initiatives as
employment skill training and scholarships. Mitigation measures against adverse
economic impacts must of necessity consider these groups. In the particular case
of women, both the traditional setting and religion dont seem to favour female
empowerment. This culture excludes women in most decision making processes
which makes them vulnerable to adverse socio-economic impacts. The study
team discovered that this trend is gradually changing for the better.
COMMUNITY STUDIES
After renaissance surveys, ground truthing and key informant interviews, the
socio-economic team scoped the community studies as follows:
-
Study the Okija Ancestral Kingdom as a single entity representative of the

federating communities
Identify settlements in the immediate vicinity of the project site namely,

Ubahu, Ugwucheleku, Umuogu, etc. for more studies if necessary.
17
October 2012
Identify potential social conflicts and make recommendations for a

structured solution.
Merge all the responses to the socio-economic questionnaire and analyse

the results as if obtained from one entity.
Okija Ancestral Kingdom

Okija is the largest town in Ihiala L.G.A. of Anambra State and it is made up of
30 villages. The affected villages are Ubahu village in Okija. Okija is the host
town to The Century Power Generation IPP project. It has limited basic amenities
mostly provided by self- help efforts. Virtually all the villages have electricity
from the utility courtesy of State, LGA or community effort, but power
availability is poor and is limited to an average supply of 2 days in a week,
power supply in a 24-hour period is limited to approximately 3 to 4 hours.
Religion and Beliefs
Two dominant religions are well represented in Okija, however Christianity
ranks higher. Traditional religionists and close cultural affinities of the villages
have continued to bring the Okijas together. The shrines and deities identified in
the community are Ulasi Okija located at Ubahu village and Ogwugwu mmili
located at Umuohi village. The forest around the Ogwugwu shrine is called the
Ogwugwu forest and is regarded as evil forest. Ogwugwu Akpu is another forest
reserve in the community. Some water bodies which are traditionally linked to
one deity or the order include:
1) Ulasi river
2) Ogwugwu Oji stream
3) Okpu Obi mma stream
4) Owere nda obi stream
5) Oso onye ebunuka stream
6) Oso ite stream
18
October 2012
It is forbidden to fish in Ulasi River. In Owere nda Obi stream, it is forbidden for
a woman in menstruation to fetch water in the stream. Women in such condition
who wish to fetch water from the stream are required to come to the stream with
palm kernel and keep it in a place in order to indicate to anyone that she is
menstruating. The person will then collect her utensil and fetch the water for her.
These beliefs may breed social tension if migrant workers flux into the village as
a result of a new project.
Apart from the shrines and deities, no archeological sites or items of interest
were identified in the community.
Traditional Heritage
The Host communities in particular have their sets of cultural heritage revolving
around serene natural amenities including traditional religion and amenities that
bring the people together very often. Prominent among the major annual
festivals are the New Yam Festival and others marking the beginning and end of
the planting season . These are itemised below.
1) Ili Ji (New yam festival)
celebrated every September
2) Otutu Ulasi
June/July
3) Asara ngwu
4) Ilo muo
,,
August
Various social clubs identified in the community include

1) Okija city Club
2) Okija Social Club
3) Okija Star Club
The shrines represent various gods and goddesses that are worshipped and
offered sacrifices as applicable. The duration of worship ranges from daily to
19
October 2012
quarterly or as occasion demands. Festival days are designed to bring people

together far and near and with a view to foster existing harmony. The main
activities are primarily socials.
An analysis of the social survey for the EIA study shows that the item(s) for
sacrifice is a function of the particular god/goddesses and the reason for the
worshipping. Agricultural produce include palm oil, palm wine, yams, plantain
and local gins, common domestic animals also include, rams, goats and
hens/cocks. In view of the increasing rate of accepting other religions, especially
Christianity of all denominations however, followership has been on the
decrease in recent times.
Traditional administration is implemented through the Age Grade system, the
Igwe and his cabinet. Since the demise of the last Igwe, no new one has been
installed due to lack of a consensus candidate. In consequence, the traditional
Prime Minister, The Obi Onowu of Okija, stands in as the Igwe. He is assisted by
other chiefs and the OTU NWE OBODO age grade.
Transportation
The means of transportation is mainly by road. The project site is accessible
direct form the Onitsha Owerri express way (Plate5.2) The area also enjoys a
good network of rural roads. Okija in particular has a road network that links all
the villages. One of them is tarred and maintained by the proponent while the
others are maintained by the state and LGA. Human and material movement
using Lorries, buses, cars and motorcycles are very common.
Traffic counts were undertaken on the road for three days of the week during the
first season study of the EIA. The results indicate that motorcycles are mostly
used, followed by commercial buses, lorries (conveying building materials
especially earth dugs) while cars are the least used on the rural roads.
20
October 2012
Peak periods are usually in the early morning (between 6.30am and 7.30am) and
in evenings (between 4.00p.m and 6.00p.m). These two peak periods represent
when people go to work/farm and when they return to their homes. It is also
observed that there are more vehicular movement on traditional market days.
Plate 5.2 Project site showing direct access form the express road
Education
Among educational institutions found in the LGA are 61 public primary schools, 25
Secondary Schools, one Teachers College, two privately owned universities and
one Seminary owned by the Catholic Church. The figures exclude the privately
owned nursery, primary and secondary establishments which are now on rapid
increase. In Okija alone, there are various educational institutions ranging from
nursery, primary, secondary and tertiary institution. There are about 30 primary
schools located in all the villages. There are also about 8 private secondary
schools and 2 government schools, namely;
1) Okija community Secondary School
2) Union Secondary School
21
October 2012
the two private tertiary institutions are:

1)
Madonna University
2)
Atlantic University
The literacy level in the community is considered to be above average as it is

estimated that about 10% of the population do not have any formal education
and this is mostly elderly people, about 20% have only primary school education,
45% are secondary school leavers while 20% are graduates at various tertiary
institutions and is mostly among the younger generation.
Sources of Energy and Other Products
Petroleum products are mostly the main means of energy for cooking and
associated activities. Filling stations of major and independent marketers are also
located within Okija town. One of these is located at the Okija Junction motor
park as at the period of the first fieldwork.
Occupation and Industry
Traditionally, the Okija people are into agriculture and trading. Some few others
are into palm wine tapping, cottage industries and Artisanship. Main crops
identified include cassava, maize, yam, cocoyam, melon, vegetable, banana, oilpalm and fruits. A few are in the employment of government civil service while
some are employees of private companies especially in the hospitality sector and
construction.
The result of the survey of the first season fieldwork shows that majority of the
sampled population depends on farming as their primary occupation, and
trading as the secondary. Only 1% of the respondents are civil servants
A few observations regarding the occupational study and chart detailed below
may be in order. (i) the unemployed youths are not necessarily jobless; some
22
October 2012
have acquired artisan training, some are petty traders, contractors, political
jobbers while almost all follow their parents to the farm in a typical peasant
settlement. (ii) Farming is the basic occupation of an average native. However,
both farmland and personnel are depleting and it is only a matter of time for this
age long practice to disappear. (iii) Civil servants include teachers in private
schools and even Doctors/nurses in private hospitals. (iv) Hunting, sand mining,
etc. are typically secondary occupation.
OCCUPATIONAL CHART
3%
Unemployment
15%
2%
40%
5%
Farming
Artisanship
Hunting
20%
Company work
15%
Civil Service
Sand Digging
Fig 5.3 Occupational Distribution around the project area.

A reasonable percentage of those interviewed would want to register as
contractors to the CPGL. The communities also wish that specific quota be given
to the indigenes in its recruitment programmes so as to justify their being the
host and benefit from its dividends.
Infrastructural Development
Most of the Okija community roads are tarred through state, LGA and
community efforts. The Okija-Oguta- Egbema road is also tarred and provides an
alternative route to Imo state, especially the oil rich Egbema. It is noted that the
23
October 2012
fuel gas for the CPGL power plant will come from the Oguta, Egbema axis.
Portable water is obtained from private bore holes. Though a few inhabitants
patronize the streams mostly for domestic use, the survey shows that most
people drink the commercial sachet water.
Electricity is being supplied by PHCN and individuals who can afford the use of
generators to generate their own power. There is a post office in the community
and the GSM telecommunication facilities of various networks are available in
the area.
Plate 5.3. Road Side Market at Okija Junction, Near the Project Site.
Civil Service / Company Employment
An estimated 15% of the people living in the communities around the project
area are on paid employment either by the Local Government or the few
24
October 2012
companies in the area Industries and companies identified in the community

include;
1) Okija Amaka Industries Tooth pick/ Toilet roll industry
2) Jaguar Industries- Motor Spare parts
3) HAMMAKKOP Construction Company
Various Hotels and guest houses were also identified in the town and they
include Malus guest house and Pipeline guest house. Bank PHB is the only
commercial bank found in the area in addition to Okija Microfinance bank.
Income Level
The income level is rather low due to the fact that most people are peasant
farmers. Also an estimated 40% of the youths are not gainfully employed and are
not in any form of school for career development. Most of the aged are poor,
except those whose children are in the city, who send money home. Some of the
women are successful traders while most are house wives. The average house
hold income is estimated as naira 5000 per month. CPGL foresees a restive
environment in the future if the low income level is not addressed. This will
inform the CSR policy objective.
Community Health
There are several health facilities identified in the area. The most prominent
among them is the Okija general Hospital. There are about eight (8nos) Health
Centers. Private Hospitals, Clinics and Maternity Homes are also available. The
most common ailment found in the area include, malaria, typhoid, rheumatism,
high blood pressure, diabetes, measles etc. there has been few cases of HIV and
AIDS in area.
The toilet facility predominantly used in the community is the pit toilet by about
60% of the population while about 25% install the water closet system. Other
methods which include the use of the bush are deployed by about 15% of the
population. Solid waste disposal is by burning and dumping in an erosion pit or
nearby bush.
25
October 2012
5.6 Community Perception and Environmental Concerns

The level of awareness by the stakeholders on environmental issues is high.
From the series of consultations it is a common knowledge in the area that
industrial project is synonymous with opportunities for social and infrastructural
development.
None of the people interviewed was against the project. Most respondents are of
the view that given the philanthropic disposition of the proponent, they are
convinces that the community will benefit immensely from the proposed project.
Some more enlightened folks pleaded with the EIA team to ensure that adequate
mitigation measures are put in place to forestall all negative impacts to the
community.
It is noted that they would
Witness land loss and the crops and other resources there-in
Enjoy community-assisted development projects from the Century IPP;
Experience higher frequencies of vehicles
Air quality problems would result
Some social dislocation of community members, abandonment of

traditional occupations by youths in search of company paid employment,
Strives between sister and neighbouring communities who have hitherto

been living peacefully together.
Public Consultation Programme

5.6.1 Objectives of Consultation
Consultation in environmental perspective according to Lee and Wood (1995),
Nwafor (2006) can be defined as the process of asking for information about the
environmental implication of projects, subject to EIA process, from designated
26
October 2012
bodies, organizations or persons with environmental responsibilities or interests.

This is because appropriate and adequate consultations will ensure smooth
project implementation and guarantee economic and commercial sustainability
of the proposed project. It involves information dissemination and interaction/
dialogues with the affected communities and other stakeholders on the EIA of
the proposed project. Interaction with people and eliciting feedback allows the
affected populations to influence the decision-making process by raising issues
that should be considered in project design, mitigation, monitoring and
management plans; and the analysis of alternatives.
Such consultations allow for effective discussion, dialogue and agreements

amongst all parties interested in or are to be affected by a proposed project. The
overall result would be the optimization of the potentials of the proposed project
and maximization of its benefits. Furthermore, it ensures that any fear or
apprehension about the nature, scale and impact of the project shall be addressed
fully; hence eliminating costly delays.
Levels of Consultation
There are two broad levels of consultation in an EIA process:
Institutional Consultation: This level of consultation is intended to show

how regulatory authorities such as FMEnv. participate in the assessments and
how the proposed project activities conform to the requisite statutory
regulations.
Public Involvement: This level of consultation is intended to show the input

of recognized interest groups, Non-Governmental Organisations and the local
community in the project area to the EIA study.
Consultation Process
27
October 2012
Stakeholders
The primary stakeholders are the major settlers around the project area, which
includes Ubahu village in Okija, and other communities maintaining a border
with Ubahu. The secondary impact stakeholders are the Ihiala L.G.A., which is
responsible for the welfare of the affected communities, and the environmental
NGOs all over the country.
Institutional Consultation
The primary regulatory authorities are FMEnv while the secondary authorities
are the Anambra state Ministry of Environment and Ihiala Local Government
Authority is at the tertiary level. All these bodies were informed of the EIA
studies as appropriate.
Public Involvement
The public especially those affected by the proposed project are entitled to
participate in the consultation process. The preliminary phase of consultation
was carried out during initial contacts made by CPGL supervisors and during
reconnaissance visits to the proposed project site by EIA consultants, prior to
fieldwork for the EIA baseline data gathering exercise.
Several pre-entry consultations meetings and focus group discussions were

held with appropriate stakeholders as follows:
o Stakeholder Consultation Meeting with Host Community: 10th - 12th
September 2011
The host community was identified as the Ubahu village. Pre-entry
consultations were held with the Executive Councils, Elders and Youths of
the host Ubahu Community between 10th and 12th September 2011.
During these periods discussions and consultations enabled the
28
October 2012
stakeholders to be informed of the intent of the proponent and a collection

of the views of the people about the proposed project.
5.7 Responses to the Survey Questionnaire

The major objective of this statistical procedure is to correlate the response with
the results of the FDGs, the renaissance surveys and key informant interviews.
For instance:
Educational Attainment of Respondents
Fig. 5.5 shows the bar chart of the educational level of the respondents. A
majority of them attended primary school followed by secondary school and
then tertiary. The chart explains the fact that there are two tertiary institutions in
Okija. The direct consequence of that is that most graduates of tertiary
institutions are at home while others are in the cities doing white collar jobs. A
few such graduates who responded to the survey, work at the LGA office, the
few industries or teach in the secondary schools. Also as a result of various
educational policies dating back to the first republic when primary school
education was made free, most of the village respondents attended primary
school.
29
October 2012
EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT
45%
40%
35%
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
Fig. 5.5 Educational Attainment
Age Of Respondents
The pie chart of Fig 5.5 depicts the age distribution of the respondents in
percentage. The chart is more representative of the visible population depending
on the time of day and location. Younger population are predominant around
the LGA office and construction sites while the more elderly are visible in the
evenings around the village square and Churches. However virtually all age
groups are covered.
30
October 2012
AGES OF RESPONDENTS
20-35 yrs
(30%)
Above 55 yrs
(40%)
46-55 years
(20%)
36-45 yrs
(10%)
Fig. 5.5 Age of Respondents

-
Sex And Marital Status Of Respondents
Fig. 5.7 shows clearly that more males were approached with the questionnaire
than females. This has to do with visibility; otherwise the official demographic
figure presents more females than males. However, the females hardly move
with their male counterparts especially among the youths due to cultural
persuasions which is more relevant in the village. Same goes with Fig 5.6 which
shows the marital status of respondents. It simply shows that more matured
people were more eager to respond than the younger ones who did not have
much patience. Awareness of ESIA procedures could also have informed the
participation of mostly married persons who hope to benefit from any of the
socio-economic mitigation measures.
31
October 2012
MARITAL STATUS
85%
100%
80%
60%
40%
15%
20%
0%
Fig 5.6: Marital Status of Respondents
SEX OF RESPONDENTS
30%
25%
20%
15%
10%
5%
0%
Fig. 5.7: Sex of Respondents
Religion of Respondents
On the whole, the people of the area are predominantly Christians, as shown in
Fig 5.8, though the relative numbers may vary from village to village.
32
October 2012
RELIGION OF
RESPONDENTS
15%
5%
Christian
Traditional
80%
Islamic
Fig. 5.8 Religion of Respondents

-
Awareness about the Project and ESIA
A substantial number of the respondents seem aware of the new power plant
especially around Ubahu and Umuohi settlements along the express way.
However, these groups of respondents are aware of ESIA procedures as it
concerns socio-economic baseline data gathering and were eager to fill the
questionnaire. Fig 5.9 shows a representative response about the level of
awareness of the project and the ESIA.
33
October 2012
AWARENESS OF THE
IPP POWER PROJECT
80%
80%
60%
40%
15%
20%
5%
0%
Yes
No
Neutral
Fig 5.9 Awareness of the project

-
Desirability of the Project
Majority of the respondents saw the project as a positive development for

various reasons. For instance, a trader Mr. Okafor, who sells household wares
and confectionaries at the Okija Junction road side market is excited about the
project because business will boom during construction. His shop situated at
the junction market, daily market along the Onitsha- Owerri express way will
benefit from the influx of workers at a site located just about 2 kilometers away.
Another respondent who supplies sand for construction was also excited for
obvious reasons. Beyond these two, others see the project as a source of constant
power supply; some others see the employment opportunities etc. A few, who
appear very enlightened, raised issues regarding air pollution, noise and
biodiversity displacement. The socio-economic team allayed their fears on the
level of pollutants and promised an environmentally friendly project. On
biodiversity displacement, the team assured them that wildlife will change
location. More importantly their farmlands are safe not even when farmlands are
3 kilometres away. On the whole, majority opinion is that the project is desirable
34
October 2012
as depicted in Fig 5.10. However, the issue of employment for locals and pipe
borne water were re-echoed by most respondents.
RESPONSE ON THE
DESIRABILITY OF THE PROJECT
80%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
15%
5%
Fig 5.10 Response on desirability of project
Health Impact Assessment Survey

From the physical survey, the people appear to enjoy health of mind and body.
HIV prevalence was put at about 1.-1.5% by the state ministry of Health which is
below the Nigerian average of 3.6% (World Bank fact book 2011). The survey had
a long list of health symptoms and asked the respondents if they ever
experienced such. Then on another list of diseases they were asked if they have
suffered or are suffering from any of them. The response of `Yes, No and I
dont know are presented in Fig 11 and Fig 12.
Common Health Symptoms

The survey shows headache and heartburn as the most predominant symptoms
followed by coughing, blurred vision and stuffy nose in that order (Fig 5.11).
This situation is somehow unofficially corroborated by the chemists (medicine
sellers) around the area who confirmed that the most sought for drugs are
35
October 2012
analgesics, antibiotics and cough syrups for children. In a traditional society,
HEALTH SYMPTOMS
most people will resort to traditional treatment for cough.
Tiredness/Fatigue
Stuffy or runny nose
Headache
Sinus Congestion
Heartburn
Dry or Sore Throat
Dizziness
Irritation of Eyes
Coughing
Blurred Vision
Hearing Problem
I dont know
No
Yes
10
20
30
40
RESPONSE IN (%)
Fig 5.11: Health Symptoms

Prevalent Sickness
From the survey, the most prevalent sicknesses are malaria, cholera, diarrhoea,
Dysentery, Rheumatism, Typhoid fever etc. in that order (Fig 5.12) Information is
also gathered from the General Hospital and other health facilities. A key
informant interviewee who is a health personnel seems to corroborate the result
of the survey. Malaria is attributed to mosquito breeding spots in the area like
broken pots and bushes. The other infectious diseases like dysentery, cholera etc
are attributed to poor sanitation and limited source of clean water. Some people
obtain drinking water from the stream where bathing takes place. Cholera is
prevalent in children, according to the health personnel, some respondent may
have answered for their children.
36
October 2012
Diarrhea
Dysentery
HEALTH PROBLEMS
Cholera
Chicken Pox
Measles
Neutral
Rheumatism
No
Yes
Asthma
Cough
Typhoid Fever
Malaria
0
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
RESPONSE IN (%)
Fig 5.12 Prevalent Health Problems
Perceived Health Risk of the Proposed Project
Majority of the respondents do not see any health risk posed by the 495MW
CPGL Power plant because it is isolated from where they live. The enlightened
ones would rather the ESIA process determine their level of exposure and inform
them accordingly. A respondent who retired from PHCN claimed he worked at
the Ughelli gas plant for 25 years without any health problem. He wanted to
know if it is a similar technology that is being proposed for CPGL. When the
answer was yes, he concluded there was no health risk!.
Fig 5.13 shows the
respondents distribution according to their conviction on the potential health

risk of the proposed project. More of these will be discussed in chapter 8 on
Stakeholder Engagement and Disclosure.
37
October 2012
RESPONSE TO HEALTH
RISK
85%
90%
80%
70%
60%
50%
40%
30%
20%
10%
0%
10%
Yes
5%
No
Neutral
Fig 5.13 Reponse on Health Risk
38
October 2012
CHAPTER SIX
ASSOCIATED AND POTENTIAL

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
CHAPTER SIX
ASSOCIATED AND POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
INTRODUCTION
This chapter focuses on the assessment of potential environmental impacts
associated with the 495MW CPGL IPP project.
The technical literature is inundated with several methods for assessing
environmental impacts. However, there is no universal methodology, which can
be applied to all project types in all environmental settings (UNEP, 1996). UNEP
(1996) also emphasizes the need to use tools from existing methodologies that
best suit the specific project situation.
In this section of the report, a succinct description of the impact assessment
methods used for this project, as well as the results emanating from the
application of the selected methods and a summary of the residual impacts is
presented.
Project and Associated Activities

The following activities are associated with the construction, operation and
decommissioning of the Project:
Construction
Awarding of the contract;
Surveying of the site;
Site clearing;
Construction of access roads;
Soil Excavation/Piling
Assembly of heavy machinery and equipment;
Foundation construction /Concrete slabs and columns
Bulldozing, grading and compaction of soil;
2 October 2012
Construction of Plant house, Control room, Administrative and workshop

blocks
Disposal of vegetation and excavation spoils;
Erection of the plant Machinery and equipment
Soil excavation and Landscaping
Borehole drilling and completion.
Gas Pipe construction /Fuel equipment installation.
Preparation of ducts and cabling.
Operation
Operation of equipment and plant;
Drawing of borehole water for use within the process;
Routine maintenance of equipment and plant; and
Emergency Response
Security of facilities.
Waste Disposal
Environmental Audit and Stakeholder Consultation.
Decommissioning
Staff Demobilization and Retraining.
Tender process and awarding of contract for decommissioning and

demolition;
Removal and disposal of hazardous materials;
Disassembling equipment and plant;
Removal of piping, cabling, storage facilities and reusable components;
Demolition of buildings and breaking up for removal; or Donation to new
user.
Site leveling and filling/Restoration
3 October 2012
Biophysical and Socio-economic Indicators

The primary biophysical indicators for this impact assessment are the following:
Climate and meteorology;
Air quality;
Noise levels;
Groundwater;
Geology and geomorphology;
Soils and soil erosion;
Drainage patterns and flooding;
Unique physical features; and
Vegetation including economic trees and crops.
The primary socio-economic indicators for this impact assessment are the
following:
Land use / Land take
Employment and income;
Community population and ethnicity;
Community relations; and
Services (e.g. water and electricity supply).
Objectives of the Impact Assessment
The objectives of an ESIA are among others,
(a)
To identify potential environmental and social impacts that may occur

from the construction and operation of the project
(b)
To predict and evaluate the significance and magnitude of impact and

recommend realistic and cost effective mitigation measures and suggest
alternatives and best possible options
(c)
To incorporate the results of the ESIA into the project design and every
stage of the decision making process
4 October 2012
The assessment of project impacts and their significance in an ESIA study is

required both for the environmental management of the project and to
communicate project information to stakeholders. These requirements are best
addressed in two ways.
Activity led assessment of impacts and development of mitigation

measures: This is often suitable for the implementation of management
actions. For example, a company will want to understand what all the noisy
activities are, and their impacts, in the context of implementing noise control
mechanisms.
Resource/receptor or key issues led assessment of impacts and development of

mitigation measures: This approach is often more suitable for stakeholders. For
example, environmental regulators may require that all impacts on biodiversity
be discussed together.
ASSESSMENT METHODOLGY
Impact Identification and Screening
In line with widely recommended impact assessment approaches (FMEnv, 1995;
UNEP, 1996; Canter, 1996; DPR 2002, Lohani et al., 1997) the first level of impact
assessment involves the preliminary identification and screening of potential
environmental impacts from anticipated activity-environment interactions based
on an understanding of the activities and the nature of interaction with
environmental components. A modified Leopold matrix (Leopold, 1971) is then
used for the identification and screening. The matrix arrays project activities
against environmental (biophysical, socio-economic and health) components,
and supports a methodical, comprehensive, and objective identification of the
impacts each project activity may have on each biophysical, socioeconomic and
health component.
5 October 2012
Impact identification is based on Wathern (1988), who defines an impact as

having both spatial and temporal components and can be described as the
change in an environmental parameter over a specified period within a defined
area, resulting from a particular activity compared with the situation which
would have occurred had the activity not been initiated. The rationale for
assessing the likely impacts of the proposed project is based on the following
considerations:
Knowledge of the project activities, equipment types, construction methods

and operational procedures
Results of literature search on the baseline condition of the project area
Findings of other ESIA studies on similar projects
Reference to FMEnv/DPR/UNEP/WHO/WB guidelines and standards as

appropriate
Experts group discussions and presentations
Previous experience on other projects
To further guide the identification and screening of impacts using the matrix,
established environmental impact indicators or indices are developed for each of
the environmental interaction categories. Impact indicators are the observable or
measurable parameters of each environmental component that can be directly or
indirectly linked to changes in environmental conditions. The source of probable
impacts and the summary of related activities from the various phases/stages of
project development, project operation and maintenance and decommissioning
and abandonment were identified and outlined in Table 6.1.
The various
specific components of the project environment likely to be impacted by each of

the project phases are presented in Table 6.2 while Table 6.3 presents a
description of the indicators.
6 October 2012
Table 6.1: Phases of Project Development Activities and Sources of Impact

Phases
Site Preparation:
(Site Clearing and
Filling)
Foundation
Construction
Activities
Onsite construction
and installation
activities
Commissioning,
production
operations and
maintenance
Activities
workers
Physical site clearing and leveling
Sand filling
and handling
Digging/Excavation: Reinforcement
of bases for equipment/facilities.
Piling
and handling
workers
Installation of Power Plant facilities
Construction of Plant/Substation
and handling
workers
Commissioning and start-up
Maintenance activities
Decommissioning
Wastes and emissions handling

Wind down operations
Removal of installed facilities
workers
Remediation and restoration
activities
7 October 2012
Potential Impact
Noise pollution
Accidents
Accumulation of
debris
Loss of vegetation
Air pollution
Ecological
Displacement
Displacement of
Fauna. Noise
Pollution
Air pollution
Accidents
Sudden increase in
human population
Noise pollution
Noise pollution
Accident from metal
scraps
Risk of vehicular
accidents
Noise pollution,
Availability of
power,
Employment.
Contamination from
spent oil.
Air quality
Loss of jobs
Noise pollution
Risk of accidents
Ecological
reclamation
Table 6.2: Activity-Environment Interaction Categories and Environmental and

Socio-Economic Components
Environment
Environmental and Health Components
Biophysical
Geo characteristics geology, soil, topography,

geomorphology
Vegetation
Wildlife
Inland water resources
Ground water resources
Hydrobiology
Air quality
Vibration and noise
Socio-economic
Population
Social and cultural structure
Cultural/archaeological resources
Security
Infrastructure
Transportation
Macro and micro-economy
8 October 2012
Table 6.3: Environmental, Socio-economic and Health Components and their

Impact Indicators
Environmental
Components
Impact Indicators
Biophysical
Terrestrial
Geology
Soil
Vegetation
Changes to geology, geomorphology, topography

Changes to physical and chemical properties and soil ecology
Changes to vegetation population, health, species abundance
and diversity and impact on endangered and economic species
Wildlife
Changes to wildlife assemblages, threat to endangered/
endemic/medicinal/economic species, food chain effects
Surface Water
Changes to water quality indices, (Physico-chemical properties,
hydrocarbons, metals and hydrobiology)
Introduction of exotic species, destruction of habitats,
abundance, diversity, endangered species
Sediments
River/waterbed morphology, physical and chemical
properties, benthic organisms.
Groundwater
Contamination of shallow or deep groundwater resources,
depletion of ground water resources
Air
NOx, SOx PM, CO, VOC, Green house gases, Ozone
Vibration and Noise
Measured increases in noise or vibration levels
Aesthetics
Physical presence of facilities
Hydrobiology
and Changes to water quality indices (Physico-chemical properties,
Wildlife
hydrocarbons, metals, productivity, plankton abundance and
diversity, recipient water regulatory limits, impact on fish and
faunal diversity and abundance, effect on juveniles and
endangered species, migratory patterns and food chain
impacts)
Socio- Economic
Population
Changes in population indices Total population, gender
ratio, age distribution
Infrastructure
Improvement or pressure on existing urban/rural
infrastructure including waste handling facilities
Social and Cultural
Impact on local authority and governance structure; increase
structure
in negative social vices (prostitution, crime); intra and inter
ethnic clashes;
Cultural and
Impact on shrines, burial grounds; loss of archaeological
archaeological resources resources
Transportation
Effects of increase in different types of transportation
Macro
and
micro Improvement or negative impact on macro and micro
economy
economy, employment, standard of living, occupation
changes
9 October 2012
Definitions of Impacts
An impact is a change (which can be positive or negative) that occurs as a
consequence of an activity. Table 6.4 describes the various types of impact that
may arise, and the terms used in this report.
In addition to the different types of impact, it is worth also providing brief
generic descriptions of what is impacted.
Resources are those elements of the biophysical environment and social
systems that are essential to, or of value to, the functioning of such natural or
human systems. These include areas or elements of ecology, landscape,
agricultural value; soil; air; water; and vegetation.
Receptors are people as users of dwellings, users of places of recreation and
users of places of employment and community facilities, together with
individual species and groups of flora and fauna.
Evaluation of the Degree of Impacts

When an impact was confirmed as real, it was further evaluated to determine the
degree of concern associated with the impact. This was assessed in term of the
following:
Magnitude refers to the percentage of a resource or population that may

be affected and is classified as Low, Moderate and High
Direction refers to the type of impact, e.g. positive, negative or neutral
Duration refers to the time that is estimated for a population or resource

to recover from the impact, e.g. short term , medium term and long term
Frequency refers to the number of times an activity is estimated to occur

over the lifetime of the project and can be defined as once, intermittent
and continuous
10
October 2012
Table 6.4: Describing Environmental Impacts

DIRECT IMPACTS
Primary: Impacts that result from a direct interaction between an activity/aspect
and the receiving environment (e.g. between an effluent discharge and receiving
water quality).
Secondary: Impacts that follow on from the primary interactions between the
project and its environment as a result of subsequent interactions within the
environment (e.g. loss of part of a habitat affects the viability of a species
population over a wider area).
INDIRECT IMPACTS
Impacts that result from other developments or activities that are encouraged to
happen as a consequence of the original development (e.g. a new development
stimulates a requirement for improved access).
CUMULATIVE IMPACTS
Impacts that act together with other impacts to affect the same environmental
resource or receptor. Several types can be defined:
Temporal: A series of impacts that occur year in year out, that in themselves are
not important, but build up to the point that they do become important.
Accumulative: The overall effect of different types of impact (e.g. water pollution
and noise) on a single receptor (e.g. sensitive aquatic fauna) where each singly
may not be important, but combined they are.
Additive: Where impacts from the planned activity occur at the same time as
impacts from activities being undertaken by other parties (these may be already
occurring, committed developments for the future or developments that may
happen in the foreseeable future).
Interactive: Where two different types of impact (which may not in themselves
be important) react with each other to create a new impact (that might be
important).
Synergistic: Where two impacts interact together (e.g. changes in air quality with
11
October 2012
respect to two different pollutants) to create an impact that is greater than the
sum of their parts.
Permanent: Impacts that occur once on development of the project and cause a
permanent change in the affected receptor or resource (e.g. the loss of sensitive
aquatic fauna).
Short-term: Impacts that are predicted to last only for a limited period (e.g. land
excavation, digging or backfilling) but will cease on completion of the activity, or
as a result of mitigation measures and natural recovery.
Long-term: Impacts that will continue over an extended period, (e.g. noise from
operation of a development, impacts from operational discharges or emissions).
Local: Impacts that affect locally important environmental resources or are
restricted to a single habitat/biotype, a single (local) administrative area, a single
community.
Regional: Impacts that affect regionally important environmental resources or
are felt at a regional scale as determined by administrative boundaries, habitat
type.
Impact Significance
The adoption of consistent and robust criteria for assessing significance is an
important element of the ESIA process. For the purposes of this ESIA, the
following definition of significance has been adopted:
An impact is significant if, in isolation or in combination with other impacts, it should,
in the judgment of the ESIA team, be taken into account in the decision-making process,
including the identification of mitigation measures (by the Project) and consenting
conditions (from Regulators and Stakeholders).
Assessment of significance is important for two reasons:
To focus the attention of the project team on measures to mitigate a

potential impact during the ESIA process;
12
October 2012
To bring the residual impact to the attention of decision-makers and

stakeholders in the ESIA report.
There are a number of factors that are important in determining the significance
of an impact. These include:
1. The magnitude of the impact (e.g. duration or extent of impact);
2. The sensitivity and value of the resource or receptor affected;
3. Compliance with relevant laws, regulations, standards or Company
policies;
4. Effects on government plans or policies;
5. Views of stakeholders; and
6. Likelihood of the impact occurring.
For this ESIA, four categories of impact significance are applied (Table 6.5). The
criteria takes into account the degree to which impacts can be quantified and
compared with accepted limits and standards or a combination of the magnitude
of change caused by the project in combination with the value/sensitivity of the
receptor/resource that is impacted.
Table 6.5: Categories of Significance
Positive Impacts is where the project activity will lead to an improvement

in the existing state of a resource or receptor. It is noted that concepts of
equity need to be considered in assessing the overall positive nature of
some
impacts
such
as
economic
benefits,
or
opportunities
for
employment.
Negligible Impact is where a resource or receptor will not be affected in

any way by a particular activity or the predicted effect is deemed to be
near imperceptible, or indistinguishable from natural background
variations.
An Impact of Minor Significance (a Minor impact) is one where an
13
October 2012
effect will be experienced, but the impact magnitude is sufficiently small

(with or without mitigation) and well within accepted standards, and/or
the receptor is of low sensitivity/value.
An Impact of Moderate Significance (a Moderate impact) will be within

accepted limits and standards. Moderate impacts may cover a broad
range, from a threshold below which the impact is minor, up to a level
that might be just short of breaching a legal limit. Clearly to design an
activity so that its effects only just avoid breaking a law or have a major
impact is not good practice. The emphasis for moderate impacts is on
demonstrating that the impact has been reduced to a level that is as Low
as Reasonably Practicable (ALARP). This does not necessarily mean that
Moderate impacts have to be reduced to Minor impacts. The cost of
reducing the impact versus the benefit of the reduction is a valid factor in
coming to an eventual decision.
An Impact of Major Significance (a Major impact) is one where an

accepted limit or standard may be exceeded, or large magnitude impacts
occur to highly valued/sensitive resource/receptors. One of the aims of
an EIA is to get to a position where the project does not have any major
residual impacts, certainly not ones that would endure into the long-term
or extend over a large area. However, for some aspects there may be
major residual impacts after all practicable mitigation options have been
exhausted (i.e. ALARP has been applied).
It is then the function of
regulators and stakeholders to weigh up such negative factors against the

positive ones such as employment, in coming to a decision on whether or
not to proceed with the project.
The definitions presented above apply throughout the ESIA. It is however,

necessary to define significance criteria for individual environmental and social
14
October 2012
topics, taking account of the generic definitions presented above. Defining the
significance criteria for individual topics facilitates the process of making the
ESIA transparent. The criteria need to be consistent, so that a moderate impact
with respect to one environmental topic is broadly equivalent to a moderate
impact with respect to another.
Table 6.6: Overall Significance Criteria for Environmental Impacts in the EIA
Low Magnitude Moderate Magnitude High Magnitude
Impact
Impact
Impact
Low value / low sensitivity
receptor or resources,
within standards
Minor
Minor
Moderate
Moderate value / sensitivity

within standards.
Minor
Moderate
Major
Moderate
Major
Major
High value / sensitivity

exceeding standards.
Sensitivity of Resources and Receptors

The significance of an impact of a given magnitude will depend on the sensitivity
of resources and receptors to that impact. For ecological impacts, sensitivity can
be assigned as low, medium or high based on the conservation importance of
habitats and species. For habitats, these are based on naturalness, extent, rarity,
fragility, diversity and importance as a community resource.
For the sensitivity of individual species, Table 6.7 presents the criteria for
deciding on the value or sensitivity of individual species. This approach follows
the guidelines produced by the Energy and Biodiversity Initiative (EBI) (2003)
(2).
15
October 2012
Table 6.7 Species Value / Sensitivity Criteria

Value /
Low
Sensitivity
Criteria
Not protected or listed and
common / abundant; or
not critical to other
ecosystem functions (eg
key prey species to other
species
Medium
High
Not protected or listed but: a

species common globally but
rare in Nigeria; important to
ecosystem functions; or under
threat or population decline.
Specifically protected under

Nigerian legislation and / or
international conventions eg
CITIES. Listed as rare,
threatened or endangered eg
IUCN
For socio-economic impacts, the degree of sensitivity of a receptor is defined as a

stakeholders (or groups of stakeholders) resilience or capacity to cope with sudden
changes or economic shocks. The sensitivity of a resource is based on its quality and
value/importance, for example, by its local, regional, national or international
designation, its importance to the local or wider community, or its economic
value.
Stakeholders may be more sensitive for a variety of reasons and for the purpose
of this scheme the following factors have been considered:
age, gender, race or religion;
land rights and ownership patterns;
income/employment/unemployment;
livelihood (current and extent of livelihood alternatives);
services, e.g. health, amenities (quality and access);
access to, and use of, natural resources including water;
food security and reliance on subsistence farming;
education/skills;
health or disability;
support networks; and
Exclusion or marginalization (e.g. degree of access to resources, services
and formalized rights).
The groups which have been identified as being potentially sensitive in Anambra
State, Nigeria drawing on the above criteria include unemployed youth, female
16
October 2012
headed households and the elderly. No individual or group will be affected by

involuntary resettlement as a consequence of the project.
AIR QUALITY
The assessment has been undertaken using computer-based dispersion
modelling and this section sets out the approach and methodology for the
assessment, as well as the model inputs, assumptions and limitations.
Methodology and Assumptions for Dispersion Modeling
The dispersion modelling for the Project considered the following:
Emissions of dust arising during construction activities; and
Emissions arising from the combustion process during operation of the

facility.
The study area is primarily defined as an area within 2km of the proposed
development location. This study area is defined as such, as the maximum
ground level concentration will be within this zone based on the local terrain and
exhaust height. As the air quality standards are applicable anywhere offsite, this
is considered appropriate for the purposes of this assessment.
Potential impact sources will include the following:
(a)
A major impact associated with the project is the emission of NOx. The
modelling effort considered two scenarios for this pollutant:
(b)
There is a potential for the natural gas to leak out of the gas treatment
system or the pipeline leading to the proposed plant. Obviously, such a
leak would create a potential explosion and fire hazard, and precautionary
steps have been incorporated into the plants design to preclude such an
event.
Hydrocarbon monitors will be installed at various sites around the plant
to ensure the safety of the plant personnel. In addition, each flange in the
17
October 2012
natural gas pipeline will be monitored twice per day using portable
hydrocarbon monitors. Safety of plant personnel is of the highest concern
so, if detectable quantities of hydrocarbons are recorded by any of the
monitors, the plant will be shut down and the problem rectified before
operations are begun again.
(c)
Another air quality impact that may arise from operations of the project
may be the re-entrainment of exhaust gases as a result of disturbance to
the plume due to stack tip or building downwash.
Stack tip downwash can occur when low pressure region on the
downwind side of the stack results in low vertical momentum of exhaust
pollutants. This is usually aided by a wind speed higher at the stack
height by at least 1.5 times the exit velocity. Occurrences of stack tip
downwash are not anticipated as analysis of the wind speed data from the
area shows that the wind speed is seldom much higher than 8m/sec.
Building downwash occurring as a result of buildings and structures
disturbing the wind flow and generating regions of flow recirculation and
low pressure, which can draw emissions down towards the ground; is
another possible impact of the operations from the plant. This impact is
not expected to be significant due to the design of the power plant.
Specifically, as combustion turbines have a high exhaust temperature,
which stands at 120C due to the combined cycle configuration this will
result in a rapid plume rise; an integrated design determines the nature
and size of the buildings at the site. Nevertheless, the stack is higher than
any other building on site and even the surroundings.
The following discusses the associated impacts arising from potential air
pollutants.
Nitrogen Dioxide
18
October 2012
The maximum predicted ground level NO2 concentrations (even assuming as

much as 50% of NOx to be converted to NO2) are well below the Nigerian
standards. There is no additive source around the project site.
The ground level concentrations predicted in the proximity of Ubahu village, the
nearest settlement to the plant, located around 1.5km to the north-west are also
well within the requirements and considerably lower than the overall maximum
concentrations predicted. The ground level concentrations at Madonna
University (800 metres away) stands at about 0.1 g/m3
Fig. 6.1 NOx Dispersion along NE wind Direction.
19
October 2012
Fig. 6.2. NOx Dispersion along the NE wind direction.

Sulphur Dioxide
Sulphur dioxide emissions from the combustion of natural gas are essentially
zero; consequently, ambient air quality impacts are insignificant.
Therefore,
ambient impacts of sulphur dioxide releases were not evaluated.

Model Assumptions
The following conservative assumptions have been made in relation to the air
dispersion modelling undertaken as part of this assessment:
The model has only considered emissions relating to the power plant gas
turbines i.e. not potential emissions relating to the Wartsila generator,
20
October 2012
vehicles movements and construction activities, apparently due to their

limited time of operation.
Fig. 6.3: NOx dispersion along the SW wind Direction
There has been no attempt to assess changes in emissions during start-up

and shut-down partly because of its transient characteristics and partly
because the plant is designed to supply base load, most of the time.
Worst case condition of 100% capacity factor is assumed over the period
under consideration.
21
October 2012
Fig 6.4 CO dispersion along NE wind Direction

Dust
Dust emissions will arise from the site during construction activities, as a result
of earth moving activities and vehicular movement over open ground. Dust
emissions are primarily associated with discomfort and nuisance issues at nearby
sensitive receptors, due to inhalation by by-standers and the deposition of dust
on surfaces, such as window sills, office equipment and parked cars. Dust
inhalation can cause catarrh in some sensitive human receptors.
The USEPA states that precipitation of greater than 0.2 mm/h will affectively
attenuate dust and wind speeds of value >5.3 m/s are typically required to lift
dust from open surfaces. This will be lower for dust generated by mechanical
means (i.e. during excavation and due to the movement of vehicles over
22
October 2012
Fig 6.5. CO Dispersion along NE Wind on Sat. Imagery.
Fig 6.6. CO Dispersion along SW wind Direction on Sat. Imagery

unpaved surfaces); at around 3 m/s. Taking this into account, the following can
be concluded:
23
October 2012
At all but the most extreme wind speeds, dust will typically travel a
maximum of 200 m from source before falling from the air column (IFC,
2007);
At the highest wind speeds, dust is unlikely to travel more than 500 m
from source; and
Precipitation will effectively attenuate dust, with rainfall of value >0.2

mm/h is likely to effectively attenuate dust emissions.
The assessment of the potential for significant dust nuisance to arise is

undertaken with due consideration of these weather factors, the proximity of
receptors to dust sources and the duration of dust generation activities. On the
basis of these factors the risk matrix set out in Table 6.8 has been developed.
Table 6.8 Dust Nuisance Assessment Matrix
Likely Magnitude of
Impacts.
Conditions
Major adverse
Dust generating activities for >12 months.

Receptor within 200 m of dust source.
Downwind for >10% of the year where heavy wind
and sparse rainfall conditions promote dust
generation.
Moderate adverse
Dust generating activities for <12 months.

Receptor within 200 m of dust source
Downwind for >10% of the year where heavy wind
generation.
Minor adverse
Dust generating activities for <12 months

Downwind for 2-5% of the year where heavy wind
generating
Dust generating activities for >12 months
Downwind for 2-5% of the year where heavy wind
24
October 2012
generation.
Insignificant Impact
Receptor > 500 m of dust source

Receptor 200 m 500 m from dust source
Downwind for <2% of the year where heavy wind
generation.
Dust emissions related to construction activities are considered qualitatively, on

the basis of the potential for these emissions to primarily result in nuisance issues
and discomfort. Dispersion modelling of these emissions is not appropriate due
to uncertainties surrounding its quantitative measure and time variations of its
production. In any case, the nearest human concentration is Madonna University
which location is 800>500m away and hence, unlikely to be affected by
construction dust.
Methodology for the Assessment of Dust
While considering the location of possible receptors, the United States
Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) states, in relation to dust emissions
(EPA, 1995):
[dust particles 10-30m in diameter] are likely to settle within a few hundred feet
[30-90m] from the edge of the road or other point of emission.
Dust emissions will be ameliorated by wetting the construction site regularly
with water. The EMU staff will enforce this to ensure compliance with the
FMEnv Standards and World Bank guidelines.
Other Pollutants
Analysis of the results of the modelling indicate that the predicted maximum
concentrations for carbon monoxide, hydrocarbons and particulate matter are
very low compared to Nigerian and World Bank criteria, and so compliance with
25
October 2012
regulatory criteria is assured: Figure 6.4 shows the concentration of CO over

distances away from the source.
Figure 6.7: Automated Distance Vs CO Concentration

(Terrain Height=60-90m)
Percentage Oxidation of Nitric Oxide to Nitrogen Dioxide

Combustion of Natural Gas generates two Nitrogen based pollutants namely
NO2 and nitric oxide (NO) both of which constitute
oxides of nitrogen. NO2 is
considered more unhealthy while NO is mostly inert.

The combined stack emissions consist initially of predominantly NO, but
through various chemical reactions that will take place in the atmosphere, the
NO will be converted to NO2. At the extreme case, the entire NO is converted to
NO2 by the time the emissions get to human receptors at ground level. However,
in reality only a proportion of the NO emitted will be converted to NO 2. The
conversion of NO to NO2 is in part a function of the amount of ozone in the
ambient air, and the travel time of the plume in the atmosphere. At 1km radius
and worst case average wind speed of 5m/s i.e., travel time of 200 seconds; the
conversion ratio will be low.
This is especially so when there is no ozone
producer upwind of the plant. It is therefore safe to assume that only marginal
NO to NO2 conversion will occur at the limited time.
26
October 2012
A number of international agencies have developed guidelines for consideration

in assessing the conversion of NO to NO2. A summary of the main guidelines
and ratios are set out below in Table 6.9 and indicate that a wide range of ratios to
convert NO to NO2 are recommended by a variety of country agencies.
Table 6.9: Recommended NO to NO2
Country
Averaging
Recommended NO
period
to NO2 conversion
ratio.
United States
Germany
United
Kingdom
24 hour
75%
Annual
75%
24 hour
60%
Annual
60%
Short term
50%
(1 hr)
Annual
100%
24 hour
20%
Hong Kong
Annual
20%
Ontario,
24 hour
52%
Canada
Annual
68%
Assuming that the suggested ratios are some true representatives of the actual
situation and drawing on the experiences of the experts, CPGL has adopted a
long term conversion ratio of 100 percent and 50% for the short term.
Analysis of the result of the modeling effort indicates the following:
The maximum predicted concentrations are well below regulatory criteria in

all cases; this is understandable because the average composition of the fuel
(natural gas) was incorporated in the plant design.
27
October 2012
The highest predicted ground level NOx concentrations all occurred within
1.5 3.5km of the plant, generally to the east and south of the plant (which is
over largely uninhabited land areas) or to the north and east of the plant,
depending on the averaging time and the specific year of weather data used;
Maximum annual means are all to the northeast within 1 2km of the plant.
At this distance from the plant, not all NOx will have been converted to NO2;
however, in the modeling study it was assumed that half the NOx had been
converted to NO2;
The predicted impacts to be expected at Ubahu village, the closest residential

community to the proposed project, are well below the maximum predicted
values; and well within the specified local and international standards. Figure
6.5 shows the predicted concentrations of NOx over distances away from the
source.
Figure 6.8: Automated Distance Vs NOx Concentration

(Terrain Height=90-120m)
From the above, it can therefore be concluded that all regulatory air quality
requirements will be attained as a result of emissions from the proposed project.
The effects of thermal emissions on ground-level temperature in the area were
predicted to be insignificant, with an annual average effect of at most +0.1 0C.
28
October 2012
Thus, impact of operations on air quality would be of minor risk, with a minor
negative consequence and low likelihood of occurrence.
Methodology for Assessment of Air Quality Impacts
Air Quality Standards
The air quality standards considered in the assessment are the Nigerian Federal
Ministry of Environment (FMEnv) interim ambient air quality standards, and
WHO guidelines.
Granted that the WHO guidelines are generally considered conservative and fall
short of incorporating economic factors; they have been deployed here because
they are recommended by the IFC and at least represent the most conservative
approach.
Table 6.10: Air Quality Standards used in the Assessment
FMEnv Standards
Pollutants
Average
Criterion
period
(gm-3)
CO
1hr
11400
CO
CO
NO2
1hr
75-113
NO2
Particulates 24hr
-
WHO Guidelines
Pollutants
Average
Criterion
period
(gm-3)
CO
8hr
40000
CO
1hr
30000
NO2
1hr
200
NO2
Annual
40
mean
PM10
24hr
50
PM10
Annual
20
mean
250
-
Significance criteria
In an attempt to determine the potential significance of the predicted impacts,
two parameters are considered:
the Process Contribution (PC) which is the concentration of the pollutant

which would occur due to the emissions from source (i.e. stack emissions);
and
29
October 2012
The Predicted Environmental Concentration (PEC) as a percentage of the

relevant Air Quality Standard (AQS). The PEC is the addition of the
baseline concentration of the pollutant of interest and the PC.
Air quality measurement values are not obtained from PEC values, the results
are not appropriate for PEC computation. However, PEC is still relevant in
assessing cumulative impacts.
The IFC General EHS guidelines state (IFC, 2008):
As a general rule, this Guideline suggests 25 percent of the applicable air quality
standards to allow additional, future sustainable development in the same airshed.
This rule applies to undegraded airsheds, where degraded is defined as an
airshed should be considered as having poor air quality if nationally legislated
air quality standards or WHO Air Quality Guidelines are exceeded
significantly.
The IFC General EHS guidelines also state:
Facilities or projects located within poor quality airsheds, and within or next to areas
established as ecologically sensitive (e.g. national parks), should ensure that any increase
in pollution levels is as small as feasible, and amounts to a fraction of the applicable
short-term and annual average air quality guidelines or standards as established in the
project-specific environmental assessment.
As a follow up from guidelines, the report has been able to set up this
assessment. Airshed on Okija is undegraded and a criteria of PC<2 percent was
used.
Table 6.11: Significance Criteria
Significance
Major Adverse
Moderate
adverse
Minor adverse
PC > 100% of AQS, or PEC > 100% of AQS

PC between 25% and 100% of AQS, and PEC >
100% of AQS
PC between 25% and 100% of AQS, and PEC <
30
October 2012
Insignificance
100% of AQS
PC < 25% of AQS
Table 6.12: Summary of Impact Significance Pre-mitigated

Impact
Construction
Dust
Source
Significance
Site traffic associated with Major negative

construction, worse in dry
seasons
PM10 and NO2/NOx

Site Vehicle Emissions
vehicles accessing site
and
Insignificant Negative
Operation
NO2
Burning of natural gas
Minor Negative
CO
Burning of natural gas
Insignificant Negative
Greenhouse gases
Emissions of greenhouse gases Significant Negative

during operations
Decommissioning
Dust
PM10 and NO2
Site traffic associated with Major Negative

decommissioning, worse in dry
season.
Site Vehicle Emissions and Insignificant Negative
vehicles accessing site
NOISE
Impact Assessment Methodology
Nigeria Interim Guidelines and Standards for Noise
The Federal Environmental Protection Agency Decree 1988 Interim Guidelines and
Standards for Industrial Effluent, Gaseous Emissions and Noise Limitation
(Government Notice 1991) provides guidelines and standards to ensure
industrial activities are compatible with a clean and safe environment in Nigeria.
Chapter 4 of the Guidelines present noise exposure limits for Nigeria. These
limits relate to occupational noise exposure and set out limits protect workers
from noise induced hearing loss. The limits for daily noise exposure for workers
should not exceed an equivalent noise level of 90 dB over an 8-hour working
31
October 2012
period. This standard is, however, applicable for occupational noise exposure
only, and is not suitable as criteria for assessing the significance of environmental
noise impacts to receptors outside the project footprint. It does provide a design
standard that plant and equipment associated with the project should aim to
achieve where practicable.
The Noise Level Guidelines make reference to noise originating from facilities as
well as stationary noise sources, and are commonly applied as design standards
for industrial facilities. Although the guidelines relate to noise effects thresholds
in a general sense, the IFC has indicated that these are not directly applicable to
transport or mobile noise sources. Measurements should therefore be taken at
noise receptors located outside the project property boundary.
Table 6.13 IFC Noise Level Guidelines
Type of Receptor
Residential institutional or
educational
Industrial or commercial
Daytime (0700 - 2200)

LAeq, 1hr dB(A)
Night time (2200 - 0700)

LAeq, 1hr dB(A)
55
45
70
70
In some cases, the baseline noise may be sufficiently high that even noise levels
from the plant that exceed the above standards may only give rise to small
changes in ambient noise. In this case, the noise impacts will not cause a
significant change. In line with the approach of the IFC, if changes in background
noise as a result of noise emissions from the plant are no greater than 3 dB(A)
then noise impacts are not deemed significant, even if they are above the
Nigerian standards. In summary, these general IFC guidelines also note a
significance standard that noise impacts should not:
Exceed the levels presented in Table 6.13 above; or
Result in an increase of background noise levels of more than 3 dB
32
October 2012
These are outdoor noise levels and also state that highly intrusive noises, such as
noise from aircraft flyovers and passing trains, should not be included when establishing
background noise levels.
Table 6.14 Impact Assessment Methodology for Residential Receptors
Major
Construction and
Decommissioning
Noise
Noise
level > 15
dB above
criteria
Operational Noise Noise

level
between
> 10 dB
above
criteria.
Moderate Minor
Noise
level
between
10 to 15
dB above
criteria
Noise
level
between
5 to 10 dB
above
criteria
Negligible
Noise
Noise level
level up to up to 5 dB
10 dB
above
above
criteria
criteria
Noise
level
between 3
and 5 dB
above
criteria
and above
baseline
Note: Criteria for construction is 70dB LAeq, 1hr
Noise level
below
criteria but
above
baseline <
3dB
Not
significant
Noise level
below
criteria
Noise level
> 10 dB
below
criteria and
below
baseline
Daytime:07:00 to 22:00;night time: 2200: 07:00

These operational noise criteria have been used on numerous international
development projects and although they do not have a specific legal basis, they
are considered as best practice with respect to significance impact rating of noise.
Construction sites, however, have special characteristics compared with other
major noise generators. Construction is generally undertaken in the open, is
usually of a temporary duration, and varying levels of noise are produced by
several different types of noise sources. Noise levels created by construction
equipment can vary greatly and depend on factors such as type of equipment,
the specific model, the operation being performed, duration of the activity, and
the condition of the equipment.
33
October 2012
There are no standardised criteria for assessing construction noise and associated
impacts, and consequently such criteria must be determined on a project specific
basis. The Project construction noise criteria should take into account the existing
noise environment, the absolute noise levels during construction activities, and
the receptor land use. The following reviews of recognised construction noise
guidelines provide guidance to develop suitable construction noise criteria. For
construction, noise criteria of 70 dB LAeq, 1hr are set to take account of the fact
that it is temporary, and to acknowledge that construction work by its very
nature is noisy and a lower, strictly enforced criteria, can limit development.
Impact Description and Significance: Construction
Impact Description
There are no specific positive impacts relating to the construction of the
proposed project.
Construction of the plant will take up to two years, and will include
approximately two months of earthworks and site clearance, the preparation of
footings for the plant, heavy earthworks and the construction and installation of
the superstructures.
Proposed construction hours are 0700 1800 Monday to Saturday. Auger
(screw) piling will take place; but no impact piling is anticipated and as such,
vibration impacts are not considered likely given the distance between the site
and the closest sensitive properties. Noise from construction activities are likely
to be perceptible at the closest noise sensitive properties during the key phases of
the work, particularly earthworks and any activities where a number of items of
plant will be operating simultaneously.
Impact Significance
In the absence of specific details on the proposed construction work programme
and method, it is not possible to quantify construction noise impacts exactly or
take account of the duration of such works to determine significance.
34
October 2012
Although construction noise may be noticeable during civil works such as site
clearance, or the use of jackhammers, pile drivers and the like. However, due to
the overall types of activity and distance between main work sites and nearest
sensitive receptors, there is a low likelihood of the noise levels exceeding 70 dB
LAeq, 1hr and if so, this will be of short duration. The negative noise impacts are
therefore considered to be of negligible significance at the nearest receptors.
6.4.3 Impact Description and Significance: Operational
Impact Description
There are no specific positive impacts relating to the operation of the proposed
project.
Noise during operation is expected to be generated by various components of the
CPGL Plant, including the gas turbines and associated fin-fan coolers and bag
filter houses, the high-voltage and power station transformers and switchyard,
the black-start Wartsila gas generators, the turbine hall, the workshops and
ancillary facilities such as the water treatment plants and the administration
buildings.
The noise levels from each of these components and sources were modelled to be
able to understand the combined noise emissions from the operations and
therefore present a reasonable worst-case scenario. Operational noise has been
modelled based on the assumptions and the proposed design of the Century
Power IPP, according to the design specifications of the proposed plant to meet
45 dB(A) at 300m from the plant boundary. This specification was used to
determine input source noise levels in terms of sound power and was used to
calculate the predicted noise levels. Potential noise impacts from the Project at
35
October 2012
Figure 6.9: Day time sound level from all sources
the nearest noise sensitive properties are therefore considered to be

representative of typical operations from the project.
36
October 2012
Figure 6.10: Night time sound level from all sources

Impact Description and Significance: Summary
Table 6.15 provides a summary of the noise impacts associated with the
construction, operation and decommissioning of the proposed power plant.
Table 6.15 Summary of Impact Significance Pre-mitigation (Noise)

Phase
Impact
Significance (pre37
October 2012
mitigation)
Construction
Operation
Noise from construction activities

including site clearance, vehicles
and plant, civil works and
equipment use
Noise from power plant operations
(including turbines and ancillary
facilities)
Negligible, Negative
Insignificant,
Negative
SOILS AND GEOLOGY

The natural vegetation in the greater part of Anambra State is the tropical dry or
deciduous forest, which in its original form, comprised tall trees with thick under
growth and numerous climbers.
exploration was carried out in Nigeria.
-
The Anambra basin has about 6,000m of sedimentary rocks. The sedimentary
rocks comprise ancient cretaceous deltas, somewhat similar to the Niger Delta,
with the Nkporo shale, the Mamu formation, the Ajalli sandstone and the
Nsukka formation as the main deposits
The Imo shale underlies the eastern part of the state, particularly in Ayamelum,
Awka North and Orumba North LGAs. Next in the geological sequence, is the
Ameke formation, which includes Nanka Sands, laid down in the Eocene, its
rock types are sandstone, calcareous shale, and Shelly-limestone in thin bands.

Impact Description
The construction of the plant will take up to 18 months, and this will include
approximately two months of earthworks and site clearance, the preparation of
footings for the plant, heavy earthworks and the construction and installation of
38
October 2012
the superstructures. It will also include piling. Site clearing and construction
activities will result in the removal of the vegetation and topsoil present at the
site. Site clearance activities will also be required for the burial of the pipeline.
The vegetation clearing will impact upon several aspects of the soil
characteristics including water flow, microbial activity and nutrient content. The
removal of the topsoil will result in alterations to the drainage and surface runoff regime on the site, particularly during the wet season, reduce the fertility of
the site and result in the potential for increased erosion. There may be potential
changes in siltation patterns as a result of construction activities which will
destabilize soils potentially leading to soil erosion during heavy rainfall and
sedimentation in downstream water bodies. In addition, the compaction of the
soil will also reduce the permeability and water infiltration of the soil. This may
result in increased surface water during the wet season, and hence effective site
drainage will be critical.
Impact Significance
If certain precautions are taken, such as allowing soil excavation only in the dry
season, then erosion of the silt and subsequent sedimentation will be reduced.
However, project implementation will inflict permanent changes on a reasonable
portion of the site which will make the impact high negative pre mitigation. But
the land take is direct from an isolated forest land, acquired for industrial use,
and for which alternative farmlands exist nearer the settlements. It follows that
since there are no human clusters within the kilometre, and the land is meant for
industry, the impact can be considered of moderate significant pre mitigation.
Impact Description and Significance: Operation
Impact Description
The project area occupied by buildings and roads will be paved or otherwise
covered by a surface with low permeability. Thus the area paved or thus covered
is expected to be as low as 35 percent of the total site during the CCGT plant
39
October 2012
construction and operation. The rest of the site area will be covered with gravel
or another form of highly permeable surface.
The area which will be covered by hard standing (or less permeable surface) may
result in increased soil surface runoff and consequently continued erosion,
leaching and nutrient loss of adjacent land during the operational phase. This is
particularly relevant due to the characteristic heavy rainfall in the Study Area,
however as much as possible the site will be covered in gravel or an equivalent
porous material. Apart from oil inside equipment tanks, there is no storage of
hydrocarbon liquid fuel on site.
Impact Significance
Granted that the negative impacts on soil will be long-term, for the lifetime of the
project but this is restricted to the site and adjacent areas. The impact magnitude
is therefore considered to be minor.
In addition, given the low sensitivity of the surrounding areas, which are already
disturbed, the resulting impacts are considered to be minor prior to mitigation.
Furthermore every effort will be made to ensure that as far as possible, the site is
covered with gravel or equivalent materials to ensure that the impacts on run-off
are kept to a minimum.
Impact Description and Significance: Decommissioning
Impact Description
It is assumed that decommissioning will involve removal of the plant and
equipment and restoration of the site. It is possible that the site will be
redeveloped for other industrial use, depending on the situation at the time of
the end of the Projects life. For this assessment it is assumed that the
decommissioning activities will include dismantling and demolition of Project
facilities as well as subsequent earthworks and site levelling. Since certain areas
of the site are likely to be covered with hard standing, this would be removed.
The resulting disturbance and associated soil compaction could result in negative
40
October 2012
impacts such as increased erosion. Improper handling of the waste generated

during decommissioning from the dismantling and demolition activities could
result in contamination of soils. After decommissioning, the soil profile will be
allowed to be re-established through artificial means and through colonisation
by plants.
Impact Significance
The impacts on soil during decommissioning will be local and temporary and the
magnitude is therefore considered to be low. The soil on the Project site will have
already
been
modified
and
disturbed
to
large
degree
once
the
decommissioning phase of the Project occurs and the receptor is therefore

considered to be low.
The overall significance of the impacts on soils during decommissioning is minor
prior to mitigation.
Impact Description and Significance: Summary.
Table 6.16 illustrates the summary of project impacts on the soil on site. The
summary takes into account impact magnitude, receptor sensitivity and impact
significance pre and post mitigation.
Table 6.16
Summary of Impact Significance Pre-mitigation (Soil and
Geology)
Phase
Impact
Construction
Removal of soils, increased erosion

and potential contamination
Operation
Compaction and increased erosion,
potential contamination.
Decommissioning Disturbance to soil profile,
increased erosion and potential
contamination
41
Significance (premitigation)
Moderate, Negative
Minor, Negative
Minor, Negative
October 2012
WATER RESOURCES
Impacts on water resources may come in form of erosion or contamination of
water resources from construction, operation and decommissioning activities as
well as from the use of local water resources to provide usable water. The project
envisages that all the water requirements will be obtained from a borehole that
will be sunk on the Project site.
Impact Description
The two major activities that may result in impacts on hydrology and
hydrogeology are the:
Possible contamination of groundwater during borehole construction and

accidental spills during drilling; and
Excessive use of ground water, contamination of surface water due to

sedimentation.
Site clearances and preparation activities, including the removal of soils and
vegetation could result in increased surface water run-off and sedimentation of
surface water bodies. The nearest permanent surface water body from the
boundary of the project site is the Ulasi Stream which forms the southern
boundary of the project site.
Water resources may be at risk during these construction activities from
pollution from an accidental spillage of hazardous materials, lubricants, cement
and wet concrete, or from the inadequate or unsafe storage of waste and disposal
of sanitary wastewater and domestic water from the contractors during the
construction work site and facilities. The construction of the water abstraction
boreholes may have negative impacts on groundwater quality due to the new
permanent or temporary pathways created between pollutant sources and the
aquifers.
42
October 2012
Contamination of water resources would impact on water abstraction for

domestic, agricultural and other commercial uses in the vicinity and cause harm
to ecosystems, including animals and crops, and potentially human health.
Water uses during construction include drinking water for construction staff,
water for concrete batching and dust mitigation and management and could
result in drawdown of groundwater resources and stress on water supply.
The ESIA assumes that the aquifer yields at the Project site are in line with the
general yields for the Ihiala area. Century Power will confirm that there is
sufficient groundwater available for use for the Project during the detailed
design phase.
Impact Significance
Potential Contamination of Water Resources
The potential impacts on water resources during construction will be negative
and local as any impacts are likely to be felt on the site and adjacent areas. The
construction impact is likely to be long-term as they may be felt after the end of
the construction phase. The magnitude of the impact is therefore considered to
be moderate as there may be some effect on the ecological functioning, but this
will not impact the overall integrity of the ecosystem. The Ulasi Stream flows
along the slope and is usually contaminated by flood. The stream is not used for
fishing but sand mining which explains its perpetual dirty brown colour. See
Plate 6.1 below:
43
October 2012
Plate 6.1 The Ulasi Stream.
Based on the HAMMAKKOP borehole experience, the underlying groundwater

aquifer is considered highly permeable, porous, with a prolific water yield. The
overall receptor sensitivity of ground and surface water resources is considered
to be moderate.
The impact of the Century Power Project on water resources is therefore
considered to be minor prior to mitigation.
Impact Description
During operation the water requirements for the CCGT plant will be for the fire
fighting system, office use as well as welfare and hygiene, cleaning and
44
October 2012
equipment washing. It follows that the sensitivity of the Ulasi Stream as a

receptor of situation is moderate. The power plant will require a maximum of
approximately 15 m (15, 000 litres) per day over the lifetime of the Project. There
is potential for the over exploitation of the groundwater resources if not properly
managed. Over exploitation of the groundwater may result in direct depletion of
water resources which may cause harm to ecosystems. This could result in
potentially long-term effects on the water resources at a local and regional level.
Operation of the CCGT Plant could result in water resource contamination from
surface water drainage containing pollutants, incorrectly processed effluent and
sewerage management and incidents relating to accidental releases of fuel, oils
and hazardous chemicals, storage and incorrect handling of waste including the
sludge generated from waste water treatment.
During operation the introduction of hard standing on the site will change the
existing surface water regime and may result in increased runoff which may
impact neighbouring agricultural plots and result in increased erosion.
Impact Significance
Potential Contamination of Water Resources
The potential contamination of the groundwater and surface water from
construction activities would be direct and secondary and local as the impact
would be experienced on the site and adjacent areas. The impact would be longterm as the impact will last for the lifetime of the Project. The impact magnitude
is therefore considered to be minor.
Since the sensitivity of the receptors is judged to be low, the overall impact is
therefore assessed to be of minor significance prior to mitigation.
Potential Over-exploitation of Groundwater Resources
The impacts resulting from the Projects water use during operation is likely to
be negative and experienced at a local scale, on the Project site and adjacent
45
October 2012
areas. The impact is considered to be long-term and the magnitude is therefore

assessed to be low-moderate.
Since the sensitivity of the aquifer for water availability is low, the significance of
the potential impact is considered to be minor prior to mitigation.
Impact Description
The major activities will include decommissioning, demolition and removal of
fuel storage tanks and associated pipe work, dismantling of effluent treatment
plant, removal of gas engines and transformers and the removal of piles and
foundations. During decommissioning it will also be necessary to carefully
decommission the groundwater abstraction boreholes, or if they are to remain in
continued use for these to be capped to contain a potential pathway for
contaminants.
As such, the potential negative impacts to water resources are likely to be very
similar to those considered during the construction phase of the Project and will
include potential contamination from leaching from demolition and incorrect
disposal of waste generated and chemicals (including transformer oil, residual
sludge from the wastewater treatment works and diesel) and/ or incidents and
spills.
Impact Significance
The potential impacts on water resources during decommissioning will be
negative, local in scale and short-term as they would be experienced only for a
limited period, during decommissioning. The impact magnitude is therefore
The sensitivity of the water resources is considered to be moderate and the
impact significance is therefore assessed to be minor prior to mitigation.
46
October 2012

Table 6.17 provides a summary of the significant impacts likely to arise during
construction, operation and decommissioning prior to the implementation of
mitigation measures.
Table 6.17 Summary of Impact Significance Pre-mitigation (Water Resources)
Phase
Impact
Construction
Potential contamination of water

resources Potential overexploitation of ground water
resources
Operation
Potential contamination of water
resources
Potential over-exploitation of
ground water resources
Decommissioning Potential contamination of water
resources
Potential over-exploitation of
ground water resources
Minor, Negative
Insignificance,
Negative
Minor, Negative
Minor, Negative
Minor, Negative
Insignificance,
Negative
BIODIVERSITY
The general ecosystem profile across Anambra State is varied from thick rain
forest in the primary forests and secondary forests consisting mainly of farm
lands. Ihiala and indeed the project site is made of secondary rain forests which
are green in the raining season and open in the dry season with cleared trees and
the remains of burnt grasses. The common trees grow in clusters up to 6 metres
tall, interspersed with grasses which grow up to 3 metres and some much taller
trees up to 20 metres. Most of the vegetation is secondary forest owing to the
constant human use of the forest and the resulting decidues and grass
vegetation.
The project site cannot be classified as high biodiversity status; some species of
fauna and flora identified during sampling are of ecological significance
47
October 2012

Impact Description
The key impact during construction is the potential loss of vegetation cover over
the 13.8ha Project site. There may be a short transmission to Ihiala sub-station
along an existing right of way (RoW). Also some clearing may be required for the
laying of the gas pipeline. The removal of vegetation and soil in the site clearance
could result in an alteration of the surface water run-off regime. This could result
in the sedimentation of surface drainage networks, which will impact upon the
quality of natural water systems and ultimately the biological systems that use
these water bodies (IFC, 2007).
Distortion in floral species will also impact upon the availability of the relevant
habitats for faunal species. The potential fragmentation of habitats may also
occur in the Study Area. It is also important to note that any tree species that are
cleared will affect bird species in the Study Area (IFC 2007), in addition to
influencing the pollination of any trees that rely upon birds for pollination.
Faunal species that are mobile in the site area will not be much available because
of the presence of traffic and people.
Other activities which will contribute to impacts on biodiversity include
construction lighting, including high mast lighting for activities and dust
emissions.
Impact Significance
The impacts on biodiversity will be negative and restricted to the site and the
immediate local surroundings. Although some of the impacts will be reversible
over the long term, the loss of habitat will be permanent. The magnitude of the
impact will therefore be moderate. The ecosystem does not include any
endangered or vulnerable species such that the receptor sensitivity is low.
48
October 2012
The significance of the impact on biodiversity during construction is therefore

considered to be moderate prior to mitigation.
Impact Description
During the operation phase there will be a remarkable increase in the noise levels
in the study area. In addition any lighting that will be used in the area during
night time operations may also disturb faunal nocturnal activities. This may lead
to migration of faunal species away from the immediate vicinity of the site, and
thus increasing competition on the peripheries of the Study Area.
Vehicular traffic during operations may disrupt the remaining wildlife corridors,
decrease the movement of certain species in the area, and delay migration.
Impact Significance
The impacts during the operational phase are likely to be local and continuous.
The magnitude is therefore considered to be negligible - low.
The significance of the negative impacts on biodiversity during operation is
considered to be of minor moderate significance.
Impact Description
All infrastructure (including the cables and towers for the connection to the
Ihiala Substation) will be dismantled. Machinery, steel and dismantled materials
will be recycled where possible and disposed of at licensed disposal sites. In the
short-term,
the
noise,
dust
and
vehicle
emissions
generated
during
decommissioning will be similar to those observed during construction. Potential

impacts may also relate to contamination from incorrect disposal of wastes
generated during decommissioning.
49
October 2012
In the long-term, if the site is rehabilitated, the ecological health and biodiversity
could be restored over time.
Impact Significance
The impact of the Project on the biodiversity during decommissioning will be
negative, temporary and local. The magnitude of the impact is therefore
The sensitivity of the receptor is expected to remain the same as for the other
Project phases i.e., moderate
The impacts during decommissioning are therefore judged to be of minor
significance prior to mitigation.
A summary of the impacts of the Project on biodiversity is included in Table 6.18
below.
Table 6.18 Summary of Impact Significance Pre-mitigation (Biodiversity)
Phase
Impact
Construction
Clearing of vegetation and habitat,

disturbance of fauna due to noise,
dust, traffic and potential
contamination of soil and water.
Receptor sensitivity low.
Operation
Disturbance of fauna due to noise,
dust, traffic.
Decommissioning Disturbance of fauna due to noise,
dust, traffic and potential
contamination of soil and water.
Restoration of vegetation.
50
Moderate, Negative
Minor-Moderate,
Negative
Minor, Negative
October 2012
IMPACTS TO CULTURAL INSTITUTIONS

The Okija Traditional communities are considered to be relatively ethnically
homogenous. This means that customs, diet, traditional dress and language tend
to be similar throughout the communities. Traditional leadership structures
remain firmly established in the region, from the state level and extending down
through the local communities. Traditional leaders continue to exert significant
authority in the area, and operate in parallel (though not always in collaboration)
with official administration. Traditional religion is also widely practiced in the
villages though the site contains no shrine or deities. The communities also live
relatively far from the project site, so there will be no direct impact on traditional
institutions. A major religious site is the famous Okija Shrine which was a potent
consulting oracle in ancient traditional Igbo history. It was made popular in 2004
when the police hierarchy visited the shrine to retrieve several corpses of those
believed to have been killed by the deity after reneging on oaths administered by
her priests. The shrine situates about 5 kilometers from the project site.
Impact Description
The Project will require a workforce of 600 or more people during the 18 month
construction phase and it is expected that up to 30 percent or more will be
outsiders from other states with a few non-Nigerians.
Drawing on the experience of HAMMAKKOP Construction Company, there
may also be some tension between traditional community leaders and the Project
developers or amongst the traditional settlers and migrant workers.
Impact Significance
The construction phase is expected to incur the following impacts on local
culture:
a) Influx of outsiders could disrupt traditional customs in local communities;
51
October 2012
b) Potential of conflict between the workers and the locals due to perceived
disrespect to traditional institutions.
The extent of impacts to cultural institutions is limited primarily to the local area
affected. However, although the construction phase is relatively short term, the
duration of impacts on cultural institutions such as traditional leadership could
be permanent. Based on the experience of the neighbouring HAMMAKKOP
Construction Company, the probability of impacts occurring is likely. The
localized extent of impacts to cultural institutions during the construction phase
is offset by the potential permanence of impacts and high likelihood of
occurrence and the overall impact magnitude is considered to be moderate.
The sensitivity of stakeholders to impacts (receptor sensitivity) is measured by

the moderate degree of allegiance to traditional leadership structures and
worship. Majority of Okija people are Christians and allegiance to traditional
institutions in Igbo land is not very strong. Hence, integration of migrant
workers will be relatively seamless. While the Projects construction phase will
likely affect the ability of stakeholders to continue their traditional practices and
ways of life, it is unlikely that these practices will be replaced. The sensitivity of
the receptor is therefore considered to be low.
Impacts to cultural institutions are assessed to be minor and negative.
Impact Description
During operation, the labour force will be reduced drastically and more skilled
labour will be required than the construction phase.
CPGL will seek to promote the development of local skills and the transfer of
international technologies and expertise to local manpower and local
manufacturers. This should increase the possibility of local employment during
the operations phase of the Project; however in the early stages at least, it is
52
October 2012
estimated that a minimum of 15 percent of the operations workforce will come

from outside the state. These workers will live amongst the villagers. Their
presence may impact on local cultural beliefs and ways of life.
Impact Significance
The major impact is the increase in the number of outsiders, which would have a
regional impact. The duration would be long-term. Given the precedence set by
the neighbouring HAMMAKKOP Construction Company, which neither
resulted in a large foreign influx nor in the erosion of traditional leadership
structures, the magnitude of the impacts is therefore considered to be low.
Impact Description
Under the assumption that impacts to cultural institutions during the
construction and operation phases will have been managed effectively, including
strict controls on the behaviour and conduct of Project workforce, appropriate
involvement of traditional leaders in Project operations, cultural institutions will
not have been significantly impacted during Project operations.
It is impossible to accurately predict how local cultural practices will have
changed during the 30+ year lifespan of the Project. However, some areas where
Project closure may have an impact include:
Project closure may remove a source of authority and influence for local
and regional traditional leaders; and
Departure of foreign workers, who may have affected the cultural profile
of the region.
Impact Significance
The extent of potential impacts to cultural institutions will be primarily local,
although some impacts associated with traditional leadership and the presence
of foreign workforce would be felt at a regional level.
53
October 2012
Based on the assumed diligent implementation of mitigation measures against

cultural impacts during previous phases of the Project, the probability of impacts
during decommissioning is expected to be unlikely. The overall magnitude is
therefore considered to be low.
Natural changes to cultural practices and institutions are to be expected over any
significant period of time, and associated with general development; and the
sensitivity of the receptor is therefore considered to be insignificant - low.
Assuming effective management of Project-related impacts over the Project lifecycle, impacts to cultural institutions associated with decommissioning are
expected to be insignificant.
Table
6.19
Summary
of
Impact
Significance
Pre-mitigation
(Cultural
Institutional)
Phase
Impact
Construction
Disruption of local customs, change

in traditional leadership structures
Operation
Disruption of local customs and

change in ethnic structure and
customs.
Decommissioning Disruption of local customs and,
loss of sense of authority and
change in ethnic structure and
customs.
Minor, Negative
Minor, Negative
Insignificant,
Negative
IMPACTS TO EMPLOYMENT AND ECONOMY

Impact Description
54
October 2012
The proposed Project is a staged development involving a construction phase of

18 months. The Project is expected to require a direct workforce of approximately
600 during this phase; this workforce will be primarily recruited via contractors
and will include both skilled and unskilled roles, most of which will be
temporary.
CPGL has made a commitment to source employees from local communities
where the skills base makes that possible, and will recommend its contractor(s)
to follow a similar recruitment policy.
All of the major semi-skilled and unskilled jobs such as drivers, cleaners, field
workers, supervisors, and technicians should be sourced from the local residents
with both on-the-job training and off the job training support from Century
Power Generation. Management level and skilled positions will also be made
available to Nigerian nationals or international consultants.
Ihiala is a commercial town with a substantial skills base. Moreover, Anambra
States high unemployment rates amongst semi-skilled and skilled youth means
that the majority of the semi-skilled workforce required for the construction
phase will be available within Anambra State. It is therefore likely that the
majority of the Project benefits will be retained within the region.
In addition to direct and indirect employment, increased economic activity
among Project suppliers and Project expenditure will result in induced
employment and income generation.
Therefore the construction phase for the Project is expected to result in the
following positive impacts:
Generation of direct, indirect and induced employment;
Increase in household income through wages and Project spending;
Increase in economic activity among local businesses; and
Development of skills through job training and applied work experience.
55
October 2012
Impact Significance
The extent of impacts to employment and economy is expected to be regional.
While employment skills and service/supply capacity for construction phase
activities exists in Anambra State, primarily Ihiala, skill levels and numbers of
available workforce are currently insufficient within the local communities for
the Project to have a significant impact at that level. The duration of the impacts
will be primarily limited to the construction phase, and will therefore be short
term. CPGL has committed to maximize local employment and contracting, both
directly and through subcontractors. Moreover, the region has experience with
this type of project and has begun training construction workforce for
recruitment. As such, the probability of the impact occurring is likely. The overall
magnitude is therefore considered to be minor.
Due to the high unemployment rate in Anambra State and sensitivity around
local opportunities engendered by the neighbouring HAMMAKKOP Company,
the potential regional workforce and supply base is considered to be a receptor of
medium sensitivity.
Despite the large number of construction labourers required, the short term
duration of positive impacts reduces the overall significance rating to minor.

Impact Description
The Operation Phase of the Project is expected to begin in the last quarter of 2014
and continue for approximately 30 years. This phase is currently estimated to
require 120 permanent employees. Where the skills base exists, CPGL and its
contractors will source these positions from the Project area. During the scoping
stage the ESIA team visited the Obi Onowu of Okija, a list of skills was discussed
with the Igwe-in-Council, and they promised to send children to acquire these
skills. It is therefore expected that a number of semi-skilled workforce will come
56
October 2012
from the local Other positions during this phase will require technical
supervisory and managerial skills which are less likely to be available locally,
and will therefore be sourced from outside.
In a few cases, such as during large scale maintenance operations, additional
temporary personnel may be required. These will consist of a small number of
specialized individuals who will be called in to supervise maintenance
programmes and carry out performance testing. It is not known how many of
these temporary employees will be required, or how often, during operations;
however, it is unlikely that a significant number of these positions will be
sourced from the Project area.
The Operation Phase of the Project is expected to result in the following positive
impacts:
Generation of some permanent employment positions, which may be

semi-skilled or unskilled for the indigene
Generation of induced employment through service and supply contracts;
Increase in household income through wages and Project spending;
Increase in regional and local economic activity; and
Development of skills and capacity through training and applied

experience.
Impact Significance
The extent of impacts to employment and economy is expected to be primarily
national and regional, although a number of unskilled positions may be sourced
from local communities, following training and capacity building initiatives for
the local workforce and contractors. Century Power Generation has also
committed to maximise local employment and contracting, both directly and
through subcontractors. The duration of impacts will extend over the life of the
57
October 2012
Project; with certain induced impacts (such as economic activity and capacity
building) continuing beyond Project closure and is therefore long term or
permanent. As for the probability of impacts, the probability is highly likely. The
overall impact magnitude is considered to be high.
CPGL is committed to ensuring that the requisite infrastructure is put in place to
enable the distribution of electricity (at lower voltages) to the local communities,
as well as evacuation to the national grid at a higher voltage level. This will be
worked out with the distribution company. This measure combined with
targeted social investment support to local entrepreneurs will enable the local
communities to establish small business enterprises that can take advantage of
the increased power supply. The multiplier effects on all economic sectors of this
additional power supply will be significant.
Therefore, impacts to employment and economy during the Operation Phase
after mitigation are expected to be positive and high.
Impact Description
During the 30year operation phase, the Project is expected to require a steady
workforce of 120 employees. An additional number of employment and contract
opportunities will be required for Project servicing and support, and will be
generated through local economic development and investment. Through
targeted training and capacity building, the Project expects that the majority of
jobs during the operation phase will be offered locally, as a priority, or
regionally. This is expected to have a significant impact on local employment
levels and local economic development.
Decommissioning will necessitate demobilizing of employment positions and
subcontracts directly associated with the Project, as well as related economic
58
October 2012
activities in the region. However, the effect of constant electricity may have
created also equal number of employment opportunities locally.
Impact Significance
It may appear that the impact of decommissioning on the employment and
economic situation of the area could be of equal significance with that of
operation, but negative. This could go beyond simple reversal of positive
impacts, as Project activities will have made it impossible for people to return to
the primarily agricultural livelihoods practiced before Project development.
However, the skilled labour could relocate to other areas while the others will be
trained to acquire a skill prior to closure.
The extent of impacts will be regional, since the majority of the affected
workforce and businesses will be regionally-based. Without initiatives to
encourage development and economic diversification, the duration of impacts
would be long term, if not permanent. The probability of the impacts occurring is
considered to be likely and the overall magnitude is considered to be moderate.
The Project may have reduced the viability of agriculture as an alternative
livelihood in the area for a few people. Others may have been exposed to
mechanised farming techniques which replenishes the loss of viability. The
sensitivity rating for receptors of this impact is moderate - low.
As such, the significance of the impact of Project decommissioning on
employment and economy is considered to be negative and minor.
59
October 2012
Table 6.20 Summary of Impact Significance Pre-mitigation (Employment)

Phase
Impact
Construction
Employment, increased income,

increased secondary economic
activity and skills development, but
on a temporary bases
Operation
Employment, increased income,
increased secondary economic
activity and skills development, for
the life span of the people.
Decommissioning Loss of employment, indirect
business opportunities and
economic activity and decreased
income.
Minor, Positive
Major Positive
Minor, Negative
IMPACTS TO HEALTH PROFILE

Health care facilities in these communities are limited; health centres, where they
exist, have insufficient health workers as well as services and supplies. Partly
due to cost, many residents choose instead to go to traditional healers or
herbalists, or to informal medicine shops that are run by people without formal
medical training. The most common health conditions in the area are caused or
exacerbated by poor hygiene and sanitation facilities.
Impact Description
The construction phase of the Project will involve many potentially hazardous
activities, including excavation, facility construction, heavy vehicle traffic and a
large construction workforce, many of whom are likely to be foreign.
Besides the construction of the plant itself, there will also be activities relating to
the laying of the gas pipeline. There may also be risks associated with gas leaks
from testing the gas pipeline at the end of construction, and the laying and
60
October 2012
operation of the transmission line. These activities will be taking place in an

industrial layout which is located more than a kilometre to the village dwellers
Health impacts include both impacts to physical health, as well as emotional and
psychological well-being of stakeholders. The following negative health impacts
are therefore considered possible during the construction phase of the Project:
Psychological impacts associated with the influx of outsiders and

disruption to community and local culture;
Psychological impacts associated with unmet expectations for local

employment and contract opportunities;
Physical impacts due to noise and dust pollution;
Impacts to physical health due to community interactions with foreign

workers;
Safety risks associated with accidents from poor construction practices,

heavy traffic, accidental explosions and accidental contact with the
transmission line; and
The CSR projects undertaken by CPGL (during the construction phase) on

community health programmes (including support for well and borehole
construction) may only partially offset these negative effects. However the
receptors are not likely to be very sensitive.
Impact Significance
The extent of impacts to health will mainly be local, although certain impacts
may be felt at the regional level. While the duration of most (negative) impacts
will be limited to the 18 months of the construction phase, it is likely that some of
the psychological and physical health impacts could continue beyond this,
resulting in the impacts being long-term. Based on the current lack of
information about the origin of foreign workers and how the workforce and
activities during construction will be managed, it must be assumed that the
61
October 2012
probability of impacts occurring is likely. The overall magnitude of the impact on

health is assessed to be minor but negative.
Granted that the above impacts have likelihood of occurrence and the fact that
some risks (including those associated with poor construction practices, heavy
traffic and HIV/AIDS and other infectious disease transmission) have potentially
fatal consequences, the awareness of the receptor communities has reduced the
sensitivity to low. Hence the impacts on community health during the
construction phase are considered to be minor prior to mitigation; the positive
impacts are also considered to be minor.

Impact Description
Key concerns related to community health during the operational phase include
the following:
Limited health care capacity, including lack of facilities and personnel;
Negative perceptions from the community relating to the fear of gas

leakages from the pipeline;
Residual tension, associated with frustrated expectations from the

development of the neighboring Okija power plant project; and
Prevailing physical health issues associated with poor hygiene and

sanitation facilities.
As mentioned earlier, CPGL has committed to hiring locally where possible, and
there are high expectations within local communities for employment and
contract positions. However, skilled positions will require some foreign
recruitment which implies that workers will almost certainly have the
opportunity to mix with local communities.
The operation phase will also result to increased traffic in the area, using existing
road networks.
62
October 2012
Negative impacts during operation are relatively few and may include:
Psychological impacts associated with unmet expectations for local

employment and contract opportunities;
Psychological impacts associated with community tensions caused or

exacerbated by the Project;
Impacts to physical health due to community interactions with foreign

workers (and the spread of infectious diseases);
Safety risk associated with Project traffic; and
Health impacts associated with Project contamination of surrounding

environment.
By contrast, the majority of positive impacts to physical and psychological health

will occur during the operation phase and will be associated with the increased
availability of electricity in the surrounding communities and the Projects
annual expenditure on local community programs as part of CSR.
Impact Significance
The extent of health impacts is primarily local, with the potential for impacts
associated with traffic and contamination reaching the regional scale. The
duration of impacts will be long-term or permanent, depending on the severity
of health consequences.
Based on current limitations for local employment and contracting, as well as
existing community around the neighbouring HAMMAKKOP Construction
Company, it is possible that local expectations around Project opportunities
might not be met. Interaction between foreign workers and the local
communities is also highly likely, along with associated risks of transmission of
disease, particularly STIs. The Project is likely to improve the overall condition of
the roads but it may also result in an increased number of traffic accidents. In
light of these considerations, the probability of impacts to health is considered
likely and the overall impact is deemed to be minor and negative.
63
October 2012
Along with the reduced scale of exposure from the construction phase, negative
health impacts during operation are considered to be minor prior to mitigation
and the positive impacts are also cautiously assumed to be minor.

Impact Description
Decommissioning will result in the elimination of health and safety risks
associated with the Project. However, any manifestations of health impacts
having arisen from the construction or operation phases, such as injuries or
deaths from traffic accidents, or pollution of groundwater, will remain in effect
after Project closure. Therefore, while decommissioning will not result in any
new impacts to health, closure of the Project could remove any treatment or
support for victims of health impacts manifested during Project construction or
operation.
Impact Significance
This impact is the same as during operation, having impacts at local and regional
levels, and the duration of impacts remains long term or permanent. The
probability of impacts is based on the residual probability of serious health
impacts occurring. Assuming effective implementation of recommended
mitigation measures in construction and operation phases, this is considered to
be unlikely. The overall impact magnitude is assessed to be low-moderate.
The sensitivity of affected communities to health impacts remains an issue
without significant development, the capacity of health care services will remain
weak and unable to accommodate significant health issues left behind by the
Project. This means that affected populations are unlikely to receive the care or
treatment that they require following Project decommissioning and an overall
64
October 2012
high sensitivity. Substantial part of this problem will be offset by the National
Health Insurance Scheme to which all staff should have been registered.
Negative impacts to health associated with Project closure are cautiously
considered to be moderate prior to mitigation.
Table 6.21 Summary of Impact Significance Pre-mitigation (Health Profiles)
Phase
Impact
Construction
Psychological impacts related to

changes in culture, unmet
expectations, noise and dust
nuisance, physical health and STIs
and safety risks, improvements to
electricity supply, health care
facilities and water resources, on low
sensitive receptors
Minor Negative &

Minor Positive.
Operation
Psychological impacts related to

unmet expectations, noise and dust
nuisance, physical health and STIs
and safety risks, improvements to
electricity supply, health care
facilities and water resources.
Minor Negative &

Minor Positive
Decommissioning
Ongoing effects from the operational Moderate Negative

phase, safety risks and noise and dust
nuisance.
SUMMARY
From the forgoing, it is clear that there will be both positive and negative impacts
associated with the construction, operations and decommissioning of the power
65
October 2012
plant and associated facilities within the project area.
The impacts can be
categorised as being mainly minor to moderate negative impacts.
However, the negative impacts can be easily mitigated with best practices and
through cost effective measures. The measures to be used to mitigate these
impacts are discussed in the next chapter.
66
October 2012
CHAPTER SEVEN
IMPACT MITIGATION MEASURES
CHAPTER SEVEN
IMPACTS MITIGATION MEASURES
INTRODUCTION
Environmental and socio-economic sustainability of any project is greatly
dependent on the ability of project proponents to ensure that appropriate
mitigation measures are put in place for unavoidable significant negative
impacts associated with the project. Such mitigation measures could either be inbuilt in the project design or put in place through appropriate measures over the
entire lifespan of the project.
The preceding chapter identified and assessed the potential and associated
impacts of the proposed Century Power plant. The assessment defined all
negative impacts as being; high, moderate, low or negligible in significance.
Impacts assessed, as negligible or low do not necessarily require additional
mitigation, while those within the moderate and high category need appropriate
mitigation. However due to the project proponents high premium on
sustainability in development low significant impacts have been considered for
further mitigation as well.
This chapter therefore presents comprehensive mitigation measures that Century
Power shall implement during construction operation and decommissioning of
the power plant. The mitigation measures are put in place to either completely
avoid or mitigate all associated and potential negative environmental and social
impacts from the project. The measures are equally intended to accentuate the
positive impacts associated with the project.
Mitigation Measures Development Approach
The traditional approach in impact mitigation is to ensure compliance with the
applicable safety codes and standards in design. However compliance with
regulations, codes and standards may not be sufficient to achieve certain desired
levels of Health Safety and Environmental (HSE) performance. More so design
codes are generic and may need specific adaptations to be suitable for different
environmental conditions
The mitigation measures prescribed for the proposed power plant is based on the
assessment of safety consideration in key facilities design and superimposition of
the project technical details on the baseline environmental conditions to predict
associated impacts.
2 October 2012
Identified Impacts and their Mitigations Measures

Table 7.1 to 7.4 present the appropriate mitigation measures for identified
negative impacts from the entire activities for the proposed power plant. The
tables show the project activities, anticipated negative impacts and the mitigation
measures.
3 October 2012
Table 7.1: Anticipated Negative Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Pre-Construction Activities
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
Creation of access
road
Loss of Vegetation, demarcation of wildlife

habitats and loss of some wildlife
Vegetation clearing shall be limited to delineated area for

road access. Root stock of plant species of particular
importance such as medicinal species shall be spared from
clearing as much as possible, while effort should be made to
replant important species.
Hand cutting shall be used to clear vegetation initially,
while selection of machinery shall be done with their impact
on environment in mind.
Poaching of wild life shall be prohibited. All work men shall
be given adequate briefing on this, while conspicuous
warning signage shall be placed at strategic locations
against poaching.
Mortality and morbidity of Aquatic Biota

(including fisheries)
Alteration of Soil quality
In the event of capture of endangered wild species, it shall

be delivered to appropriate institution for conservation.
Discharge of all forms of wastes into surface water shall be
avoided.
Use of manual efforts shall be substituted for mechanized
approach as much as possible during clearing in order to
reduce impact on soil.
Movement of people and vehicle into the site shall be
regulated. Only personnel and vehicles with permit shall
move into the project area.
Discharge of used oils (or any other form of toxic liquid)
4 October 2012
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
and solid wastes indiscriminately shall be prohibited.
As much as possible, local materials shall be used for road
construction.
Removal of deep rooted trees shall be avoided as much as
possible.
Change of ground topography and cause of

erosion.
Drainage system shall be incorporated into access road

creation to minimize disturbance to natural drainage
patterns.
Drainage and slopes shall be engineered to minimize
erosion.
Storm conditions should be designed to ensure that offsite
natural runoff does not wash over site/use perimeter
drainage ditches.
All dug areas and trenches shall be filled back to
appropriate levels as soon as necessary work is finished.
Levels of backfilled areas shall allow free flow of surface
run-offs.
5 October 2012
Proper drainage, culverting and bridging techniques shall

be employed.
All vehicles and machineries to be used for access road
creation shall be regularly serviced and maintained to
ensure that they are in good conditions and conform to
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
national and international emission standards.
Contractors vehicles shall be inspected by the proponents
HSE supervisor to ensure that they are good condition
before the issuance of work permit. Only contractors with
work permit shall work on site.
Dust-prone ground shall be watered while working in dry
season.
Burning of vegetal wastes shall be prohibited on site.
All work men shall be provided with (and enforced to use

them) appropriate personal protective devices like nose
masks, ear plugs, muffs, etc.
Where feasible and reasonable, low noise equipment, or
methods of work with the lowest noise impacts shall be
employed
Regular inspection and maintenance of all plant and
equipment to ensure it remains in good working order
Noise emitting machines shall be located as far away from
residential areas as possible.
Ensure that all equipment not in use are turned off.
All noise emitting activities shall be carried out in the day
time
6 October 2012
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
All potentially impacted residents of the area shall be
informed of any noise emitting activity to be carried out,
the expected noise levels and duration
Metal-to-metal contact on equipment should be avoided as
much as possible.
them) appropriate personal protective devices like ear
plugs, muffs, etc.
Dumping of all kinds of wastes into nearby water bodies

shall be totally avoided.
Storage of construction materials shall be kept away from
near water bodies to avoid wash down of contaminants into
water.
Impact on Peoples income and livelihood
Adequate consultation shall be conducted with all

stakeholders to ensure that all effects of the road creation on
peoples assets duly mitigated if not totally avoided.
Local authorities shall be consulted in choosing most
suitable access route.
Impact on Land Use Pattern
Local people shall be employed to work during access road

creation.
Vegetation clearing during access road creation shall keep
clear as much as possible from farmlands and fish ponds.
Access road creation shall be restricted to delineated area.
7 October 2012
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Impact on Visual Intrusion and Aesthetics
Mitigation Measures
All forms of encroachment into other land uses shall be
avoided.
Good house-keeping shall be ensured during access road
creating.
Waste materials shall be collected in specialised containers
to be disposed appropriately via certified waste managers.
Indiscriminate discarding or discharging of wastes shall be
prohibited.
Light sources shall be properly shaded and directed onto
work area
The HSE Manager shall periodically give safety and
environmental management briefing to all personnel to
ensure that they have adequate information on proper
environmental management.
Impact on Environmental Justice
Impact on Health and Safety

stakeholders to ensure that every partys interest is duly
considered.
Local authorities shall be consulted in choosing access route.
All safety protocols in the use of equipment and
machineries shall be strictly adhered to.
All vehicles, equipment and machineries to be used during
access road creation shall duly inspected by the HSE
Supervisor to ensure that they are in tip-top conditions
8 October 2012
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
before issuance of work permit.
All personnel at work site shall be provided with and
enforced to put on all necessary personal protective devices
like, hard hat, safety shoes, ear muffs, nose masks etc.
Periodic safety briefings shall be provided to relevant
personnel to ensure that safety is not compromised at work.
All accidents and near misses shall be reported and duly
documented for improvement in safety protocols.
Site clearing
Loss of Vegetation, demarcation of wildlife

habitats and loss of some wildlife
Vegetation clearing shall be limited to delineated project

area.
Root stock of plant species of particular importance such as
medicinal species shall be spared from clearing as much as
possible, while effort should be made to replant important
species.
Exposed ground not intended for further development shall
be re-vegetation
Hand cutting shall be used to clear vegetation initially,
while selection of machinery shall be done with their impact
on environment in mind.
Poaching of wild life shall be prohibited. All work men shall
9 October 2012
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
be given adequate briefing on this, while conspicuous
warning signage shall be placed at strategic locations
against poaching.
In the event of capture of endangered wild species, it shall
be delivered to appropriate institution for conservation.
Mortality and morbidity of Aquatic Biota

(including fisheries)
Discharge of all forms of wastes into surface water shall be

avoided.
Impact on Air Quality and Noise Level
All vehicles and machineries to be used for site clearing

shall be regularly serviced and maintained to ensure that
they are in good conditions and conform to national and
international emission standards.
Contractors vehicles shall be inspected by the proponents
HSE supervisor to ensure that they are good condition
before the issuance of work permit. Only contractors with
work permit shall work on site.
Dust-prone ground shall be watered while working in dry
season.
Burning of vegetal wastes shall be prohibited on site.
10
Dumping of all kinds of wastes into nearby water bodies

shall be totally avoided.
October 2012
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
Storage of construction materials shall be kept away from
near water bodies to avoid wash down of contaminants into
water.
Temporary waste dumps shall be kept clear of surface water
bodies.
Impact on Peoples income and livelihood

stakeholders to ensure that all effects of the site clearing on
peoples assets are duly mitigated if not totally avoided.
Local people shall be employed to work during site clearing.
Vegetation clearing during access road creation shall keep
clear as much as possible from farmlands and fish ponds.
Site clearing shall be restricted to delineated area.
avoided.
Impact on Environmental Justice

stakeholders to ensure that every partys interest is duly
considered.
A community relations plan shall be made to ensure that all
necessary responsibilities are carried to maintain good
relationship with the host communities.

All vehicles, equipment and machineries to be used during
11
October 2012
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
site clearing shall duly inspected by the HSE Supervisor to
ensure that they are in tip-top conditions before issuance of
work permit.
Ground compaction
and grading
Impact on Soil
Grading and compaction of cleared and sandfilled areas

shall be restricted to the areas.
Impact on Ground Topography
Discharge of used oils and solid wastes indiscriminately

shall be prohibited.
Grading and compaction shall be done without altering the
topography.
Obstruction to free-flow of surface runoff due to uneven
terrain shall be avoided.
Good drainage system shall be incorporated ground works
to avoid erosion either within or outside the project area.
12
All vehicles and equipment to be used for ground

compaction and grading shall be regularly serviced and
maintained to ensure that they are in good conditions and
October 2012
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
conform to national and international emission standards.
Contractors vehicles and equipment shall be inspected by
the proponents HSE supervisor to ensure that they are in
good condition before the issuance of work permit. Only
contractors with work permit shall work on site.
Dumping of all kinds of wastes including earth materials

into nearby water bodies shall be totally avoided.
Grading and ground compaction works shall keep clear as

much as possible from undesignated water areas, farmlands
and fish ponds.
avoided.

All vehicles, equipment and equipment to be used during
ground compaction and grading shall duly inspected by the
HSE Supervisor to ensure that they are in tip-top conditions
13
October 2012
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
Mobilisation of
construction
equipment and
Personnel to site.
Contractors vehicles and equipment shall be inspected by

the proponents HSE supervisor to ensure that they are in
good condition before the issuance of work permit. Only
contractors with work permit shall work on site.
them) appropriate personal protective devices like hard hat,
safety shoes, nose masks, ear plugs, muffs, etc.
Impact on Local Population
Movement of people into project site shall be strictly

regulated. Only permitted persons shall be allowed into the
site.
Impact on Socio-cultural System
Foreign workmen shall be thoroughly briefed on the way of

life of the locals to avoid unacceptable behaviours.
Vehicular movements shall be executed in a manner that

compliments traffic within and along the area. Vehicular
movement shall be timed to coincide with low traffic
periods in order to minimize interference with normal
traffic routine. In addition road traffic managers shall be
engaged during this period to ensure good traffic
management to the site area.
Driver shall be properly educated to obey roads signs and
14
October 2012
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
rules and certified to be in good physical/mental health and
are not under Alcohol or drugs.
All vehicles shall be properly maintained and serviced.
All vehicles shall be properly checked before moving to site.
Outriders shall be engaged during heavy vehicle and
equipment movement.
Road safety codes and protocols in the use of equipment

shall be strictly adhered to.
All vehicles to be used during mobilisation of equipment
and personnel shall be duly inspected by the HSE
Supervisor to ensure that they are in tip-top conditions
15
October 2012
Table 7.2: Anticipated Negative Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Construction Activities
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
Procurement of construction
materials
Impact on Vegetation and

Wildlife
Movement of people and vehicle in and out of the project site shall be
limited to delineated road areas.
Poaching of wild life shall be prohibited. All work men shall be given
adequate briefing on this, while conspicuous warning signage shall be
placed at strategic locations against poaching.
In the event of capture of endangered wild species, it shall be
delivered to appropriate institution for conservation.
Impact on Air Quality and

Noise Level
Contractors vehicles and equipment shall be inspected by the

proponents HSE supervisor to ensure that they are in good condition
before the issuance of work permit. Only contractors with work
permit shall work on site.
All work men shall be provided with (and enforced to use them)
appropriate personal protective devices like nose masks, ear plugs,
muffs, etc.
System
Vehicular movements shall be executed in a manner that compliments

traffic within and along the area. Vehicular movement shall be timed
to coincide with low traffic periods in order to minimize interference
with normal traffic routine. In addition road traffic managers shall be
engaged during this period to ensure good traffic management to the
site area.
Driver shall be properly educated to obey roads signs and rules and
certified to be in good physical/mental health and are not under
Alcohol or drugs.
16
October 2012

Outriders shall be engaged during heavy vehicle and equipment
movement.
Road safety codes and protocols in the use of equipment shall be
strictly adhered to.
All vehicles to be used during ground compaction and grading shall
be duly inspected by the HSE Supervisor to ensure that they are in
tip-top conditions before issuance of work permit.
All personnel at work site shall be provided with and enforced to put
on all necessary personal protective devices like, hard hat, safety
shoes, ear muffs, nose masks etc.
Periodic safety briefings shall be provided to relevant personnel to
ensure that safety is not compromised at work.
All accidents and near misses shall be reported and duly documented
for improvement in safety protocols.
Civil (building) works
Impact on Vegetation and

Wildlife
Movement of people and vehicle in and out of the project site shall be
limited to delineated road areas.
Poaching of wild life shall be prohibited. All work men shall be given
adequate briefing on this, while conspicuous warning signage shall be
placed at strategic locations against poaching.
In the event of capture of endangered wild species, it shall be
delivered to appropriate institution for conservation.
17
October 2012
Impact on Soil
Indiscriminate dumping of all kinds of wastes on soil shall be

prohibited.
Wastes shall be collected in specialised containers to be evacuated
from site by certified waste managers.
The amount of bare ground and stockpiles shall also be minimized to
avoid silt runoff;
Rehabilitation and re-vegetation of cleared areas adjacent to the Project
site
which shall include the re-vegetation of bare soils
Impact on Ground
Topography
All trenches shall be appropriately backfilled

Heaps of construction materials, like sands, gravel, etc shall be
properly sited to avoid obstruction to free flow of surface run-off.
Good drainage system shall be incorporated ground works to avoid
erosion either within or outside the project area.

Noise Level
All vehicles and machineries to be used during construction works

shall be regularly serviced and maintained to ensure that they are in
good conditions and conform to national and international emission
standards.
Contractors vehicles shall be inspected by the proponents HSE
supervisor to ensure that they are good condition before the issuance
of work permit. Only contractors with work permit shall work on site.
Dust-prone ground shall be watered while working in dry season.
18
October 2012
Burning of wastes shall be prohibited on site.

muffs, etc.
System
Foreign workmen shall be thoroughly briefed on the way of life of the

locals to avoid unacceptable behaviours.
Local labourers shall be given priority to foreigners.
Impact on Basic Amenities

and Infrastructure
Provision of basic amenities like electricity and water shall be

provided independently for construction works and needs of
workers.
Mass transit transportation shall be provided for movement of
workmen to site daily.
System

site area.
Alcohol or drugs.
movement.
Impact on Visual Intrusion

and Aesthetics
19
Good house-keeping shall be ensured during construction works.
October 2012
Waste materials shall be collected in specialised containers to be

disposed appropriately via certified waste managers.
Indiscriminate discarding or discharging of wastes shall be
prohibited.
Onsite open dumping of refuse shall be prohibited on site.
Light sources shall be properly shaded and directed onto work area
The HSE Manager shall periodically give safety and environmental
management briefing to all personnel to ensure that they have
adequate information on proper environmental management.
Safety protocols in the use of equipment and machineries shall be

All machineries, equipment and vehicles to be used during
construction works shall be duly inspected by the HSE Supervisor to
ensure that they are in tip-top conditions before issuance of work
permit.
Periodic safety briefings shall be provided to relevant personnel to
ensure that safety is not compromised at work.

20
October 2012
An Emergency Response Plan (ERP) for the construction period shall

be put in place
Impact on Environmental
Justice
Adequate consultation shall be conducted with all stakeholders to

ensure that every partys interest is duly considered.
A community relations plan shall be made to ensure that all necessary
responsibilities are carried to maintain good relationship with the
host communities.
Water utilisation
Impact on Aquatic Biota

(including Fisheries)
Any waste water to be discharged into surface waters shall be treated

to acceptable limit set by the federal ministry of environment before
such discharge.
Impact on Groundwater
Adequate geotechnical studies shall be carried out prior sinking of

boreholes to ensure that over-abstraction of ground water does not
arise.
Water needs for construction works shall be provided via boreholes

developed for the purpose of the construction works.
Any waste water to be discharged into surface waters shall be treated
to acceptable limit set by the federal ministry of environment before
such discharge.
Disposal of solid wastes into water bodies shall be prohibited during
construction.
System
21
Mitigation measures for impacts on surface water in addition to

adequate consultation with stakeholder are considered adequate to
ameliorate socio-cultural changes that will occur. Peoples way of life
October 2012
around the project is have direct link with water.

and Infrastructure
Water needs for construction works shall be provided via boreholes

developed for the purpose of the construction works.
Impact on Environmental
Justice
Adequate consultation shall be conducted with all stakeholders to

ensure that every partys interest is duly considered.
A community relations plan shall be made to ensure that all necessary
responsibilities are carried to maintain good relationship with the
host communities.
Waste Production
Impact on Vegetation
Wastes dumping into vegetated areas shall be prohibited

Specialised containers shall be provided for solid wastes collection at
strategic locations on site.
Waste management shall be put in place by the proponent to ensure
that wastes are properly managed.
Impact on Aquatic Biota
Discharge or dumping of liquid and solid wastes into water bodies

The HSE Supervisor shall implement periodic survey of adjoining
waters bodies to ensure that unguided discharge or dumping of
wastes does not occur.
Impact on Soil
Discharge or dumping of liquid and solid wastes on land areas both

within and near projected areas shall be prohibited.
22
October 2012
Open dumping or burning of wastes shall be prohibited

Certified waste managers shall be contracted to periodically evacuate
wastes from site.
Discharge of toxic liquid wastes on land shall be prohibited.

Specialised containers shall be provided for collection of liquid wastes
like used oils, on site.
Accidental spillage of liquid wastes or toxic fluids shall be cleaned up
immediately. Topsoil of affected areas shall be removed to the extent,
spilled fluid had percolated.

Open burning of wastes shall be prohibited
Domestic and sanitary wastes shall be collected in specialised
enclosed facilities and evacuated by contracted certified waste
managers.
Periodic inspection of facilities shall be conducted by the HSE
personnel to ensure that no site of putrefying wastes occur
within the facilities.
23
Discharge or dumping of liquid and solid wastes into water bodies
October 2012
The HSE Supervisor shall implement periodic survey of adjoining
waters bodies to ensure that unguided discharge or dumping of
wastes does not occur.
and Aesthetics
Open and indiscriminate dumping of waste shall be prohibited
Sound waste management plan shall be put in place to ensure that

wastes a well managed.
Collected wastes in specialised containers shall be promptly

evacuated periodically.
Collected putrescible wastes shall be promptly evacuated.

Dumping of wastes (particularly toxic materials) into water bodies
Demobilisation of
equipment and personnel
from site.

Noise Level
Contractors vehicles and equipment shall be inspected by the

proponents HSE supervisor to ensure that they are in good condition
before the issuance of work permit.
Only contractors with work permit shall work on site.
site area.
24
October 2012

Alcohol or drugs.
movement.
Road safety codes and protocols in the use of equipment shall be

All vehicles shall be duly inspected by the HSE Supervisor to ensure
that they are in tip-top conditions before issuance of work permit.
All accidents and near misses shall be reported and duly documented
for improvement in safety protocols.
25
October 2012
Table 7.3: Anticipated Negative Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operation of the Power Plant
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
Power plant operations,

Vehicular and Human traffic
Impact on Soil
Vehicle maintenance spots shall be provided with waste oil

management facilities to ensure that discharge of used oil on
soil is avoided.
Indiscriminate discard of solid wastes on land shall be
prohibited.
Waste collection facilities shall be provided at strategic positions
within the power plant facility.
Oil interceptors and silt traps shall be put in place to manage and
retain sediments on site;
Avoid erosion by ensuring that all roads used on and off site are
suitable for heavy vehicles
Paving of the area occupied by the plant and roads on site,
The majority of the surface of the site area will be covered with
gravel or a similar material with a higher permeable surface to
reduce surface run-off particularly during heavy rains;
The wastewater treatment plant shall be effectively operated to
ensure that waste water and oil contaminated waste water are in
compliance with relevant standards after treatment to avoid soil
contamination.
The turbines will use a dry low NOx combustion system which will
form a key mitigation measure during the Operation phase.
All vehicles used shall be regularly maintained and Vehicle
inspection shall be conducted prior issuance of WORTHY
Permit.
26
The plant design shall be such that reverberant sound from the gas
turbine is minimized internally by using an acoustic enclosure.
October 2012
Good door seals which shall meet the specifications for 82 dB at 1

m from the source shall be used will be replaced regularly to
ensure efficiency.
Exhaust stacks will be designed to meet a noise level of 92 dB(A).
The walls, roof, windows and doors to the building shall have a
high noise reduction rating and ensure that there are no significant
gaps. Air conditioning/air flow requirements shall be designed to
take account of noise breakout.
Discharge or dumping of any kind of waste into water bodies

Water treatment facilities and good sewage management
facilities shall be installed at the power plant.
Traffic management systems at specific road nodes leading to

the power plant shall be improved to meet with traffic
demands.
Clear signage and signboards shall be erected at necessary
points along the roads leading to and within the power plant.
Maintenance of Power Plant and

facilities
Impact on Soil
27
Oil-water interceptors or sumps shall be constructed to capture

discharge of oils and other polluting liquids from maintenance
workshops, vehicle and equipment washing bays and kitchen
drains.
October 2012
Oil (including transformer oil) should be recycled and reused.

Safety and emergency response plan shall be developed for all
operations with emphasis on the protection of the environment.
Toxic materials and chemicals shall be properly stored to avoid
accidental leakage and spillage on land.
Identified leakage or spillage shall be promptly cleaned up.
Measure that mitigates soil pollution apply to groundwater as

well
Ground water extraction must not exceed the capacity of the
aquifer as shall be provided by hydro geologic study
recommendations.
Discharge of all forms of liquid wastes including used oils and

wash fluids from maintenance workshop shall be prohibited.
Storage facilities for toxic wastes shall not be sited close to
surface water bodies.

Safety
International best practice safety protocols and standard codes

shall be applied an all maintenance operations at the power
plant.
Only qualified and certified engineers shall be employed to
work at the power plant.
Periodic Safety trainings shall be organised for maintenance
workers and engineers.
28
October 2012
Engineers and maintenance workers shall be provided with and

enforced to use appropriate personal protective equipment in
their operations.
Fire fighting equipment such as hydrant system as well vehicles
shall be on ground and alert at all times in case of fire incidence.
Administrative operations
System
Employment of labour as much as possible shall give preference

to local people.
Local people shall be given preferential opportunities to provide
key services within the power plant

Infrastructure
Water supply shall be developed for the power plant

administration to avoid increased demand on such existing
facilities in the locality of the power plant
Where possible, water supply should be extended to the
System
Power plant shuttle services shall be put in place to carter for

transportation needs of the administrative staff.
Traffic management systems at road nodes leading to the power
plant shall be improved to cope with the demand of increased
vehicles due to power plant staff.
Road signage shall provide at strategic positions to improve
transportation and traffic to and from the power plant.
29
October 2012
Vehicles that operate in the power plant shall be inspected and

given worthy permit based on their conformance with safety
standards.
Waste Management
Impact on Soil
Oil-water interceptors or sumps shall be constructed to capture

discharge of oils and other polluting liquids from maintenance
workshops, vehicle and equipment washing bays and kitchen
drains
Safety and emergency response plan shall be developed for all
operations with emphasis on the protection of the environment;
No grey water runoff or uncontrolled discharges from the
site/working areas shall be permitted;
Water containing pollutants such as cements, concrete, lime,
chemicals, and fuels shall be discharged into a conservancy tank
for removal from site;
Sound measures shall be put in place to control storm waters
and erosive effects
The measures against impacts on soil are applicable for

groundwater

Waste water and sewage treatment facilities shall be put in place
at the power plant to forestall emission of noxious gases or
dispersal of pathogenic microbes.
30
October 2012
Periodic inspection of facilities shall be conducted by the HSE

personnel to ensure that no unhygienic wastes handling takes
place at the power plant facilities.
Discharge or dumping of wastes into surface waters shall be
prohibited.
Periodic monitoring of water quality shall be implemented to be
able to obtain early warning signals of water pollution due the
power plants operations.

and Aesthetics
No open dumping of wastes and garbage shall take place at the

power plant
Certified waste mangers shall be contracted to periodically and
promptly evacuate collected waste at the power plant facilities

Safety
Waste management plan shall be put in place to guide all waste

management process.
Identified health hazards via wastes shall be addressed
immediately.
Periodic inspection and audit of all waste management facilities
at the power plant shall be implemented to ensure sound
practices and management.
31
October 2012
Table 7.4: Anticipated Negative Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Decommissioning of the Power plant
Activities
Anticipated Impacts
Mitigation Measures
Dismantling and Removal

of facilities, including
underground cables
Impact on Ground Topography
All trenches during shall be properly backfilled

Destroyed buildings sites shall be levelled to ensure no obstructive
terrain for surface runoffs

Noise Level
All vehicles and machineries to be used dismantling and removal of

facilities shall be inspected by the proponents HSE supervisor to
ensure that they are good condition before the issuance of work
permit. Only contractors with work permit shall work on site.
Boundaries of dust-prone destruction area shall be barricaded with
net materials to minimize dust emissions
Burning of l wastes shall be prohibited on site.
muffs, etc.
Impact on Peoples Income and

Livelihood
Persons and stakeholders to be affected by the facilities removal

shall be duly consulted and appropriate measures taken to
ameliorate impacts on them.
Early notice shall be given for the intended facilities
decommissioning to allow people adjust to associated changes
Impact on Basic Amenities and

Infrastructure
32
Management of basic amenities shall be handed over to most

suitable institution (could be community leaders) for proper
October 2012
maintenance.
Alternative provisions shall be worked out for facilities that as a
matter of necessity shall be removed at decommissioning of the
power plant.
System
During decommissioning, vehicular movements shall be executed in

a manner that compliments traffic within and along the area.
Vehicular movement shall be timed to coincide with low traffic
periods in order to minimize interference with normal traffic
routine. In addition road traffic managers shall be engaged during
this period to ensure good traffic management to the site area.
Impact on Visual Intrusion and

Aesthetics
All rubbish shall

decommissioning
be
properly
removed
from
site
after
No facility shall be abandoned to no-use.

All decommissioning activities shall be carried out in conformance

with international safety standards.
Workmen shall be provided with and enforced to use appropriate
personal protective equipment like hard hat, safety shoes, nose
masks, etc during demolition and site clearing works.
Discharge workers
Impact on Peoples Income and

Livelihood
Affected staff shall be give early notice to enable them adjust to

impending due to loss of their jobs.
Pension plans of the power plant management shall be duly
implemented to enable discharge workers to start off new life.
33
October 2012
SUMMARY
The mitigation measures presented here above are deemed adequate based on
sound judgement to either completely eliminate or ameliorate the potential and
associated negative environment and social impacts from the proposed Century
Power plant development project. The measures are expected to reduce high
significance impacts to as low as possible, while moderate and low significance
impacts could be reduced to negligible significance.
The objective of the mitigation measures will be most effective if strictly followed
and necessary monitoring activities carried out as prescribed by the
environmental management plan presented in this report.
34
October 2012
CHAPTER EIGHT
STAKEHOLDERS ENGAGEMENT
AND DISCLOSURE
CHAPTER EIGHT
STAKEHOLDERS ENGAGEMENT AND DISCLOSURE
BACKGROUND
At this stage of the evolution of
ESIA process in Nigeria, it has become a
requirement of the Nigerian regulatory agencies and the World Bank that ESI
management should contain a Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) which
incorporates a grievance mechanism. In consequence, F.M. Chidez Ltd., as part
of the ESIA consortium articulated a SEP for CPGL. The main objective is to
define preliminary engagement procedures with environmentally concerned
communities, subject to continual reviews, to be deployed throughout the life
cycle of the project.
This chapter represents a summary of the SEP and focuses on providing a

description of the consultation and disclosure activities undertaken during this
EIA process. Also, the SEP sets out a strategy for the engagement required as
part of the ongoing operation of the power plant.
A typical SEP is a living document, which gets updated and adjusted as the EIA
progresses and will continue to be amended as the project planning evolves. The
SEP provides a framework to facilitate and manage effective engagement with
the key stakeholders (IFC 2007).
8.2
OBJECTIVES OF STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
The engagement is understood to be a single or series of inclusive and culturally

appropriate interactions aimed at providing stakeholders with opportunities to
express their views, so the issues raised can be considered and incorporated into
the ESIA decision-making process. Effective management requires the prior
2 October 2012
disclosure of relevant and adequate project information to enable stakeholders to

understand the risks, impacts, and opportunities of the project.
The primary objectives of stakeholder engagements and disclosure are outlined

below:
Ensuring that adequate and timely information is provided to identify

stakeholders;
Providing sufficient opportunity to stakeholders to voice their opinions and

concerns, and to ensure that these concerns influence project decisions; and
Establishing a cordial link between the proponent, CPGL, and affected

communities for the lifetime of the project.
8.3
STAKEHOLDER IDENTIFICATION
For a typical project, a stakeholder is defined as an individuals or group who is

potentially affected by a project or who has an interest in the project and its
potential impacts. Therefore the objective of stakeholder identification is to
establish the organisations and individuals who may be directly or indirectly
affected (positively and negatively) by, or have an interest in, the project;
Stakeholder identification is an ongoing process, requiring regular review and
updating of the stakeholder database as the Project evolves. In the particular case
of CPGL IPP project, the scenario is such that the land is acquired by the
proponent from a section of the MPIDIEGWU family of Ubahu village in Okija.
A deed of conveyance has been executed by the seven families who consented to
sell their share of the larger Mpidiegwu family land to Century Power
Generation Limited. This historical fact may influence the list of stakeholders.
Hence, the next few paragraphs will discuss the identified stakeholders for the
CPGL power project as well as indication of their stake in the project.
3 October 2012
8.3.1 Regulatory Agencies

Federal and State governments as well as Local government constitute important
stakeholders within the projects engagement framework. Some are regulators
who issue the necessary permits while others may provide information on
demography, climatic conditions, etc. Engagement with these agencies must live
throughout the project life span. During this scoping phase of this project, the
following stakeholders were identified.
Federal Ministry of Environment (FMEnv), Abuja;
The Federal Ministry of Power, Abuja;
The Nigerian Electricity Regulatory Commission (NERC), Abuja;
The Anambra State Ministry of Environment and
The Nigerian Gas Company Anambra State Regional office.
8.3.2 Other Local, State and Federal Government Agencies

The Project falls within the Ihiala LGA Council, located within Anambra state.
CPGL engaged with the relevant council departments of the LGA and asked
them to consider the project activities in the wider planning for the LGA. In
addition, the following Ministries and Ministerial Agencies within Anambra
state and Federal Government will be engaged throughout the project lifecycle to
ensure that they are kept informed and are given an opportunity to provide
input in their respective planning areas:
Anambra State Environmental Protection Agency.
The Transmission Company of Nigeria (TCN).
The Nigerian Bulk Electricity Trader (NBET),
National Environmental Standards and Regulations Enforcement Agency

(NESREA).
8.3.3 Communities and Traditional Institutions

Traditional institutions, their councils and the leaders of the social groups in the
community (such as women, youths and local farmers), health workers and
4 October 2012
teacher groups, should all be engaged on a continuous basis in a discussion of all

aspects. Meetings with these groups will follow local practices and norms and
will be held prior to any wider communication in the villages in order to respect
the traditional structures.
8.3.4 Vulnerable Groups
By definition, a group of people is regarded as vulnerable when by virtue of
gender, ethnicity, age; physical or mental disability, economic disadvantage or
social status may be more adversely affected by a project than others, and who
may be constrained in their ability to take advantage of a project developmental
benefits. Therefore, typical Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) initiatives are
designed to favour these groups as much as practicable.
Women have been identified as vulnerable group for the project, due to their
economic vulnerability and inability to participate in decision-making processes
within the traditional context. Women in the project are not always able to attend
or speak freely at open meetings and/or may have household restrictions on
when they are able to attend such meetings. The project will hold womens
meeting at times and places convenient to the women in each community. These
meetings will be held by a female member of the project team, where possible.
Other potential vulnerable groups identified as part of the EIA include the
elderly, youth and migrant farmers. Vulnerability of these groups is also based
on reduced opportunities to participate in local decision-making, as well as their
economic vulnerability, particularly with regard to employment. As such,
engagement activities have been designed to ensure representation of these
groups among stakeholders, and to seek to understand potential project
interactions with their livelihood opportunities and agency within the
communities.
5 October 2012
8.3.5 Non Governmental Organisations (NGOs)

NGOs are organisations which declare interest in a given project (Human right
conservation of natural resources etc.) and try to influence decisions on such
projects through direct contact or public opinion. NGOs may also have data and
insight into the dynamics of a given project and may become useful partners in
the project. As a power oriented project looking for land, the project identifies
The Nigerian Conservation Foundation (NCF). The main mechanism for
engagement with the NCF and NGOs germane to the project will be through
face-to-face meetings at key stages of project development (during the EIA and at
the onset of construction).
8.4
STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Stakeholder engagement usually begins before the ESIA process and extends
well beyond it. It takes place in stages. In the particular case of CPGL IPP, the
stakeholder engagement and disclosure process has been divided into four
stages, each having individual objectives for engagement. The main focuses of
each stage of the stakeholder engagement process are outlined in the sequel.
8.4.1 STAGE 1: SCOPING
The scoping process is the first phase of the ESIA process. The main objectives
are to define the scope of the engagement program that will continue to be
adjusted and amended throughout the life cycle of the project. The critical
activities in this stage are.
Stakeholder identification and mapping; and
Informing the relevant government authorities of the project through

preliminary engagement.
6 October 2012
The goal is to identify issues from all stakeholders (NGOs, Government

Agencies, Proponents, and Communities etc) through preliminary consultation.
This part of the stakeholder consultation was completed by January 28th 2012.
8.4.2 STAGE 2: ESIA Study
The primary objective of Stage 2, ESIA study, is to inform the local stakeholders
of the preliminary project design, to elicit their key concerns and expectations.
The outcome of this consultation would therefore be incorporated into the
impact assessment process and development of mitigation measures for the
project. In order to achieve this, further engagement was undertaken with the
stakeholders consulted during the scoping phase, as well as with additional
stakeholder groups. Stakeholder engagement during this phase included the
following activities:
A series of meetings with the government departments including:
Ministry of Mines and Power;
Federal Ministry of Environment
Anambra State Ministry of Environment
Ihiala LGA
Neighbouring Communities of Ozubulu, Ihiala and Ihembosi.
Consultations with local community leaders and groups of key stakeholders in

the communities to provide them with an overview of the proposed project, the
ESIA process, potential project impacts and to discuss likely mitigation
measures. This was carried out alongside the collection of further baseline data
using qualitative and consultative processes to better understand the socioeconomic context of the project area, stakeholders and their perceptions of the
project.
7 October 2012
Meetings and correspondence with NGOS and research institutions for the
gathering of baseline information.
This stage of stakeholder engagement was completed in March, 2012
8.4.3 STAGE 3: ESIA Disclosure

As part of the formal regulatory process, FMEnv will disclose the draft EIA
report for the Project and invite public comments. CPGL will consult with the
FMEnv regarding the disclosure process and notification to ensure it is done to
World Bank standards, and to facilitate any further disclosure requirements.
Public stakeholders at both the state and LGA levels will be invited to provide
their input, most likely with a public hearing being conducted by the FMEnv as
part of their review activities. This notification is typically done through a
newspaper announcement and Radio jingles
There may be simultaneous disclosure of the draft ESIA report on the World
Bank INfoShop website which The FMEnv will be notified about.
8.4.4 STAGE 4: Project Execution

This stage involves ongoing engagement after submission of the ESIA.
Engagement activities will be carried out to monitor implementation and
effectiveness of mitigation measures. The engagement activities will also be
designed to build on positive stakeholder relationships established during the
ESIA and carry these forward through Project implementation and Operation.
The grievance mechanism will be advertised and announced to all affected
stakeholders to ensure that the stakeholders are fully informed about how to
implement the grievance procedure. Thus throughout the project execution there
will be ongoing engagement between stakeholders and CPGL
8 October 2012
The consultation activities with various stakeholders and specific discussion

areas for Stages 1 and 2 of the stakeholders engagement process are detailed in
the table below:
9 October 2012
ENGAGEMENT ACTIVITY
STAKEHOLDERS
Meeting with State and local
Federal Ministry of Mines and
Government officials
Steel
SPECIAL DISCUSSION AREAS
TIMING
STAGE 1: SCOPING
Government Agencies Federal,
State and local Authorities
regulatory Authorities
Meeting with Local
Engagement with affected communities need
Employment opportunities
Improvement in Electricity Supply
Issues concerning site visitation

EIA process, scope of the EIA
Scope of data collection, ToR approval
Desktop data gathering, EIA reports in the
area.
Anambra State Ministry of
Consultation on the host community
Environment
Disclosure on the ESIA commencement
Composition of traditional council.
Other relevant laws and legislation on EIA
Employment opportunities.
Engagement with affected communities
Potential positive impacts and community state
Employment opportunity for local people and

provision of electricity
10
October 2011
for continuous engagement
Ihiala LGA
CSR is general.
October 2012
October 2011
November 2011
ENGAGEMENT ACTIVITY
STAKEHOLDERS
TIMING
STAGE 2: EIA STUDY

Community Engagement,
Meeting with Traditional rulers and youths
engagement with local groups

and traditional leaders,
The Obi Onowu of Okija
Formal presentation of the project
The Obi of Uhuowele Okija
Discussion of community concern
The youths
Discussion with the vulnerable
January 2012
groups, women and youths
Discussion on CPGL Energy

workers integration into the
community
Engagement with NGO
Meeting with Nigerian Conservation
NGO Representatives
Foundation
General discussion on the project
June 2012
as it concerns NGF activities
Concerns over erosion and fauna

and flora conservation
Need for community engagement.
Federal Ministry of
Disclosure timetable
Environment
Display Timetable
Traditional Rulers.
Printing Media Advertisement.
Electronic Media Advertisement
Panel review Timetable.
Invitation to panel review

meeting
Discussion on issues raised by
the community before the panel
review.
STAGE 3: DISCLOSURE
Engagement with FMEnv officials,
Community Engagement,
engagement with local groups,
and traditional leaders.
Community Engagement.
Submission of EIA draft report and meeting
with all the groups.
Meeting with the traditional ruler and local
Traditional Ruler
groups
Youths
11
October 2012
May/ June 2012
May/ June 2012.
Panel Review
EIA Public Presentation by CPGL

EIA Evaluation Report by the
experts
Community questions and answers
Evaluation by the regulatory
Authorities.
CPGL representatives
Community groups
Regulators from LGAs and
ENGAGEMENT ACTIVITY
State Government
NGOs representatives
Federal Ministry of
Environment Officials.
STAKEHOLDERS
Findings of EIA study

Mitigation of Stakeholder and
community concerns
Adequacy of mitigation
measures against negative
impacts
Adequacy of Environmental
Management Plan.
Appropriateness of
Environmental Monitoring
Grievance Mechanism
Discussion on Marginalised/
Vulnerable groups.
18th 20th July

2012.
TIMING
STAGE 4: PROJECT EXECUTION

Meeting with villagers to discuss basically
employment.
Traditional Rulers and

community leaders.
CPGL representatives.
Meeting with Anambra State Ministry of

Construction
Environment.

Environment
Meeting with Local Government Health
Regulators from LGA
officers.
12
October 2012
Employment of the locals

Influx of workers into the
community
Community relations with other
workers
Migrant workers respect for
traditional Institution.
Observance of best practices
during construction
Every quarter
during
construction.
Health Impact of Construction

Activity.
Traffic risks and mitigation.
Every six months

during
construction.
Every six months

during
construction.
Operation
Meeting with Traditional Institutions

Community Leaders.
Women Groups.
Youths
NESREA

Environment
Local Government Officials

Health and Environmental Officers
Market Operators
NERC and TCN
Monitoring Compliance with

NERC transmission codes.
System Operator
Monitoring compliance with

protective systems reactive
power injection
Transmission Services Provider

standards at PCC.
Special Meeting with the disabled

and aged.
Special needs for the aged and

disabled
13
Employment of the Locals

CSR Projects.
Youth Empowerment.
Women Empowerment.
Grievances if any
2ice a year (as
Compliance with all the

standards
Once a year.
Compliance with the mitigation

measures.
Once a year.

Environment
Compliance with all the

standards
Once a year.
Regulators from LGA

environmental management
plan.
Compliance with market rules
and CPGL performance.
Traditional Rulers
October 2012
the need arises)
Once every 2
years or earlier if
the need arises.
8.5 KEY ISSUES RAISED

This section provides an overview of the key concerns raised by stakeholders
during stages 1 and 2 of the stakeholder engagement process. These issues that
are raised during the consultation process will continuously be registered in
order to monitor and manage stakeholder concerns with the project.
8.5.1 Level of stakeholder engagement and engagement Activities
Project stakeholders have expressed delight at the quality and frequency of the
present engagement. They however request that engagement will be with only
accepted members of the community. In particular, the Obi Onowu of Okija, Obi
Dr. Nnamuzie Obi needs to approve all meetings to avoid confusion.
There is uncertainty among the stakeholders with respect to the sustenance of the
frequency of engagement activities and who will be responsible for undertaking
these activities.
8.5.2 Social infrastructure

There is a general concern regarding the provision of basic social infrastructure
and amenities such as schools, hospitals and potable water supply. These
facilities are grossly inadequate and CPGL is willing to intervene
8.5.3 Health and Safety
There was palpable fear about influx of workers during the construction stage
giving the inadequate of social amenities. Stakeholders would wish CPGL could
provide portable water t reduce the wish of water borne diseases. Elite amongst
them raised the issue of gaseous emissions and hazardous effluents. Another
gentleman raised the issue of increased potential for accidents at the site area.
8.5.4 Employment
14
October 2012
Stakeholders made a passionate appeal regarding the employment of their

youths for economic empowerment They promised to provide skilled manpower
so as to forestall a situation whereby their folks can only be guards and dish
washers.
8.5.5 Provision of Electricity
The Ubahu community and other neighbouring communities like Ugwucheleku,
Umuogu, Oghalegbu and Umuhu in Okija requested for electricity supply direct
from the power plant. The proponent is not opposed to this, but the logistics is
not very easy because of the distribution infrastructure which may be needed
and approval from NERC. However the engagement continues. More
stakeholders from NERC and Enugu Distribution Company may have to be
involved
8.5.6 Project Grievance Mechanism
Grievance Mechanism provides a formal and ongoing avenue for stakeholders to
engage with the company. For projects with environmental and social impacts,
grievances are a fact of life. How a company responds (or is perceived to be
responding) when such grievances surface is important and can have significant
implications for business performance (IFC 2007). A grievance mechanism
should be scaled to fit the level of risks and impacts of a project. It should flow
from a companys broader process of stakeholder engagement and business
integrity principles, and integrate the various elements of engagement discussed
in the preceding sections. In fact, having a good overall community engagement
process in place and providing access to information on a regular basis can
substantially help to prevent grievances from arising in the first place, or from
escalating to a level that can potentially undermine business performance. Thus,
from a basic risk-management perspective, spending the time and effort up front
to develop a well-functioning process is a good investment. The grievance
15
October 2012
mechanism should not be thought of as a substitute for a community

engagement process or vice-versa. The two are complementary and should be
mutually enforced. The grievance mechanism will be advertised and announced
to affected stakeholders/parties. The mechanism of the grievance process
adopted by CPGL follows the guidelines set out by IFC as summarized in the
flow chart below (IFC 2007):
8.6 MONITORING AND REPORTING STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
ACTIVITIES
CPGL will develop a stakeholder engagement database, which will be used to
store, reference, analyse and report stakeholder engagement activities. As at
today, the database has been populated with information derived from
engagement meetings with Regulatory Agencies, Government at various levels,
other stakeholders, communities and NGOs as well as data collected by CPGL
through the ESIA process. In line with the World Bank guidelines, the list of the
stakeholder groups will be continually revised and updated as additional
stakeholders emerge throughout the life cycle of the project.
In the management of grievances, keeping to the trends is key so as not to appear
partial. Therefore, records of all engagement activities will be properly filed, both
hard and electronic copies, for ease of reference.
16
October 2012
The Typical Steps of Grievance Mechanism
Receive and register grievance
Screen and assess
Act to resolve locally

No
Reject
complaint
Yes
Refer as
appropriate
Define
approach
Implement
approach
Communicate
decision
Track and
document
Resolved?
Process
feedback and
learn
Not resolved?
Revise choice
or execution
of approach
SOURCE - IFC
17
October 2012
CHAPTER NINE
ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN
CHAPTER NINE
ENVIRONMENTAL & SOCIAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ESMP)
INTRODUCTION
This chapter presents a comprehensive Environmental & Social Management
Plan for the proposed CPGL Independent power plant. ESMP is a critical
component of an Environmental and social Impact Assessment of projects. It is
an important tool used to continuously monitor and check the efficacy of the
mitigation measures recommended by the ESIA. It is a project activities-specific
plan developed to ensure that project implementation is environmentally
sustainable. It ensures that all contractors, sub-contractors and consultants
understand the potential environmental risks arising from every activity of a
project as it concerns their involvement so as to take appropriate actions to
properly manage them. ESMP ideally runs through the life span of a project;
however peculiarity of specific phases of the project such as construction and
operation phases are given appropriate considerations in the plan. The plan
equally outlines the roles and responsibilities of specific institutions and
personnel in its implementation.
KEY ELEMENTS
In developing the ESMP, a number of key elements came into play. These
elements include:
i.
Commitment & Policy: This involves commitment of the project

proponent (Century Power Generation Ltd.) to develop and implement
the ESMP in conformity with existing regulatory frameworks and
standards.
ii.
Planning: This involves evidence-based development of suitable plan of

actions that ensures sound management and safeguard of environmental
October 2012
resources. Plan development considers the project design criteria and

anticipated negative impacts from the project.
iii.
Implementation: This involves the design of implementation strategies

for set out plans. It includes training of personnel, identification of the
roles of institutions and roles of institutions and personnel, as well as
areas of interactions of different parties in the ESMP implementation.
iv.
Monitoring and Evaluation: This involves periodic monitoring of the

implementation
of
mitigation
measures.
It
also
covers
proper
documentation and evaluation of observations in order to identify

probable needs for improvement in the plans and/or corrective actions.
OBJECTIVES
The objectives of the ESMP include the following:
i.
To ensure that the Okija power plant is implemented in compliance to

applicable
national
and
international
environmental
management
standards;
ii.
To ensure that the mitigation measures recommended in the ESIA are

adhered to;
iii.
To ensure commitment to best practice management and continuous

improvement of environmental performance;
iv.
To provide early warning signals on environmental degradation, in order

to drive appropriate actions towards prevention or amelioration of the
impacts;
v.
To routinely check all measures/devices put in place to effectively

monitor all operations and activities;
vi.
To provide sound and cost-effective contingency plan that can be

activated for prompt response to any accidental occurrence such as
crashes and fire outbreak.
October 2012
PROPONENTS COMMITMENT
CPGL is committed to developing and operating the proposed power plant in an
environmentally friendly manner. This commitment drove the implementation
of this detailed ESIA to take preventive measures against potential and
associated negative impacts of the proposed project on the environment. Part of
the ESIA is Environmental Management Plan which seeks to ensure that all
recommended mitigation measures outlined in the ESIA are appropriately
implemented. The ESMP shall equally serve as a tool for monitoring,
documentation, and evaluation of the progress of the mitigation measures
implementation, with a view to improving on them. CPGL shall implement all
environmental
management
activities
in
compliance
to
national
and
international standards and best practices.
PLANNING
In order to ensure effective and comprehensive sound environmental
management, a number of specific management plans shall be put in place by
CPGL to ensure that all sources of impacts on the environment (including socioeconomic and cultural attributes) are given adequate considerations. In addition
to the plans presented herein, the proponent shall develop other relevant plans
(as events demand) during the life time of the proposed project
The following management plans shall be put in place by the proponent:

i.
Water Quality Management Plan: this shall outline the procedure and
activities to be carried out to ensure that the activities of the proposed
power plant do not constitute pollution to nearby water resources. It shall
cover surface and groundwater resources.
ii.
Air Quality and Noise Management Plan: this shall outline the
procedure and activities to be carried out to ensure that impacts on air
October 2012
quality and noise level from the power plant are maintained at healthy
and regulatory acceptable limits.
iii.
Soil Quality Management Plan: this shall outline the procedure and
activities to be carried out to ensure that the activities of the proposed
power plant do not constitute pollution to nearby soils. This will include
measures to prevent spillage of hazardous materials.
iv.
Waste Management Plan: this shall outline the methods and activities for
waste handling and evacuation from the power plant facilities. It shall
also cover procedure for clean-up of accidental leakages of liquid wastes
and monitoring of wastes disposed through licensed agents.
v.
Wildlife Management Plan: this shall outline activities and procedures

for safeguarding wildlife around the power plant. It shall equally be
concerned with safety threats from wildlife encroachment into the power
plant facilities. Ornithological surveys and birds exclusion methods shall
be part of this plan.
vi.
Stakeholder Engagement Plan: This shall specify the guidelines and

activities that will ensure good interactions and cordial relationship with
nearby communities to the power plant. It shall contain approaches
towards addressing complaints and related issues from host communities
and general public (Grievance Mechanism). It shall also outline
procedures for reporting to outer stakeholders including but not limited
to FMEnv, World Bank, Anambra state Ministry of Environment, NGOs
and other interested parties as the need arises.
vii.
Contingency and Emergency Plan: this shall prescribe procedures and

actions to be taken to forestall accidents. It shall equally cover line of
command and course of actions during emergencies, including fire
outbreaks, gas leakages, equipment oil spills, etc. This plan among others
will cover:
October 2012
a. Adequate fire protection/fighting facilities e.g. hydrant system,

fire extinguishers, etc
b. Efficient fire detection systems to include heat/smoke/flame
detectors;
c. Protection equipment failures and control malfunctions.
d. Regular training and retraining of staff on safety and loss
prevention activities.
IMPLEMENTATION
The implementation of the ESMP will involve CPGL, Environmental standards
regulatory agencies, Contractors and Consultants. While the various agencies
and institutions shall synergise at different times, the specific roles of the parties
are presented in the following sections.
Roles of the Project Proponent

1.1.1.41 Staffing and Training
CPGL shall ensure that all staff and engineers that will work on the proposed
power plant shall be adequately trained and retrain on specific operations with
regards to safety procedures and environmental protection. All construction and
operation personnel shall be given periodic training and briefing on sound
environmental management practices pertaining to their jobs. CPGL shall ensure
that the staff gains good understanding of the rationale behind the recommended
mitigation measures and monitoring programs.
CPGL shall establish a Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) Department which
shall be responsible for all environmental management issues including regular
training of staff and visitors to the power plant facilities. The personnel of this
department shall be effectively trained in handling safety issues, Environmental
Management Systems (EMS), Occupational Health and Safety Management
October 2012
Systems, etc. The department shall periodically organise safety meetings for all
relevant stakeholders.
During construction activities, it shall be the
responsibility of the HSE department to ensure that all contractors and workmen
comply with all rules and guidelines stipulated in the impacts mitigation
recommendations. The HSE department shall issue Work Permit to all workers
on the project. The work permit shall be issued after the worker(s) has fulfilled
all requirements aimed at preventing or mitigating impacts from their works on
the environment. The department shall monitor facilities in the power plant
during its operations and alert the maintenance department on necessary repairs
promptly. It is equally the responsibility of the department to develop all the
necessary management plans (including those in section 9.5) to ensure sound
environmental management throughout the life time of the project.
1.1.1.42 Facilities Surveillance
CPGL shall setup a Plant Operations department shall be responsible for periodic
surveillance of the power plants facilities. Surveillance is a very crucial element
of safety protocols because it is via it that early warnings of facility failures and
malfunctioning are detected. Based on international standards, surveillance of all
facilities of the power plant shall be implemented. Proper documentation of
surveillance reports shall be made to ensure references and adequate follow ups.
This is without prejudice to the periodic but scheduled inspections to be
undertaken by maintenance contractors.
1.1.1.43 Implementation of Management Plans
It shall be the duty of CPGL to ensure that all management plans put in place to
ensure sound environmental management of the power plant development and
operations are implemented. CPGL shall do this by assigning its various
departments, clear-cut responsibilities in implementing the plans, outlined in
section 9.5.
October 2012
1.1.1.44 Liaison with other institutions and Agencies

It shall be the primary responsibility of CPGL to involve all relevant regulatory
agencies at the right times in its operations to ensure their full and appropriate
involvement. Some of the agencies that CPGL would have to involve at one time
or another in maintaining safety and proper environmental management of its
facilities
include:
Ministry
of
Power;
Nigerian
Electricity
Regulatory
Commission, Federal Ministry of Environment, The World Bank, National

Environmental Standards and Regulations Enforcement Agency (NESREA),
Anambra State Ministry of Environment, State Fire Service and Anambra State
Waste Management Agencies.
Roles of Other Institution and Agencies

Other agencies that will play strategic roles in ensuring environmental
sustainability of the proposed Power plant are presented in Table 9.1.
Table
9.1:
Agencies/Institutions
and
their
Roles
in
Environmental
Sustainability of the proposed Power Plant

NAMES OF AGENCIES
FUNCTIONS/RESPONSIBILITIES
Federal
Ministry
of Ensure that the ESIA meets required standard
Environment
and that impact mitigation measures are
implemented.
Anambra State Ministry of Ensures that environmental recommendations in
Environment
the ESIA to mitigate against impacts throughout
the life span of the project are implemented, at
the state level.
National
Environmental Shall ensure that periodic audit of the power
Standards and Regulations plants facilities are implemented by accredited
Enforcement
Agency environmental consultants.
(NESREA)
Federal Ministry of Power
Shall be responsible for safe management of all
power plants facilities through periodic
inspection.
Nigerian
Electricity Shall be responsible for regulation of CPGL
October 2012
Regulatory Commission
power plant operations to ensure compliance to

the Grid code, market rules etc.
State Fire Service, Police and Shall be responsible for emergency situations
Civil Defence organisation
when they occur.
Anambra
State
Wastes Ensure that all wastes arising from the proposed
Management Agencies
power plant development and operation are
appropriately managed.
World Bank
Receives periodical reports from CPGL which she
evaluates to ascertain compliance with her
safeguard and operational policies.
Nigerian Gas Company
Shall be responsible for periodic inspection and
monitoring of gas supply installations and safety
procedures to forestall any accident.
CPGL
Responsible for establishing HSE Department,
Environmental Monitoring Unit (EMU) with
qualified staff to carry out all the environmental
monitoring and reporting activities listed below.
CPGL is responsible for training and retraining
the staff to update them on cutting edge
techniques of environmental monitoring and
management. CPGL shall fully finance all the
monitoring and reporting activities as well as all
the mitigation measures recommended by this
ESIA as part of normal project operational cost.
Air Quality and Noise Level monitoring plan
Air quality studies carried out revealed that TSP and noise levels within the
study area were low compared to the Federal Ministry of Environment
standards. Benchmarked on the baseline quality, periodic measurement of air
quality parameters and Noise will aid detection of deviations from baseline
qualities. Mitigation measures shall be spurred by abnormal deviations,
especially when quality exceeds FMEnv and relevant international Standards.
The monitoring of the air quality and noise level shall be carried out at specific
locations within the project site and surroundings during pre-construction,
construction and operation. In particular, the dispersion models presented in
chapter six will guide the spatial locations of the monitoring equipment. Tables
October 2012
9.2 and 9.3 present the schedule for air quality and noise monitoring during the
various phases of the proposed project.
Soil Quality Monitoring Plan

The prediction of impacts from the proposed project on soil during construction
and operations indicated moderate low significance. However, apart from
compaction and excavation during access road development and construction
works, discharge of liquid wastes into the soil was identified as a potential risk to
soil quality both during construction and operation. The monitoring of soil
quality shall therefore focus on such attributes like the physico-chemistry
especially heavy metals and total hydrocarbon concentrations in the soil. The
monitoring plan shown in tables 9.2 and 9.3 will ensure that deviation in soil
baseline quality attributable to the activities of the proposed project are detected
early and addressed appropriately.
Ground Water Quality Monitoring Plan
Impacts on ground water may not occur over long periods. Although the
activities of the proposed project have little potential of contaminating
groundwater, the chances are not totally eliminated considering use of liquid
substances like lube oil, transformer oil etc. Monitoring of groundwater quality
around the project area as prescribed in the above schedules (Tables 9.2 and 9.3)
is very necessary considering the public health implications associated with
contamination of ground water with toxic substances. During monitoring, the
physico-chemical properties of water shall be checked, especially heavy metals to
make sure that they are not in abnormal quantities with regards to human
consumption as prescribed by the FMEnv and WHO.
10
October 2012
Surface Water Quality Monitoring Plan

The Ulasi River will supply the water for cooling the steam plant. The physicochemical and microbial parameters of the water are relatively high with some of
them surpassing the standards set by FMEnv and WHO. The brown colour is
indicative of the continuous erosion of the banks, a situation that worsens during
the rainy season when other flood streams flow into the river, thus, making the
colour reddish brown. Ordinarily, the river water will be pumped into a
Treatment plant where it will be filtered and demineralised before passing
through the radiators of the steam plant. The gain in temperature will be reduced
to about 5 degrees before discharging into the downstream. Neither a reaction
with metallic components nor oil contamination is expected. However, CPGL
will continuously monitor the water temperature in closed circuit, while periodic
sampling of both the discharged cooling water and downstream river water for
analysis will be conducted to ensure maintenance of original baseline conditions.
Wastes Management Monitoring Plan
Periodic on-site assessment of the waste management practices within the site,
during pre-construction, construction and operation of the power plant shall be
conducted to ensure that best practices are upheld. Characterisation of wastes
categories and existing management practices shall equally be conducted during
monitoring. Records of the HSE Department shall be assessed by the monitoring
team to ensure that things are done properly. The schedules for waste
management monitoring during construction and operation are presented in
tables 9.2 and 9.3.
REMEDIATION PLANS AFTER DECOMMISSIONING

This section presents the plan for restoring the project areas environment at the
end of the economic life span of the proposed power plant. Decommissioning of
the power plant will involve among others the dismantling and removal of
11
October 2012
facilities, structures and equipment; removal of surface installations; recontouring of landscape; re-vegetation of bare grounds, etc.
After decommissioning, a number of rehabilitation options are available.

Basically, the options include:
Rehabilitation to pre-development condition.
Partial rehabilitation.
Rehabilitation to an acceptable alternative condition.
No action.
General, reclamation is based on a risk assessment process to ascertain the level

required. Rehabilitation to pre-development conditions is seldom. Partial
rehabilitation and rehabilitation to acceptable alternative condition are most
often adopted. In cases where operations have taken place in the vicinity of
existing human settlements, there may be a local wish to retain roads or other
useful infrastructure. Partial restoration involves the removal of all equipment
and contaminants, but retains some infrastructure. The environmental
consequences of retaining roads and therefore access into the area, however,
need to be taken into consideration before such partial rehabilitation is adopted.
Rehabilitation to an acceptable alternative condition applies for situations where
it is considered most sustainable to convert some of project decommissioned
facilities for other suitable uses.
For the proposed project, CPGL will adopt a combination of partial rehabilitation
and rehabilitation to an acceptable alternative condition in restoring the
environment after decommissioning of the proposed Power plant. This option is
anticipated to be more viable in view of the high possibility of putting erstwhile
power plant facilities (including buildings) to other uses.
12
October 2012
Decommissioning Activities
In the event the power plant has to be decommissioned or abandoned, some
associated activities shall be implemented to conform to international best
practice. To ensure most sustainable decommissioning of the project, the
following stages shall be followed in its implementation:
Planning
Consultation
Mobilization
Operation
Restoration
1.1.1.45 Planning
This is the first step and activity to be undertaken when need for
decommissioning
is
being
considered.
It
involves
evaluating
the
decommissioning decision considering; resources required, time schedule, etc.

The risks and benefits of the decommissioning shall equally be evaluated.
1.1.1.46 Consultation
Before implementing the decommissioning plans, all stakeholders must be
consulted. The stakeholders, among others will include regulatory agencies,
work force, representatives of nearby communities, interest groups, LGA
Authority, Nigerian public etc. The consultation shall focus on obtaining relevant
information and opinions regarding the proposed decommissioning. Among
others, the consultation will enable all stakeholders to adequately prepare to
accommodate the effects of the decommissioning exercise.
13
October 2012
1.1.1.47 Mobilization
Once the decommissioning plan is finalised and work schedule drawn up,
machineries and personnel needed for works will be mobilized to site.
Mobilization could be phased in line with the work plan.
1.1.1.48 Operation
This stage is primarily concerned with the actual decommissioning of all facilities
within the premises of the power plant. The key activities to be carried out
include:
Installation of closure markings;
The demolition of building structures such as hangers, control towers,
admin buildings, apron, car parks, etc;
Unearthing of underground cables and pipes;
Disposal of materials and wastes;
1.1.1.49 Restoration
During the decommissioning operations a number of negative impacts on the
environment and people would occur. Among others, the negative impacts that
will result from the activities include;
Contamination of ambient air quality and noise disturbances.
Soil erosion resulting from improper refilling of excavated areas
Accidents and hazards to safety.
Waste management problems.
Loss of livelihood for persons dependent on the jobs provided by the
power plant.
In addition to appropriately mitigating the above impacts other activities shall be

implemented to restore the environment to most environmentally sound
14
October 2012
condition. For instance, the land shall be re-contoured and bare areas revegetated.
Site Remediation Plans

The following remediation measures shall be implemented by CPGL after decommissioning of the project:
A site Restoration Plan shall be put in place by CPGL through its relevant
agencies and strictly implemented according to standard guidelines and
international best practice;
CPGL
shall
inform
relevant
stakeholders
of
the
proposed
decommissioning/abandonment;
CPGL shall remove all debris and contaminated soils.
CPGL shall restore contours and topography of natural surroundings.
CPGL shall restore natural drainage patterns;
CPGL shall break-up base materials and remove them from site
CPGL shall re- vegetate all open land areas
Access routes shall be blocked (if they would pose security threat) or if
required, handed over to local authorities by CPGL
Wastes shall be evacuated appropriately by certified waste managers
commissioned by CPGL;
All agreed staff welfare programmes (such as pension schemes) shall be
appropriately implemented by CPGL
All site recovery activities shall be properly documented and monitored
by CPGL.
MONITORING PLAN
Environmental monitoring is essentially a scientific activity aimed at detecting
negative impacts of a project on the environment early enough to take remedial
actions. Monitoring is typically carried out to check for observable deviations
15
October 2012
from benchmark conditions. In the proposed project, the baseline environmental

characteristics (Chapters four and five of this report) shall form the benchmark
for environmental monitoring. The goal is to ensure that significant deviations
from the baseline conditions do not occur without being noticed early enough.
The monitoring programmes deploy standard monitoring approaches for the
various environmental attributes/characteristics. The monitoring shall be based
on observing the qualities of the identified (sensitive) parameters of the various
attributes. The programmes equally present the monitoring frequency for the
various attributes deemed appropriate in ensuring that slight changes in
environmental baseline conditions are detected early enough. Table 9.2 and 9.3
present a quick overview of the schedule of environmental monitoring
programme during construction and operations of the proposed 495MW CPGL
Power plant.
Table 9.2: Environmental Monitoring Plan during Pre-construction and
Construction works
Environmental Impact/Change
Attribute
Indicator
Air Quality
TSP, CO, NOX, SOX
Sampling
Frequency
Spatial locations within Monthly
and around the project site
Noise
Noise Level (dBA)
Spatial locations within Monthly
Soil
Heavy metals and Spatial locations within the Bi-Monthly
THC
project site, especially
work
equipment
and
vehicular movement paths
Surface Water Physico-chemistry,
Upstream, downstream as Bi-Monthly
Quality
THC,
Colour
and well as closest portions of
Heavy
metals, water bodies to the project
hydrobiology
area
(including fisheries).
Solid Waste
Indiscriminate
Within and around the Bi-Monthly
discards, Construction project area
Spoil,
Equipment
packaging.
Sampling location
16
Duration
Short-term
Short-term
Short-term
Short-term
Short-term
October 2012
Table 9.3: Environmental Monitoring Plan during Operation of the Power

plant
Environmental
Attribute
Air Quality
Impact/Change
Indicator
TSP, CO, NOX, SOX
Noise
Noise Level (dBA)
Soil
Heavy metals and

THC
Surface Water
Quality
Physico-chemistry,
THC, Colour,
Heavy metals and
hydrobiology
(including
fisheries).
Physico-chemistry,
THC, Chemical
Content and Heavy
metals
Indiscriminate
discards, sanitary
and office wastes.
Ground water
Solid Waste
Sampling location
Sampling
Frequency
Quarterly
Duration
Quarterly
Long-term
Bi-Annually
Long-term
Quarterly
Long-term
Monitoring boreholes
around the project site
Annually
Long -term
Within and around the

project area
Quarterly
Long-term
Spatial locations within

Spatial locations within
Spatial locations within the
project site, especially work
equipment and vehicular
movement paths
Upstream, downstream as
well as closest portions of
water bodies to the project
area
Long-term
The above tables are merely indicative of the activities necessary to track
environmental dynamics of the project during the listed phases. That may suffice
for a local project devoid of international exposure.
In her Operational and Safeguard policies, the World Bank appears to be of the
view that an ESMP is as important as the structure for its diligent
implementation. In other words, a program for environmental management and
monitoring must include established institutional arrangement, responsibilities,
the target mitigation regime, detailed monitoring activities, human capacity
required, indicative cost etc. As described below.
17
October 2012
Institutional Arrangement for Compliance Monitoring.

The implementation of the Mitigation Measures proposed in chapter 7 falls
mostly within the responsibility matrix of CPGL. A number of them have been
introduced into the design of the plant and hence form part of the project cost.
However, the implementation of Environmental and Social Impact Management
and Monitoring is a serious business requiring some institutional structures for
proper implementation. Therefore, CPGL has articulated the structures
described below for that purpose.
Establishment of Health, Safety and Environment (HSE) department

headed by a Manager and reporting directly to the Managing DirectorPreconstruction stage.
Establishment of a Project Monitoring Unit (PMU) during the

construction phase under the HSE Department whose duty is to monitor
environmental compliance through insistence on best construction
practices. This unit will consist of at least 3 members of staff with B.Sc or
HND plus basic training in Environmental Management. One of them
must have a background in Sociology / Psychology and will act as the
Community Liaison Officer. CPGL should implement a training program
for these three at different times during the construction phase. This unit
will provide induction training for construction staff on safety and best
construction site practices. They should ensure that the contractor keys
into the HSE policy of CPGL which form part of Conditions Precedent
for the award of the contract. Visitors to the site will also be introduced to
this policy.
Post construction, CPGL should establish an Environmental Management

unit consisting of 4 - 5 Environmental Management Staff (EMS). The
scope of training/ skill for EMS will be expanded to include equipment
handling and reporting to enable monitor diverse environmental
attributes like water quality, soil characteristics, air and noise profiles to
18
October 2012
mention a few. The EMU which may absorb the staff of the defunct PMU
will be responsible for the day- to day environmental activities in the
plant including inspection of the various waste treatment facilities,
managing the monitoring stations for environmental attributes and
reporting to regulatory agencies and the World Bank when required.
Special Case: From the geological description of Anambra State, the site
of CPGL Power Plant in Okija is prone to erosion. Capacity must
therefore be developed for erosion monitoring both at construction and
operational phases of the Power Plant implementation with special
attention paid to erosion control during and after decommissioning.
Therefore, CPGL has put together Table 9.4 which shows the necessary
institutional structures and indicative costs for implementing the ESMP. Beyond
that, lies Table 9.5 which gives further details of Impact Mitigation Measures, the
Monitoring Arrangement, Responsibility, and Management including the Staff
Training Requirements for each phase of the project as well as indicative cost for
implementation. The primary objective of this part is to emphasize full
commitment of CPGL to the environmental sustainability of the 495MW IPP
plant. A summary of the cost and that of the various training requirements is
presented at the end of this chapter.
19
October 2012
Table 9.4
Issue
Institutional Arrangement for ESMP Compliance
CPGL Response
Institutional
Activities
Supervision
Establishment of the Health,

Safety and Environment
(HSE) department headed by
a manager who reports
directly to the MD/Project
Manager. Establishment of
Project Management Unit
(PMU) under HSE department
with 3-4 staff members who
are Bachelors or Higher
National Diploma degree
holders .Apart from basic
training in Environmental
Management and Monitoring
activities, one staff must have
a background in
Sociology/Psychology for
community liaison while
another should come from the
field of Geology/Civil
Engineering for effective
erosion control...
The HSE department

together with PMU
staff will be effective
in carrying out the
following functions:
CPGL Project
Manager in
collaboration with
FMEnv
Monitoring
Indicators
Budget in NGN N
Construction Phase
Institutional
capacity to
address
environmental and
social issues
during
construction
Basic induction
training for all
employees on good
construction site
management
practice.
Training programs
Compliance with
ESMP
Environmental Quality
quarterly monitoring will
start with the
commencement of
construction phase.
Basic Training
Basic Induction Training
Intermittent Air quality
sampling during
construction to ensure
compliance with
standards.
General
Environmental
Management and
Monitoring including:
Dust / Air Quality
control.
Noise Control
Erosion Control/
monitoring
Surface and ground
water quality
regulation. And so
on.
Air quality continuous

monitoring will start 6
months ahead of
commissioning Training
since that time is included
in air quality monitoring
package
Training time and cost
(including in construction
cost)
(around N24.8million)
CPGL responsibility
Operation Phase
20
October 2012
Institutional
capacity to
address
environmental and
social issues
Establishment of the Project

Management Unit including
the Environmental
Management Staff (EMS) (will
include 2-3 staff members,
B.Sc. and/or 5years Higher
National Diploma), operation
phase.
Basic training of persons
employed to operate the
monitoring activities.
Induction, specific and
refresher training for all
employees on good operation
management practice
Training methods, facilities &
manuals
Quarterly to
FMEnv/CPGL
Environmental
Management
CPGL Project
Manager in
collaboration with
FMEnv/NESREA
Training programs
Compliance with
ESMP
Included in air quality

Monitoring package
Training time and cost
(including in operation
cost)
(around N3.2million)
CPGL responsibility.
Notes: The figures mentioned for training form part of the financial plan submitted to NERC by CPGL Energy as part of the documentation for
granting Generation license
21
October 2012
Table 9.5: Construction Phase Impact Mitigation, Monitoring and Management Measures
Issue/Impact
Air Quality
Dust emissions
caused by
construction
vehicle
movements and
transport of
loose
construction
materials.
Mitigation measures
Monitoring
Responsibility
Type and
Frequency of
Reporting
/monitoring
Implementation of good site

practices including:
Appropriate siting
and maintenance of
stockpiles of loose
materials to
minimize dust
below.
Minimizing drop
heights for material
transfer activities
such as unloading
of loose materials.
Construction phase
to begin with
construction of
access roads.
Roads will be kept
damp via a water
bower.
Roads will be
compacted and
graveled if
necessary.
Site road will be
maintained in good
order.
Regulation of site
access.
Before construction
and during
construction until 6
months ahead of
commissioning:
Initiate baseline air
quality survey of
main pollutants,
particularly,
, CO, TSP and
using third
party measurements
on a quarterly basis.
Implementation of
good site
Management
practice shall be
the responsibility
of all contractors
on site under
supervision of the
PMU/EMS and the
Assistant Plant
Manager in
charge of
Environment.
Quality
reporting of
summary
results (or
more if
requested)
and submitted
to the FMEnv
and any other
concerned
authority. (E.g.
WB-IDA,
NBET etc).
During Construction,
6 Months ahead of
Commissioning
Initiate baseline air
quality survey
of
,
, CO,
TSP and
using air quality
monitors and
continue during 6
months.
CPGL Project
manager in
collaboration with
FMEnv
Two analyzer
stations will be
electronically
22
October 2012
Management
and Training
Indicative Cost
Estimate (NGN)
CPGL
responsible for
management of
the air quality
monitoring
system.
Submission of
annual summary
reports to FMEnv
and any other
concerned
authority.
Mitigation
Measures,
Management time
and costs (included
in construction
costs)
Basic training of
persons
employed to
operate and
maintain the
monitoring
system.
CPGL to ensure
all contractors
and
subcontractors
working on site
are aware of
ESMP and all
employees are
given basic
Baseline Air Quality

Monitoring:
First construction
period; third party
monitoring
(e.g.NESREA), four
or five times a year
until using
continuous
monitoring;
N11.2million
Second
Construction period
6 months ahead of
commissioning
permanent
continuous
Monitoring System
approx.N160, 000N240, 000 plus
management time
Sheeting of lorries
transporting loose
construction
materials and spoil
Enforcement of
vehicle speed limits
on unmetalled road
to <30km/h
connected to the
NESREA ambient
monitoring system.
induction training
on good
construction and
site management
practice.
Measurements and
analysis of these
pollutants to be
made on a
continuous basis by
a trained staff and
assigned by CPGL.
Reports submitted
to NESREA/FMEnv
for reporting to any
concerned authority.
& reporting.
Environmental regulations are to be included in all construction contracts

Table 9.5 contd: Construction Phase Impact Mitigation, Monitoring and Management Measures
Issue/Impact
Noise
Increased noise
in the project
area as a result
of the use of
noisy machinery
and increased
vehicle
movements
Mitigation measures
Monitoring
Responsibility
Implementation of good
site practices including:
Enforcement of
vehicle speed
limits.
Strict controls of
vehicle routing
Diesel engine
construction plant
equipment to be
fitted with
silencers.
Weekly
monitoring and
supervision by
CPGL is required
to ensure the
implementation of
good site
management
practices by all
contractors during
construction.
Implementation of
good site
Management
practices shall be
the responsibility of
all contractors on
site under
supervision of the
CPGL and the
HSE Manager.
Noise Analysis
23
Type and
Frequency of
Reporting
/monitoring
CPGL will produce a
quarterly log of valid
complaints.
Quarterly reporting
of summary results
(or more if
requested) and
submitted to the
FMENv/NESREA
and any other
concerned authority.
October 2012
Management
and Training
CPGL to ensure
all contractors
and
subcontractors
working on site
are aware of
ESMP and all
employees are
given basic
induction training
on good
construction and
Indicative Cost
Estimate NGN
Management
time and costs
(included in
construction
cost).
Third party
noise
measurement
costs (about
N3.6million)
Flora and fauna

Site clearancevegetation
removal and
habitat
disturbance.
Limited noisy
construction
activities at night.
Prohibition of
heavy vehicle
movements at
night.
Use of protective
hearing
equipment for
workers.
Good site management

practice will be observed
to ensure that
disturbance of habitats
off-site are minimized.
Specific mitigation
measures include
restricting personnel and
vehicles within
construction site
boundaries lay down
areas and access roads.
Third party audit,

conducted every
6 months.
Expert/Third party
Auditor
Periodic
inspection and
supervision by
CPGL is required
to ensure the
implementation of
good site
management
practices by all
contractors during
construction.
HSE Manager to
ensure strict
adherence to the
site clearance
plan so as to
preserve unused
areas.
Implementation of
good site
Management
practices shall be
the responsibility of
all contractors on
site under
supervision of the
CPGL and the
project Manager.
site management
practices.
Quarterly reporting
of the No. of floral
species conserved
or planted, if any
24
October 2012
CPGL to ensure
all contractors
and
subcontractors
working on site
are aware of
ESMP and all
employees are
given basic
induction training
on good
construction and
site management
practices
Management
time and cost
(included in
construction
cost)
Table 9.5 contd: Construction Phase Impact Mitigation, Monitoring and Management Measures
Issue/Impact
Soil and
Hydrology
Site
clearance,
excavation
and disposal
of material,
exposure of
potentially
contaminated
soils, spillage
or leakage of
substances
on land,
movement of
equipment
and vehicle
on site.
Mitigation measures
Monitoring
Responsibility
Reduction of impacts is largely

dependent on good site
management practices.
However, the following mitigation
measures will be implemented
Construction of effective site
drainage network.
Restriction of access only to
construction site areas.
Monitoring and control of spoil
Disposal of waste materials
unsuitable for reuse on-site,
(e.g. for landscaping) at
appropriately licensed site
Provision of oil and suspended
solid interceptors.
Management of excavations
during construction to avoid
the generation of drainage
pathway of underlying aquifers
Provision of impermeable
bases in operational areas to
prevent absorption of
spillages.
Daily visual
inspection is
required to
ensure the
implementation
of good site
management
practices
during
construction.
Implementation
of good site
management
practices shall
be the
responsibility
of all
contractors on
site under
supervision of
CPGL and the
project
Manager.
Type and
Frequency of
Reporting
/monitoring
Quarterly
reporting of
summary
results (or
more if
requested)
and submitted
to the CPGL
and any other
concerned
authority (e.g.
NESREA, WBIDA, NBET
etc), if
required
25
October 2012
Management
and Training
CPGL to
ensure all
contractors
and
subcontractors
working on
site are aware
of ESMP and
all employees
are given
basic
induction
training on
good
construction
and site
management
practices.
Indicative
Cost
Estimate
NGN
Costs for
mitigation
measures and
management
time included
in construction
costs.
Any additional
features (e.g.
bonding,
interceptors
etc.) may incur
additional
costs of
between
N4.8millionN8million
dependent on
the measures.
Table 9.5 contd: Construction Impact Mitigation, Monitoring and Management Measures
Issue/Impact
Traffic and
transport
Disruption,
noise and
increased air
pollution due
to increased
traffic, heavy
loads and
abnormal
loads.
Mitigation measures
Monitoring
International best practice

measures will be adopted
as follows:
Monitoring
traffic entering
the site during
morning and
evening peaks
to ensure the
implementation
of good site
management
practices by all
contractors
during
construction.
Adherence of abnormal load

movements to prescribed
routes, outside peak hours
and advance notification if
required;
Construction shifts will be
staggered;
Scheduling of traffic to avoid
peak hours on local roads;
Type and
Frequency
Responsibility
of
Reporting
/monitoring
Implementation
of good site
management
practices shall
be the
responsibility
of all
contractors on
site under
supervision of
the CPGL and
the Project
Manager in
collaboration
with FMEnv
Three times
per month
CPGL to
ensure all
contractors
Quarterly
and
reporting of subcontractors
summary
working on
results (or
site are aware
more if
of ESMP and
requested)
all employees
and
are given
submitted to basic
CPGL and
induction
any other
training on
concerned
good
authority
construction
(e.g.
and site
NESREA,
management
FMEnv,
practices.
NBET etc.)
if required.
26
Management
and Training
October 2012
Indicative
Cost
Estimate
NGN
Management
time and
costs
included in
the
Construction
cost.
Issue/Impact
Mitigation measures
SocioEconomic
Environment
Positive
impact
identified.
All activities related to

the construction of the
new plant will take place
within the area belonging
to CPGL, i.e. there will
be no off-site activities
associated land action
during construction.
The entire labour force
will be daily commuters,
thus no worker housing
or associated facilities
will be erected on site
during construction.
The contractors will be
for relevant temporary
water / toilet facilities
during construction and
the need to provide
appropriate services will
be specified in their
contractors.
Public and Industry
Type and
Indicative
Frequency
Management
Cost
Monitoring
Responsibility
of
and Training
Estimate
Reporting
NGN
/monitoring
Record of local
CPGL - HSE
Bi-Annual
Responsibility Responsibility
employment provided
Manager/Department Special
of CPGL.
of
by the project.
for implementation
Report on
and
CPGL
under the
SocioHSE
Quantitative/Qualitative supervision of
Economic
Department.
report on increased
Project Manager in
engagement.
economic activity to
collaboration with
the benefit of the
FMEnv.
locals.
27
October 2012
Relations will be
maximized through open
dialogue between CPGL,
local authority, public
and industry
representatives.
28
October 2012
Issue/Impact
Mitigation measures
Archaeology
Potential
chance finds of
archaeological
remains during
construction.
Note that the site belongs to Ubahu

community. However, the project site
does not lie on, or in the immediate
vicinity of any known archaeological
areas of interest.
If, by chance, archaeological remains
are found, CPGL is committed to:
Cease activities and consult
Antiquities authority
Protection of site if possible;
excavation of area where
protection is not feasible;
Preparation of a Chance Finds
Procedure and Method
Statement.
29
Monitoring
Daily
Supervision of
construction
activities
Type and
Frequency of
Reporting
/monitoring
Responsibility
Construction
contractors
CPGL, Project
Manager and
HSE Manager will
allocate
responsibility in
accordance with
the Chance Finds
Procedure.
Daily inspection
Quarterly
reporting of
summary
results (or more
if requested)
and submitted
to the CPGL
and any other
concerned
authority (e.g.
NESREA,
FMEnv, NBET)
etc)
October 2012
Management
and Training
CPGL to
ensure that all
workers on site
are aware of
the importance
of
archaeological
remains and
must report
any potential
finds
immediately.
Immediate
liaising with
Competent
administrative
Authority
should a
potential find
be uncovered.
Indicative
Cost
Estimate
NGN
Mitigation
activities
consume man
hours.
Should
chance finds
occur,
protection and
excavation
could add
significantly to
the overall
cost.
Natural
Disasters
Flash flooding
Good engineering design will

incorporate the following mitigation
measures
Drainage system designed to direct
flood water from main plant areas
into the main drainage route and
direct potentially contaminated
waters through the oil interceptor.
Institute protection measures from
severe flash flooding.
Occasional
inspection of
drainage route
and potential
source of
flooding like the
banks of the
River Niger.
HSE Department
under the
supervision of
CPGL project
manager and
FMEnv.
Quarterly
reporting of
summary
results (or more
if requested)
and submitted
to the CPGL
and any other
concerned
authority (e.g.
NESREA,
FMEnv, WBIDA) etc)
30
October 2012
CPGL to
ensure that all
workers on site
receive training
in emergency
preparedness
and response
procedures.
Relevant
costs are
included
within the
construction
cost.
Issue/Impact
Solid Waste
Management
Mitigation measures
Monitoring
Responsibility
Good construction would put the

following in place:
All waste taken off-site will be
undertaken by a licensed contractor
and CPGL will audit disposal
procedure;
Collection and segregation of wastes
and safe storage;
Recording of consignments for
disposal;
Prior agreement of standards for
storage, management and disposal
with relevant authorities.
HSE Department
would carry out
Periodic inspection
to ensure the
implementation of
good management
practices during
construction.
Implementation of
good site
management
practices shall be
the responsibility
of all contractors
on site under
supervision CPGL
- HSE Manager
and Project
Manager in
collaboration with
FMEnv.
31
October 2012
Type and
Frequency of
Reporting
/monitoring
Quarterly reports
from
management
contractors to
CPGL.
These reports
are to be
submitted to any
other concerned
authority (e.g.
NESREA,
FMEnv, NBET,
WB-IDA etc)
Management
and Training
CPGLENL to
ensure all
contractors
and
subcontractors
working on
site are aware
of ESMP and
all employees
are given
basic
induction
training on
good
construction
and site
management
practices.
Indicative
Cost
Estimate
NGN
Management
time plus
costs about
(N3.2million)
Issue/Impact
Monitoring
Mitigation measures
Type and
Frequency of
Reporting
/monitoring
Responsibility
Occupational
Health & Safety
Management and
Training
Indicative Cost
Estimate NGN
CPGL to ensure all

contractors and
sub-contractors;
staff on site are
aware of the EHS
policies. All site
workers including
employees will be
given basic
induction training on
EHS policies and
practices.
Mitigation
measures will
require
management time
plus costs of up to
N8million for
implementation of
HSE Plans and
policies.
`
Best national/international
construction practices in
Environment Health and
Safety (EHS) will be applied
at all times and account will
be taken of local customs,
practices and attitudes.
Measures include:
Committed Implementation
of EHS policies procedures
as a condition of contractors
and sub-contractors;
Clear definition of the EHS
roles and responsibilities of
all construction companies
and staff;
Management, supervision,
monitoring and recordkeeping as set out in plants
operational manual;
Pre-construction and
operation assessment of the
EHS risks and hazards;
Completion and
implementation of Fire
Safety Plan prior to
commissioning any part of
the plant;
Provision of appropriate
Daily inspection
is required to
ensure the
implementation
of EHS
Policies, plans
and practices
during
construction.
32
Implementation of
Good Site
Management
practices and the
EHS policies shall
be the responsibility
of all contractors on
site under the
supervision of
CPGL, HSE
Manager. and
Project Manager in
collaboration with
FMEnv.
HSE Developmeny
shall continuously
monitor all staff and
construction
workers to ensure
good safety
practices
Daily inspection
Quarterly
reporting of
summary
results (or more
if requested)
and submitted
to the CPGL
and any other
concerned
authority (e.g.
NESREA,
FMEnv, NBET,
WB-IDA etc)
.
October 2012
Contractors are
responsible for
ensuring that a Fire
Safety Plan, which
conforms to best
practices, is
prepared and
implemented prior
to commissioning of
any part of the plant
under supervision
of CPGL and HSE
Department.
training on EHS issues for all

workers;
Provision of health and
safety information;
Regular inspection, review
and recording of EHS
performance; and
Maintenance of a high
standard of housekeeping at
all times.
33
October 2012
Table 9.5 contd: Operational Impact Mitigation, Monitoring and Management
Issue/Impact
Air Quality
Emissions from
stack are not
expected to
exceed standards.
Ambient air
quality affected by
emissions from
the power plant.
Mitigation
measures
Monitoring
Mitigation measures
have already been
included in the design
of the plant and, given
CPGLENL strict
commitment to use
only natural gas not
much change is
expected.
CPGL will
demonstrate the
validity of the
conclusions drawn in
the ESIA report. If
ground level
concentrations are
found to be above
local and World Bank
standards options for
further mitigation will
be discussed.
Automatic monitoring of stack

emissions for NOx, SO2,
particulate matter and carbon
monoxide (CO) via test ports
installed in the main stacks.
CPGL will
Install two continuous NOx,
SO2, CO, PM10 & TSP
monitoring stations to monitor
short-term concentrations in
the area predicted to have the
highest impacts on humans.
The analyzer station near or
within the site boundaries will
include a continuous monitor
of meteorological conditions
(temperature, wind speed,
wind direction and mixing
heights).
The analyzer stations will be
electronically connected to
the NESREA/FMEnv ambient
monitoring system.
Responsibility
The analyzer
stations will be
owned and
operated by
CPGL, HSE
Department.
CPGL
Environmental
Management &
Studies Sector.
Report
submitted to
NESREA on
request.
Type and
Frequency of
Reporting
/monitoring
Continuous
Hourly data
acquisition.
Quarterly
reporting to
CPGL
Reports are to be
available to any
of the concerning
authorities (e.g.
NESREA,
FMEnv, NBET,
WB-IDA etc)
34
October 2012
Management
and Training
Records must be
kept and summary
data (including
any deviations
from Nigeria and
World bank
standards) will be
submitted to the
FMEnv on annual
basis (or more
frequently if
required).
Annual reporting
by CPGL to
Government, WBIDA, NBET (or
more frequently if
required)
highlighting key
features and
comparing results
with air quality
standards and
prediction in ESIA
report.
Indicative
Cost
Estimate
NGN
Automatic
stack monitors:
included in the
project cost.
Management
time for
compilation of
reports and
performance
monitoring:
included in
operation cost.
Purchase of
Continuous
Monitors as
part of initial
erection cost.
Issue/Impact
Noise

Type and
Frequency
Monitoring
Management
Mitigation measures
Responsibility
of
and Training
Reporting
/monitoring
Specific design mitigation
measures to minimize
impacts include:
Gas turbine generators; air
compressors, pumps and
emergency gas engines are
enclosed in noise controlled
buildings;
Air compressors are equipped
with silencers;
Noisy outdoor equipment are
designed to a noise limit of
85 dB (A) at 1 m.
At full operation,
noise audit
measurements
are to be carried
out at noise
source and at the
fence of the
power plant as
well as at noise
receptors around
the plant.
CPGL HSE
Department.
Quarterly to
CPGL.
Third party audit

supervised by
HSE Manager
Monthly
reporting of
summary
results (or
more if
requested)
and submitted
to the CPGL
and any other
concerned
authority (e.g.
NESREA,
FMEnv, NBET,
WB-IDA etc)
In addition, plant workers will

be provided with protective
wear in plant areas with high
noise levels.
Should any
complaints be
received
regarding noise,
these will be
logged and the
HSE Manager will
investigate the
problem.
CPGL to ensure
that all employees
are given basic
induction training
on the
requirements of
the ESMP, good
site management
will ensure
implementation of
procedures.
Indicative Cost
Estimate NGN
Minimal costs (up

to N1.6million per
annum) required for
provision of
protective wear
(included in
operation cost).
No further
mitigation or
monitoring costs
envisaged with the
exception of
management time.
Noise audit
N1.6millionN3.2million
(included in
operation cost).

Issue/Impact
Mitigation measures
Monitoring
35
Responsibility
October 2012
Type and
Frequency
of
Management
and Training
Indicative
Cost
Estimate
Reporting
/monitoring
Flora and
Fauna
Disturbance
to habitats as
a result of
noise, vehicle
and
personnel
movements.
Visual
Impact
Visual image
of power
plant from
surrounding
areas
The following mitigation measures will

be implemented:
Restrict personnel and vehicle
movements to access road and within
boundaries of site only, and
Control of noise during operation.
No monitoring
is envisaged
The visual effect of the power plant will

be improved through:
Creation of landscaped boundary along
the fence of power plant.
Melina trees will be propagated and the
resulting plants will be used for
decorating and landscaping the site
when the new power plant is
completed. The trees will provide
natural visual environment.
Lifetime of the
plant
CPGL- HSE
Manager to
supervise.
CPGL
Environmental
Management & unit
to implement all
measures.
CPGL-HSE
Manager
CPGL
Environmental
Management Unit
to implement.
36
CPGL to ensure
that all
employees are
given basic
induction training
on the
requirement of
the ESMP, good
site management
practices and
H&S procedures.
The HSE
Manager will
ensure
implementation
of procedures.
Management
time
Considered
management of
landscaping
areas to
maximize visual
image and
habitat creation.
Approx.
N3.2millionN5.6million for
landscaping
measures
(included in
operation
cost)
CPGL to contract
a suitable firm to
manage
landscaped
areas.
Annually
NGN
October 2012
Issue/Impact
Soil and
Hydrology
Spillage of oils,
chemical or fuel
on site.
Mitigation measures
Best practice management

measures will minimize any
potential risks. Strict
adherence to the mitigation
measures presented in
chapter 7 will ensure
containment.
37
Monitoring
Responsibility
The HSE
manager will
continuously
monitor
application of
ESMP and good
site management
practices and take
corrective action if
required
CPGL, HSE
Manager and the
Environmental
Management Unit.
Type and
Frequency of
Reporting
/monitoring
Bi-annual
reports from
Environmental
Management
Unit to CPGL
Annual reporting
of summary
results (or more
is requested) and
submitted to the
CPGL and any
other concerned
authority (e.g.
NESREA,
FMEnv, NBET,
WB-IDA etc)
October 2012
Management
and Training
CPGL through
the HSE
Manager will
implement a
spills response
plan and all
employees will
receive
corresponding
training.
Indicative
Cost Estimate
NGN
Management
time
Solid waste
Best practice measures

undertaken during the
construction phase will be
continued into the operation
phase
Continuous
monitoring is
required to ensure
the
implementation of
good
management
practices during
operation.
Implementation of
good plant
Management
practices shall be
conducted under
the supervision of
CPGL, HSE
Manager and
implemented by
Environmental
Management Unit
3-months reports
from HSE
Department to
CPGL
Management.
Annual reporting
of summary
results (or more if
requested) and
submitted to
CPGL and any
other concerned
authority (e.g.
NESREA,
FMEnv, NBET,
WB-IDA etc)
38
October 2012
Management
time and costs
(N1.6million per
annum)
(included in
operation cost)
Issue/Impact
Occupational
Health and
Safety, Risks
and Hazards.
Mitigation
measures
Best international
practice on HSE
issues shall be
employed on site.
The mitigation
measures
summarized in
construction
management Table
apply.
Monitoring
Regular on-site
training.
Activities to be
supervised by
CPGL, HSE
Manager and
implemented by the
Environmental
Management Unit.
Monthly reports
from
Environmental
management Unit
to CPGL
Management.
Annual reporting
of summary
results (or more if
requested) and
submitted to the
CPGL and any
other concerned
authority (e.g.
NESREA,
FMEnv, NBET,
WB-IDA etc).
In addition, the
following measures
will be undertaken:
Provision of training
in the use of
protection equipment
and chemical
handling.
Use of protective
equipment.
Clear marking of
work site hazards
and training in
recognition of
hazards symbols.
Installation of
vapor detection
Responsibility
Type and
Frequency of
Reporting /
monitoring
39
October 2012
Management and
Training
Indicative Cost
Estimate NGN
CPGL to ensure that

all employees are
given basic induction
training on HSE
policies and
procedures,
Emergency
Preparedness and
Response Plan and a
Spills Response
Plan. The HSE
Manager is to ensure
implementation of
procedures.
Management
time and costs
(N2.4million per
annum)
(included in
operation cost).
CPGL is responsible
for ensuring that the
site emergency
response plan is
complete and
implemented prior to
commissioning any
part of the power
plant.
equipment and
control systems.
Development of
site emergency
response plans.
Table 9.5 contd: Transmission System Impact Mitigation, Monitoring and Management
40
October 2012
Issue/Impact
Direct
Vegetation damage,
habitat loss, and
invasion by exotic
species along the
ROW and access
roads and around
substation sites.
Line distance is 25
kilometres.
Row already
existing. Substation
already built but
requires a bay
extension undue
Expansion of Row
during maintenance
Mitigation measures
Monitoring
Adopt appropriate
clearing techniques,
(e.g., hand clearing
versus mechanized
clearing).
Maintain native
ground cover beneath
lines.
Replant disturbed
sites after tower
erection.
Manage ROWs to
maximize wildlife
benefits.
Increased access to
sensitive lands.
41
Regular
inspection of
materials being
used, the
construction
practices and
mitigation
measures.
Short-term
monitoring to
assure that
ecological
impacts are
avoided and
proper mitigation
measures are
employed.
Monitoring of
future ROW
maintenance
activities to
assure proper
control methods.
Responsibility
Transmission
Company of
Nigeria (TCN) and
CPGL- HSE
Manager for
implementation
Type and
Frequency of
Reporting /
monitoring
Daily (during
Construction).
Maintenance
time (during
operation).
CPGL Project
Manager in
collaboration with
FMEnv for
supervision
October 2012
Management
and Training
Training will be
conducted by
TCN and CPGL
with assistance
from
environmental
consultant.
Staff workers
should have an
understanding of
the rational for
the
recommended
mitigation and
monitoring that
they may be
implementing.
Indicative
Cost
Estimate
NGN
Included in
construction
and operation
cost.
Summary of Implementation Cost of the ESMP

No
Phase of Implementation
Cost in NGN
Construction Phase
Operation Phase
Total Implementation Cost
48.6million
Conclusion
This ESMP has been prepared to guide all activities during development and
operation of the proposed Power plant to ensure that they are carried out with
minimal or no negative impacts on the environment. It is expected that strict
compliance to this plan as well as recommended improvements arising from
performance appraisal will ensure that the proposed project is implemented
sustainably.
42
October 2012
CHAPTER TEN
CUMULATIVE IMPACTS
CHAPTER TEN
CUMULATIVE IMPACTS
INTRODUCTION
In Practice, most developmental projects either add to what is existing or occur in
parallel with other projects. The import of this is that impacts on the
environment now become cumulative. In the particular case of CPGL 495MW
plant, there is no power plant or any factory for that matter, envisaged in the
near future. However, noise level and air quality may be deteriorated by
increased vehicular movement and heavy trucks activity in the yard of
HAMMAKKOP Company.
AIR QUALITY
The proposed CPGL IPP plant is located opposite the HAMMAKKOP
Construction Company across the Onitsha-Owerri express road. Releases from
the construction company formed part of the field measurements since it was in
operation when the field work took place.
However, during operation, the
density of traffic on the express road may continue to rise. As such, an

assessment of the cumulative air quality impacts will need to be done so as to
understand the impacts related to the operation of both CPGL and road traffic.
The model had considered only the additional NOx, COx and Noise to the level
of similar pollution by the CPGL Plant. The assessment of cumulative impacts
was performed by modelling the emissions from both sources. The results of the
assessment of cumulative impacts are presented in Table 10.1 below.
October 2012
Fig 10.1. Cummulative NOx Dispersion Model
Cumulative impacts from the Project and neighbouring sources have been
quantified for NOx in (Table 10.1), and for CO in table 10.2. Both levels are
considered to be very low and not associated with significant impacts on air
quality. Figs. 10.1 and 10.2 depict dispersion models of NOx and CO along the
SW wind direction. The cumulative dust impacts are also expected to be low
since the vehicular traffic does not add to the completed dust level. The road is
still new and well covered with bitumen.
Table 10.1
Summary of cumulative impacts due to CPGL IPP and Vehicular
Traffic.
Pollutant
NO
Averaging
Period
Annual mean
Source
EU/WHO
3
Criterion
g/m
40
Max. Impact
g/m
0.538
October 2012
Pollutant
CO
1 hour mean
1 hour mean
EU/WHO
Nigeria
Averaging
Period
8 hour mean
1 hour mean
1 hour mean
Source
EU/WHO
EU/WHO
Nigeria
200
75-113
66.9
66.9
Criterion
g/m
40,000
30,000
11,400
Max. Impact
g/m
0.538
66.9
66.9
Fig.10.2. Cummulative CO Dispersion model

The cumulative emission is only marginally higher than that of the CPGL IPP
alone and none of the predicted levels exceeded the criteria. The 1 hour average
predicted emissions of NO from both the CPGL IPP and other sources are such
that no air quality standard is exceeded or approached. Results of the cumulated
CO emissions also show that no limits are violated.
October 2012
Therefore, cumulative impacts on air quality can safely be considered to be of

negligible negative significance as a result of emissions of NOx measured as NO
and CO.
NOISE
The proposed CPGL IPP plant is located opposite the HAMMAKKOP
Construction Company and separated by the express road. As such, an
assessment of the cumulative noise impacts is required to understand the
impacts related to the operation of the plant in close proximity with the express
road.
Fig 10.3 and 10.4 respectively shows the Day Time and Night Time accumulated
noise attenuation. Recall that the power plant has the noise specification of 85 dB
(A) 1m and 45 dB (A) outside the plant enclosure. The day time model shows
values of 63.8 dB (A) while the value for the night time is 55.8 dB (A)
Table 10.3 depicts results of the cumulative noise level at different referenced
points. It could be seen that both the Day time limit of 55 dB (A) and Night time
limit of 45 dB (A) are exceeded. The major reason for this is the assumption that
computes the threshold noise value as the measured ambient noise plus the noise
expected from the plant. The ambient noise was measured mostly when
vehicular traffic is high and when there are activities at HAMMAKKOP. This
worst case condition is necessary so as to determine the mitigation requirements
for noise level during plant operation. Note that only the highest four values are
selected in Table 10.3.
October 2012
Fig 10.3. Cummulative Noise Dispersion Model (Wet season)
It must also be noted that the plants are located in a relatively isolated area
where residential receptors are found about 800 meters away. At that point, the
noise level should have come down to about 40dB (A). The values listed occur
within the perimeter boundaries of the plant site.
October 2012
Fig. 10.4. Cummulative Noise Dispersion Model (Dry Season)
Table 10.3 Cumulative Noise at Locations

ID
Description
Predicted Noise Level, dB(A), LAeq, 1hr

Night-Peak
Day-Peak
NS 1
North-East Border
55.9
48.0
NS 2
North-West Border
52.8
63.8
NS - 3
South-East Border
51.8
61.5
NS - 4
South-West Border
50.8
63.8
October 2012
SOILS AND GEOLOGY

Naturally, the implementation of the CPGL IPP project will result in the removal
of vegetation and soil of a 13.8 ha area during the construction phase, with
resultant changes in drainage regime (including increased runoff due to
compaction) and increased potential for erosion and siltation offsite during
construction, operation and decommissioning.
When considered with construction of the road to Ulasi stream at the right edge
of the site and in the context of an erosion prone area steeping towards the
stream; the implementation of appropriate mitigation measures will likely
reduce the cumulative impacts on soils and geology. Hence, over the two phases
of the Project, these impacts are considered to be minor. In addition, the site is
within an isolated layout where the villagers no more access for farming, only for
firewood, it then, follows that the cumulative impact will exclude direct land
take issues which render the impact of minor significance.
CULTURAL INSTITUTION
The CPGL project site does not contain any site of cultural significance. There are
neither shrines nor deities. Both CPGL and HAMMAKKOP are also located in an
isolated area remote from the villages. The project can only trigger the potential
for conflict arising from disrespect of the cultural values by foreign workers
who will live with the villagers. However, when viewed from the context that
the communities have witnessed HAMMAKKOP project implementation
processes, the cumulative impact of CPGL addition on cultural institutions will
be considered negligible.
WATER RESOURCES
As explained in chapter 6, there is potential contamination due to borehole
construction, accidental spills and increased run-off, sedimentation of surface
October 2012
water bodies and groundwater resources. There is also potential contamination

from waste water run-off and possible erosion of the aquifer during operation.
The extent of cumulative impacts is measured by these impacts occurring in

addition to similar impacts from the neighboring HAMMAKKOP Company.
Since these sites are located opposite to one another, the impacts are likely to be
felt in similar off site areas, the cumulative potential impacts of contamination
and siltation are therefore likely to be minor with the implementation of
mitigation measures. Based on the experience of the borehole at HAMMAKKOP
in terms of water yield, the sensitivity of the aquifer to water availability is
considered to be low and as such the cumulative impact is assessed to be
negligible.
EMPLOYMENT AND ECONOMY

The project will result in employment opportunities during the entire project life,
also there will be secondary and indeed positive impacts on the economy with
the increased demand for goods and services in the area and skills development.
Electricity supply to Nigeria will result in significant economic benefits locally,
regionally and nationally. CPGL has committed to provide Electricity to the
communities in phases to engender economic growth. This will attract more
industries to the vicinity of the CPGL influence. The cumulative impacts of
additional employment in the area and electricity supply to the Nigerian grid
will result in moderate positive cumulative impacts.
BIODIVERSITY
The Project site consists of fallow land ravaged by wood fetchers and probably
hunters. The project site is not considered an area of high biodiversity status, just
as no endangered species of fauna or flora is found around there. Project
implementation calls for the clearance of 13.8 ha in an area where a similarly
sized site was cleared for the opposite HAMMAKKOP Company. Although the
October 2012
impacts are considered of high significance, with the implementation of

mitigation measures the cumulative impacts on biodiversity are therefore
considered to be moderate.
HEALTH PROFILE
Though the project situates in an isolated area guided by certain established
practices, there still exists some community health and safety risks associated
with the CPGL IPP project which include possible explosions from the gas
pipeline, traffic hazards and noise and dust at different stages of project
development.
In addition, there are higher risks of STIs (including HIV/ AIDs) and potential
psychological impacts related to influx, dashed hopes and palpable tension in the
local communities. Other jealousies among the traditional hierarchy may erupt.
Alternatively, there will be potentially positive impacts from improved
sanitation due to provision of sanitary facilities, borehole construction and other
CSR projects. The HAMMAKKOP Company has initiated a number of such
projects. CPGL would probably do more in terms of provision of power and
facilities.
On the whole, the cumulative positive impacts to the community
health profile would tend to balance out the cumulative negative impacts with
the result that the net impact is considered to be of minor significance.
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
CPGL will integrate policies and procedures on health and safety into the
operation of the power plant that will meet the requirements of FMEnv,
International and World Bank guidelines as in chapter one of this report. The
policies and procedures are also designed to comply with all manufacturers
safety data sheets for chemical storage and usage, and to provide a safe and
healthy working environment.
10
October 2012
The health and safety programs will be supported by staff training for the power
plant and the appointment of the Health, Safety and Environment Manager. The
training will include:
Various Emergency Response Procedures.
General electrical safety.
Entry into confined spaces.
Repetitive stress disorders.
General area safety.
Use of personal protective equipment.
Specific job safety.
Code of safe practices.
Handling of hazardous materials.
First-aid; and
Hearing conservation.
WASTE
For a typical gas powered combined cycle plant, wastes come in form of silt, air
and noise emissions and the potential for spillages of transformer oil. Wastes will
include spoil, excess concrete, used timber, general and household refuse,
sewage and waste water, machinery parts and building rubble (during
decommissioning) and small amounts of hazardous waste. Due to the relatively
low magnitude of the contribution to the regional wastes generated and
assuming implementation of mitigation, the cumulative impacts are considered
to be minor.
Recommended Training Required for the HSE/EMU
Training Course
General HSE Training :
Induction
Training on
appointment
Specialist
Contents
Type
of
Training
Participants
Proposed
Scheduling
Cost Estimate.
(Annual)
Classroom
and On-job
training
All
power
plant
staff,
including
EMU.
Once
before
project
implementation
and
during
operation
for
Included
in
construction &
operation
budget
approximately
General operation of
the power plant.
Specific job roles and
procedures.
Occupational health
11
October 2012
Training
Refresher
Training
Stakeholder
Engagement/
Grievance
Management.
Special Training on
Environmental
Aspects of Power Plant
Engineering
and
Management.
and safety:
General
area
safety
Specific
job
safety
General electrical
safety
Handling
of
hazardous
materials
Entry
into
confined spaces
Hearing
conservation
Repetitive stress
disorders
Code of safe
practices
Use of personal
protective
equipment and
First-aid
Contingency Plans &
Emergency
Procedures.
Stakeholder
Identification
Building Block of
Stakeholder
identification
Consultation
Techniques
Negotiation
and
Partnership
Grievance
Management
Reporting
General
Environmental
Performance.
Daily
monitoring
activities.
Stack
Emissions
Monitoring
Air
quality
Monitoring.
Effluents Monitoring
Water
quality
Monitoring
Handson
Monitoring
Equipment, operation
and trouble-shooting.
Industrial Hygiene
refresher training.
30 million naira.
Classroom
and
Field
Exercises.
HSE/EMU
Once
before
project
implementation
and
monitoring
program.
Refreshers
Courses.
Included
in
construction &
operation
budget
approximately 4
million naira.
Classroom
and On-job
training.
HSE/EMU
(3-4
staff
members).
Once
before
project
implementation
and
monitoring
program.
Refresher courses
subsequently.
Included
in
construction &
operation
budget
approximately 2
million naira.
12
October 2012
Environmental
Auditing
and
Inspection, including
periodic safety audits.
Social
Communications.
Environmental
Auditing Techniques.
Auditing Checklists.
Environmental
Auditing Reports.
Safety Audits:
Physical
inspections
Review
of
plant
records
Interviews
with staffs.
Classroom
and
Field
Exercises.
HSE/EMU
Once after project

implementation
Included
in
operation
budget
approximately 2
million naira.
Communications
Skills
Mass
Communications
Classroom
and Field
Exercises.
HSE/EMU
CLO
Once before project

implementation and
monitoring
program.
Refreshers Courses.
Included
in
construction &
operation
budget
approximately
2
million
naira.
The training plan will include induction courses when staffs are first employed,
with specialist and refresher training as required by the job role. Training
Programs will be conducted annually. Depending on the type of training, experts
may be invited to the plant or staff will go to standard training
workshops/seminars.
The safety record at the power plant will be reviewed each month at a formal
meeting, led by the HSE manager, where the agenda items, comments and
attendance will be recorded and kept on file.
Internal periodic safety audits will be conducted to verify compliance with safe
working practices, which will comprise of physical inspections, review of plant
records and interviews with staff. The audits will assign responsibility for any
corrective action necessary to mitigate a potential hazard and allow the tracking
of the completion of the corrective measures.
In addition, NESREA shall order period Environmental audit by a third party to
ascertain conformity with the standards and adoption of international best
practices.
13
October 2012
Emergency Response Procedures.

Some plans of CPGL Management for emergency response arrangement include:
Review industry-specific, FMEnv and International standards and

regulations
Establish general guidelines on potential safety and accident risk
Prepare job-specific operating instructions where appropriate
Establish safety and security notices for hazardous materials
Prepare specific emergency operating instructions
Provide protective equipment (including clothing, air and ear protection

etc) as required
Evaluate information and feedback from employees; and record and

investigate all accidents, injuries and incidents.
Given the security situation in Nigeria, it is imperative for CPGL to develop

contingency plans and procedures to cover operational failures, natural disasters
as well as acts of third parties. The plans and procedures will include the
following:
Fire
Explosion
Bomb alerts
Leaks and spills of hazardous materials
Structure or equipment failures
Injuries and illnesses
Risk from natural disasters (wind, sandstorm, earthquake) and
Third-party risks (potential impacts of an accident occurring at another

industrial facility which may impact upon the power plant).
Oil Spill Contingency Plan
14
October 2012
The Oil Spill Contingency Plan will be prepared by CPGL as part of ESMP for
implementation by the start of construction activities.
The plan will cover the following;
Delivery
Handling
Spills; and
Clean Up.
The plan will detail the procedures, responsibilities, chains of command,

information flows, monitoring and documentations.
15
October 2012
CHAPTER ELEVEN
CONCLUSION AND
RECOMMENDATIONS
CHAPTER ELEVEN
CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS
CONCLUSION
Century Power Generation Limited, a wholly indigenous company has proposed
to Design, Construct and Operate a 495MW combined cycle gas powered
generating plant at a location along the Onitsha-Owerri express road in Okija,
Anambra State of Nigeria. The output of this plant will be fed to the national grid
which necessitated that CPGL should aply and obtain an On-Grid Generation
License from NERC. It also requires that CPGL will negotiate and execute a
Power Purchase Agreement (PPA), with the Nigerian Bulk Electricity Trader
(NBET). This PPA will be securitized by a Partial Risk Guarantee (PRG) to be
provided by the World Bank. In other words, the World Bank (WB) has become a
stakeholder in the ESI in Nigeria. The natural consequence of this is that WB will
impose her usual requirements for supporting developmental projects. A major
requirement is the conduct of an ESIA. Therefore, CPGL commissioned two
reputable Nigerian companies to conduct the ESIA study of the proposed power
plant which is reported in this document.
Every effort has been made to conduct this ESIA for the proposed Century
Power Generation Limited (CPGL) 495MW Combined cycle gas turbine power
plant in strict compliance with the Nigerian (FMEnv) and World Bank guidelines
as expressed in several national regulations and WB operational policies and
guidelines, respectively.
The results of this ESIA have assisted in reaching the following conclusions:
1. The proposed project area in Okija, Anambra state, has many important
ecological and economic functions
October 2012
2.
By its nature and characteristics, the project many cause some ecological
disruptions, such as: significantly low gaseous emission which the in-built
mitigation measures would take care of, as well as some negative sociocultural impacts
3.
The identified negative impacts are either temporary or are of low to

medium magnitude and are far outweighed by the positive impacts which
are long term and of national significance.
4.
There is sufficient scientific information available to either; avoid, reduce,

minimize or compensate for most of the unavoidable negative impacts
with careful planning and efficient implementation, of recommended
mitigation measure.
5.
There will not be any need to prepare a Resettlement Action Plan, since the
proposed site covering 27.41 hectares, does not contain any economic trees,
farm land, proposed or completed residential structures, economic
structures temporary or permanent or shrines for any Okija deity.
11.2
RECOMMENDATIONS
Based on the conditions summarized above, the following recommendations are

made for implementation:
1.
The ESIA should form an integral part of the proposed power plant
project implementation document and should be used by project
supervisors in checking any adverse effect that the project may have on
the various environmental components.
2.
The proposed Mitigation Measures, Monitoring, Plans and overall

Environmental Management Programme should be faithfully implemented
and appropriate modification and improvement integrated at all project
phases.
October 2012
3.
A separate ESIA should be conducted for the gas line to be used in

supplying fuel gas to the Okija Power Plant when the pipeline route has
been decided, since that scope of work has not been covered in this ESIA.
October 2012
REFERENCES
October 2012
REFERENCES
NUWEIBA: 750MWe Combined Cycle Power Plant Project, EIA
APHA (1985). Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water
America Public Health Association, Washington D.C.
African Convention Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources. (1968)
Ahmed .M.E, (2008: A Comparative Study of International EIA Guidelines and the
Sudan EIA Experience, Vol.1
CPGL Energy Nig Ltd, (2012): Feasibility Studies on 1000MW Power Plant, by
Cornerstone System Inc. of Jupiter, Florida
Canter, L. W. (1996): Environmental Impact Assessment. Second Edition, New York,
USA: McGraw Hill.
CAO (Compliance Advisor Ombudsman), 2008: A Guide to Designing and
Implementing Grievance Mechanism for Development Projects. www.caoombudman.org
CSI (Cement Sustainability Initiative), 2005: Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment (ESIA) Guidelines World Bank Council for Sustainable
Development
David Balevic et al, (2009): GE Energy Heavy-Duty Gas Turbine Operating and
Maintenance Consideration. GER-3620L (11/09)
De Pauw, N. and G. Vanhorren: Method for Biological Quality Assessment of Water
Courses in Belgium, Hydrobiologia, 100, 153-168 (1983).
DPR (1991): Environmental Guidelines and Standards of the Petroleum Industry,
Nigeria. Ministry of Petroleum Resources, Lagos: 35-76.
EGASPIN (2002): Environmental Guidelines and Standards for the Petroleum Industry
in Nigeria.
October 2012
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Act No. 86 of 1992.

Federal Environmental Protection Agency Act 58, CAP 131, LFN in 1988 that was
amended by Act No. 59 of 1992.
Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) Act No. 86 of 1992.
FEPA (FME) (1991): Federal Environmental Protection Agency.
National Interim
Guidelines and Standards for Industrial Effluents, Gaseous Emissions and

Hazardous Waste Management in Nigeria.
FMEnv (1991): Guideline and Standards for Environmental Control in Nigeria, Lagos.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency, Lagos.
FMEnv (1991): Guideline and Standard for Environmental Control in Nigeria, Lagos.
Federal Environmental Protection Agency, Lagos.
Fouracre .P. (2001) (TRL Limited), Environmental Impact Assessment and
Management Rural Travel and Transport Program.
FOS (Federal Office of Statistics) (1998) Population Annual Abstracts of Statistics, FGN,
Abuja.
Gas Turbine World, (2012): GTW Handbook, Volume 29, a Pequot Publication
Hill, M.B. and Webb, J.E. (1958): The ecology of Lagos lagoon 11. The topography and
physical features of Lagos harbour and Lagos lagoon. Phil Trans. B. Vol. 241: 319
333.
Hutchinson, J. and Dalziel, J.M. (195467): Floral of West Tropical Africa vols I-III.
Crown Agents. London. 2nd Ed.
IFC (International Finance Corporation), 2007: Stakeholder Engagement: A good

practice handbook for Companies doing Business in Emerging Markets.
October 2012
International Finance Corporation (2007): Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS)

Guidelines. General EHS Guidelines: Environmental, Noise Management.
International Finance Corporation.
Keay, R.W.J. (1959): An outline of Nigeria vegetation. Government printers, Lagos. 3rd
Edition.
Lee, N. and Wood, C.M. (1995). Consultation and Public Participation within EIA. EIA
Leaflet Series, EIA Centre, Department of Planning and Landscape, University of
Manchester, England.
Leopold, L.B., Clarke, F.E, Henshaw, B.B and Balsley, J.R. (1971). A Procedure for
Evaluating Environmental Impact. Geological Survey Circular 645, US Dept. of
Interior, Washington D.C.
Moore, N. W, (1997) Dragonflies Status Survey and Conservation Action Plan. IUCN/SSC
Odonata Special Group. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge.
National Population Census (1996) Final Results of the 1991 Population Census in Lagos
State, 28 (Projected to 2006) 28 Pages.
National Integrated Power Project (NIPP) (2010) Environmental Impact Assessment
Studies for the 434 Geregu Phase 11 Power Plant. Federal Ministry of Power.
Final EIA Report
Nwafor, J. C, 2006: Environmental Impact Assessment for Sustainable Development.
(The Nigerian Perspective) ELDEMAK Publishers, Enugu
OSHA, (1989), ACGIH, (1995), EPA (1994). Toxicology: The Basic Science of Poisons
(Curtis D. Laassen et al (1996). Fifth Edition.
PGESCo (Power Generating Engineering and Services Company), 2009: Environmental
and Social Impact Assessment for the 750MW Nuweiba Combined cycle power
plant Project.
Plog, B.A. (1996): Fundamentals of Industrial Hygiene: National Safety Council, USA.
Raunchier, C. (1934). The life form of Plant and Statistical Plant. Geography, Oxford
University
October 2012
Rees .C. (2008): Grievance Mechanisms for Business and Human Rights Strength,
Weaknesses and Gaps, Harvard University
Richards, A. E, Ram, C., Dalal S. S. (2009) Carbon storage in a ferrosol under subtropical
rainforest, tree plantations, and pasture is linked to soil aggregation. Australian
Journal
of
soil
Research.
[Online]
Available
form:
http://findarticles.com/p/article/mi_hb3364/is_4_47/ai_n35608529/?tag=content;coll
[Accessed 27 October 2011]
Round table on Sustainable Bio-fuels (RSB), 2011 Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment (ESIA) Guidelines
SAPP (Southern African Power Pool), 2010: Environmental and Social Impact
Assessment Guideline for Transmission Infrastructure for the SAPP Region, EG
01/10
SCP Project ESIA Georgia, Draft for Disclosure, 2002: A Legislation and Policy
Framework.
SIEP, (1995). Environmental Quality Standards Air. HSE Manual, EP 95-0375.
Soneye, A.S.O. (2004) Institutional Dilemma of Urban Waste Management in
Developing Nations: the Lagos State Experience in Industrialization, Urbanization
and Development in Nigeria: 1950 1999, by M.A.
Adejuyigbe (ed), Lagos,
Concept Publication, Chapter Eight, Pp 169 175.

The Federal Environmental Protection Agency Decree 1988: Interim Guidelines and
Standards for Industrial Effluent, Gaseous Emission and Noise limitation.
The Nigerian Electrical Installation Standards, CAP 106 (1976) LFN
Tsunokawa and Hoban, 1997: On Environmental Impact Assessment.
United States Environmental Protection Agency (1995) AP-42 Section 13.2 Fugitive dust
sources.
[Online]
Available
form:
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ap42/ch13/final/c13s02.pdf [Accessed 25 October 2011]
World Bank (2010) World Development Indicators (WDI) and Global Development Finance.
[Online] Available from: http://databank.worldbank.org/ddp/home.do?Step=1&id=4
[Accessed 9 November 2011]
October 2012
World Bank Group (1994): Environment, Health and Safety Guidelines: Thermal Power
Plant.
World Health Organization (2007) pH in Drinking-water. Revised background document for
development of WHO Guidelines for Drinking water Quality. World Health
Organization.
World Health Organization (2010) Core Health Indicators. [Online] Available from:
http://apps.who.int/whosis/database/core/core_select_process.cfm [Accessed 9 November
2011]
World Health Organization (2011) Guidelines for Drinking-water Quality. World Health
Organization, Fourth Edition
October 2012
APPENDIX 1
Name
Prof.
Frank.
Table D.1 LEAD ESIA CONSULTANTS

Organization
Assignment
Qualification &
Experience
N. MASODAK
EIA Director
Ph.D 19 years
Okafor
Prof. M. A. Salau
MASODAK
Geotechnics
Ph.D 30 years
Mr. Uzondu
Consultant/F.M.CHIDEZ EIA Director
M.Sc. 15 years
Dr. Akanmu
MASODAK
Hydrogeology
Ph.D 12 years
Dr. M.A. Usman
F.M. CHIDEZ LTD.
Social and Health
Ph.D 13 years
Mr. Obehi Egua
Project Consultant
Geo-referencing
MSc. 6 years
Radiation Studies
M.Sc. 4 years
Transmission
B.Sc. 10 years
Engr.
Chukwudi F.M. CHIDEZ LTD.
Udeani
Engr.Ovie
F.M. CHIDEZ LTD.
Adjekpeyede
Dr. A. Balogun
Studies
University
of
Consultant
Dr. P. Kuton
University
Lagos Transmission
Ph.D 2 years
Studies
of
Lagos Marine Studies
Ph.D 10 years
Consultant
October 2012
APPENDIX 1A
The Average Wind Speed and Direction in the Region as obtained from NIMET.
WIND SPEED (mtrs./s)
STN
YEAR
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
Onitsha
2009
Onitsha
2010
3
3.2
4.9
5.2
4.4
4.2
3.7
3.9
4.5
3.9
4
3.4
2.8
4.2
4.2
4.2
3
3.2
4.9
5.2
3.9
4
4.9
4.4
3.4
4.5
4.7
4.6
4.6
5.5
4.1
3.5
3.2
4.8
4.5
4.2
3.9
4
4.9
4.4
4.6
4
4.5
5.3
5.6
5.3
5.2
4.2
4.7
4.1
4.6
5
3.7
3.5
4.6
5.2
4.6
4
4.5
5.3
4.4
3.8
4.4
4.9
4.7
5.4
4.4
4.3
3.3
4.2
5.5
4.2
3.8
3.5
5.1
5.1
4.4
3.8
4.4
4.9
3.7
3.5
3.7
4.4
4.2
4.4
4.9
3.7
5.5
5.3
3.7
3.6
4
3.4
4.5
3.8
3.7
3.5
3.7
4.4
3.6
3.7
3
4
4.6
4.3
4.7
4.9
5.1
4.3
3.6
3.9
3.5
4.4
4.4
4.5
3.6
3.7
3
4
3.8
3.9
3.5
3.7
4.3
4.7
4.8
4.7
4.6
4.4
3.3
3.5
3.7
3.3
4.2
4.6
3.8
3.9
3.5
3.7
3.2
4
3.4
3.5
4.4
4
4.5
3.7
5.1
5.2
3.9
3.3
3.8
4
4.3
4.4
3.2
4
3.4
3.5
3.7
4
3.5
3.3
4.4
4.4
4.2
3.8
3.9
3.6
4.6
3.5
3.3
4.2
4.1
3.7
3.7
4
3.5
3.3
3.1
3.2
3.5
3.4
4.1
4
4.1
4.1
4.1
4
3.6
3
3.1
3.8
3.3
3.6
3.1
3.2
3.5
3.4
3.2
2.8
3.5
3.4
3.8
3.8
3.9
3.6
4.3
3.8
3.4
3
3.3
2.6
2.7
3
3.2
2.8
3.5
3.4
3
3.7
3.3
3.1
5.6
3.7
3.3
3.4
3.8
3.5
3.4
3.6
3.5
3.2
3.3
2.9
3
3.7
3.3
3.1
WIND DIRECTION
STN
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
YEAR
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2002
2003
W
W
W
W
NE
S
S
W
W
W
W
NE
NE
W
SW
W
NE
NE
S
N
W
SW
W
NE
NE
SW
S
S
SW
W
W
S
S
S
S
SW
W
W
SW
S
S
S
SW
SW
S
S
S
S
S
SW
SW
SW
S
S
S
SW
SW
S
S
S
S
S
SW
SW
S
S
S
W
S
SW
S
S
S
S
W
S
SW
SW
S
S
SW
SW
SW
S
S
S
S
SW
SW
SW
W
W
S
W
SW
SW
S
W
W
S
W
SW
SW
SW
S
SW
W
SW
SW
W
W
S
SW
W
SW
SW
SW
S
S
W
SW
SW
W
S
S
S
W
SW
SW
SW
S
SW
W
SW
SW
S
S
S
SW
W
SW
SW
W
W
W
NE
E
W
S
W
W
W
NE
E
W
W
October 2012
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
NE
SW
NE
NE
W
W
NE
SW
NE
NE
NE
W
NE
NE
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
W
W
SW
SW
SW
SW
S
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
W
S
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
W
S
SW
SW
SW
SW
W
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
W
W
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
W
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
W
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
SW
W
SW
SW
NE
W
E
E
NE
E
W
APPENDIX 1B
The Rainfall Data for a Period of 20 Years (1990 2010).
RAINFALL (mm)
STN
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
YEAR
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
1990
1.8
0
1991 Trace 42.3
1992
0
0
1993
0 17.2
1994 23.6
0
1995 64.1 60.2
1996
1.1 22.3
1997
1.6
0
1998
0.2 24.6
1999 27.9 12.9
2000
36
0.2
2001
0.1
0.2
2002 22.8 22.7
2003
6.8 40.1
2004 23.6
3.8
2005
0
0
2006 10.6 Tr
2007
0
5
2008
0
5
2009 112.2
0.7
0
64
13.5
9
17.2
118
79
114.2
30.4
52.2
155.2
40.1
79.2
136.1
225.3
22
101.7
34.7
75.7
50.6
266.6
186.3
99.7
94.7
175.6
112.4
103.1
305.7
170.5
98.6
91.6
236.9
220.7
161.2
415.2
42.9
200.3
71.7
331.5
121.1
131.9
216.4
266
84.6
285.4
249.3
281.3
300.1
344.3
320.9
167.5
188
258.6
200.9
257.9
90.5
326.2
301.4
279.4
233.1
268.5
286.4
311.3
234.3
215.2
382.7
236.8
216.7
291.5
186.2
313.5
267.8
251.9
425.4
384.1
209.8
331.8
355.2
197.4
248.5
449.3
290.5
475.6
325.7
326.1
429.4
171.9
214.5
362.7
279.9
201.2
225.3
330.9
212.5
223.8
132.4
98.7
311.5
216
386.5
314.9
390.4
200.4
364.1
256
347.2
352.4
188.5
91.2
255.6
367.7
272.8
242.1
383.3
339.5
112.7
94.5
312.7
513.8
213.3
312.8
341.1
280.2
311.9
348.5
295.4
317.6
247.3
360.6
347
164.9
177.2
316.4
249.5
170.8
159.4
333
322.7
306
249.4
179.3
243.1
101.9
166.3
377.7
362.5
256.3
252.7
407.1
353.9
164.9
146.3
32
28.1
37.9
91.6
406.7
127.7
376
October 2012
NOV
DEC
32 52.5
6 16.9
56.3
0
37.5 8.9
56.4
0
49 0.3
4.9
0
45.9 19.8
0.5 2.6
53
0
8.7 3.4
1.5
0
0
0
1.3
0
6
0
0
0
6.8
0
2.4
3.8
0
96.3
0
Onitsha
2010
0.2
66.8
13.6 203.5 161.3 191.9 132.2 299.9 306.4 166.9
43.2
APPENDIX 1C
The Regional Relative Humidity Data of the Study Area.
RELATIVE HUMIDITY @ 09 HOURS (%)
STN
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
YEAR
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
77
70
52
52
66
59
80
73
53
74
73
69
66
78
66
71
56
72
52
64
83
68
81
61
70
74
71
77
54
68
80
54
63
79
77
70
66
77
69
55
71
73
69
80
77
70
76
79
78
75
69
78
73
73
79
79
81
70
79
75
75
76
79
78
81
79
79
78
78
79
84
79
78
76
78
82
80
84
81
78
80
78
81
83
81
81
81
78
81
83
80
83
81
81
80
83
84
85
85
84
82
83
80
84
84
85
84
85
84
83
86
83
85
84
84
86
84
86
85
85
85
86
85
85
85
86
91
89
88
88
88
87
87
85
86
86
87
87
89
87
90
85
89
88
85
88
88
88
89
89
88
90
89
89
88
86
86
89
91
86
88
87
90
86
88
91
87
89
88
88
86
86
87
84
86
87
86
86
85
87
86
82
84
87
85
86
84
86
87
86
83
82
82
84
83
83
83
83
85
85
83
80
80
80
84
83
86
85
85
85
82
80
72
80
75
75
73
82
78
81
80
79
63
69
78
80
81
75
78
83
82
82
66
69
70
49
74
80
74
71
70
66
78
75
77
78
78
78
77
78
70
61
YEAR
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
49
39
33
31
45
34
34
51
27
40
38
41
30
54
50
48
49
56
56
63
58
57
59
58
64
69
63
68
67
66
70
71
73
69
68
71
80
74
77
75
76
78
77
78
78
78
82
74
73
71
71
69
75
70
67
68
66
65
72
70
61
55
50
62
48
48
61
42
40
43
29
30
RELATIVE HUMIDITY @ 15 HOURS (%)

STN
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
October 2012
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
49
47
32
48
46
35
39
47
38
45
36
33
36
45
34
48
22
38
55
27
31
54
50
40
38
49
27
30
38
41
56
52
41
54
40
50
60
58
59
40
56
50
55
49
56
61
64
57
57
56
58
64
62
68
59
58
58
62
59
58
64
65
64
61
62
68
70
70
69
68
63
63
65
67
66
68
71
66
67
66
69
74
71
76
69
67
73
74
68
71
73
73
76
74
74
71
77
75
79
76
77
77
74
76
78
73
74
71
71
75
79
71
76
72
79
72
78
78
82
74
75
69
73
75
72
72
73
65
66
72
70
71
74
75
70
67
69
67
71
69
65
58
59
60
66
66
66
69
72
70
42
62
53
60
56
54
37
43
49
60
52
50
59
48
48
47
48
43
39
39
48
40
43
29
49
52
40
43
29
30
APPENDIX 1D
20 Years Regional Maximum and Minimum Temperature Data obtained from NIMET.
TMIN
STN
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
YEAR
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
24.9
23.4
21.2
22
22.4
21.3
24.8
24.3
22.4
23.5
24
24.4
25.2
24
23.9
24.5
23.9
25.5
23.1
26.6
25.5
23.6
26.2
25.3
25.1
24.2
24.9
24
24.9
24.9
26.4
25
25.2
24.9
24
24.9
24.2
23.9
23.9
24.4
23.6
25.9
24.8
24.8
24.1
24.3
24.2
24.5
23.5
23.2
24
23.5
25.2
23.8
24.4
23.1
23.9
23
23.6
23.2
23
23.8
23.6
23.9
24
22.7
23
23.3
22.9
23.2
23.2
22.8
23
23.3
23.8
23.5
23.3
23
23.1
22.8
23
23.1
23
22.7
23.4
23.5
23.3
22.9
23
23.2
23
23.2
23.4
23
23.1
23.4
23.8
23.2
23.3
23.4
23.1
23.4
23.2
23.2
22.7
23.4
23.7
24
23.2
23.4
24.6
24.6
22.8
24.2
23.5
22.4
23.7
24.6
25.3
24.3
24.9
24.2
22.4
22.5
22
19.8
23.5
25.2
23.8
23.7
23.3
22.5
October 2012
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
22.9
24.3
26
25.1
24.8
25.6
25.8
26.3
25
24.9
25
24.7
24.5
23.7
24.5
23.8
23.8
23.4
23.4
23.4
23.5
23.6
23.3
23.1
23.5
23.3
23.8
23.2
22.9
23.1
23.4
23.1
23.2
23.5
24.2
23.8
24
24.7
23.1
24.2
25.1
23.5
24.6
24.5
25.4
23.8
21.8
22.5
22.0
26.1
25.5
25.5
24.4
24.2
23.6
23.3
23.9
23.7
25.1
22.9
22.4
21.3
24.8
24.3
22.4
24.5
23.9
25.5
23.1
26.6
24.9
24
24.9
24.9
26.4
23.9
23.9
24.4
23.6
25.9
23.5
23.2
24
23.5
25.2
23.2
23
23.8
23.6
23.9
23.2
22.8
23
23.3
23.8
23.1
23
22.7
23.4
23.5
23.4
23
23.1
23.4
23.8
23.2
22.7
23.4
23.7
24
23.5
22.4
23.7
24.6
25.3
19.8
23.5
25.2
23.8
23.7
TMAX
STN
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
Onitsha
YEAR
JAN
FEB
MAR
APR
MAY
JUN
JUL
AUG
SEP
OCT
NOV
DEC
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
33.6
33.5
33.5
34.2
33.2
33.8
34.4
34
35.2
33.4
33.6
34.5
35.8
35.6
35.5
35.4
34.8
36.8
35.6
35.3
35
35.4
36.4
37.1
34
35.4
36.1
34.9
35.6
36.5
37.6
34.6
35
34.4
35.3
34.2
34.3
33.9
36.9
34.4
35.9
35.3
33.8
34.5
33.3
34.6
32.6
34.2
33.8
33.4
34.3
33.6
32
35.3
33.6
33.7
33.8
32.5
33.1
31.5
32.5
31.8
32.7
32.9
32.1
32.1
32.7
32.2
33.5
32.5
32.4
32.1
31.3
30.8
30.7
30.8
31.4
30.1
31
31.3
31
31.2
30.6
32
31.3
30.9
31.1
30.4
30.5
29.7
28.5
29.5
29.3
29.2
29.3
29.8
29.3
29.5
30
29.9
29.6
29.7
29.1
29.6
28.7
29.3
28.7
28.1
29.1
28.8
30
29.1
29.5
29.7
29.8
28.7
28.2
30.2
29.9
30.4
30.1
30.2
30
30.2
30.1
31
29.7
30.8
30.4
29.4
30.1
30.1
30.9
32.1
31.5
30.9
30.4
31.5
31.4
30.8
30.7
30.5
31.6
31.8
29.9
30.5
31.7
33
33.1
32.4
32.3
32.7
32.8
32.3
33.5
33.6
34.1
32.8
34.1
32.3
33.3
33.6
35
33.9
33.9
32.3
32.8
34
33
34.3
33.9
34
33.3
34
33.7
33.9
34.5
33.5
34.1
34
33.3
35.1
34.4
34.7
32.5
31.3
29.3
29.5
30.7
31.0
33.6
33.7
33.4
33.6
33.5
33.4
35.6
34
35.4
36.9
34
35.6
34.4
35.9
35
34.4
34.5
33.6
33.7
33.3
33.6
33.1
32.5
32.4
32.1
32.5
30.8
31.3
30.9
31.2
31.3
30.5
29.9
29.6
30.3
29.9
29.6
29.8
28.7
30
29.8
29.9
29.4
30.1
30.9
29.4
32.1
29.9
30.5
31.2
29.9
33.1
32.3
33.3
33.9
32.3
33.9
33.7
33.9
32.2
33.7
34.1
October 2012
APPENDIX 2
CHANCE FIND PROCEDURES
Though the area is not expected to harbor any item of archeological importance or a set
of antiquities buried in the ancient times, CPGL has put together a response procedure
in case of a Chance Find. World Bank OP 4.11 defines Physical Cultural Resources as
movable or immovable objects, sites, structures, groups of structures, and natural
features
and
landscapes
that
have
archaeological,
paleontological,
historical,
architectural, religious, aesthetic, or other cultural significance. In the case of such a

Chance Find during construction, the following procedures will be followed:
a)
Halt all activities in the area of the chance find.
b)
Fence off the discovered site or area;
c)
Secure the site to prevent any damage or loss of removable objects. In cases of
removable antiquities or sensitive remains, a night guard shall be present until the
responsible local authorities or equivalent takes over.
d)
Notify the supervisory Engineer who in turn will notify the responsible local
authorities and the National Bureau of Antiquities immediately (within 24 hours
or less)
e)
Responsible local authorities and the National Bureau of Antiquities would be in

charge of protecting and preserving the site before deciding on subsequent
appropriate procedures. This may require a preliminary evaluation of the findings
to be performed by experts from the National Bureau of Antiquities. The
significance and importance of the findings should be assessed according to the
various criteria relevant to cultural heritage; as detailed in WBs OP 4.11 which
include aesthetics, historic, scientific or research, social and economic values.
f)
Decisions on how to handle the finding shall be taken by the responsible

authorities and the National Bureau of Antiquities. This could include changes in
the layout.
October 2012
g)
Implementation for the authority decision concerning the management of the

finding shall be communicated in writing by the National Bureau of Antiquities,
and
h)
Construction work could resume only after permission is giving from the
responsible local authorities and National Bureau of Antiquities concerning
safeguard of the heritage.
These procedures must form part of standard provisions in the construction contract,
where applicable. The site engineer owes it as a duty to ensure the application of the
above procedure to the treatment of any Chance Find.
October 2012
ESIA OF CENTURY POWER IPP PLANT PROJECT

APPENDIX 3: SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY QUESTIONNAIRE
1. Enumerator : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .
Date : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
SECTION A: SETTLEMENT AND CHARACTERISTICS
2. LGA: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....Town: . . . . . . . . . . ......Village : . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3. Ward: . . . . . . . . . . . Constituency: . . . . . . . . Distance from Site: . . . . . .. . . . . .....
4. Date of Initial Settlement: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5. Origin of Inhabitants (i.e.Ancestorial linkages): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
.
6. Reasons for Migration : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...........................................................................
7. Estimated Population of Settlement: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. Major Occupation of Inhabitants:
Occupation
Fishing
Proportion
Farming
Occupation
Services (Artisans)
Proportion
Forestry
Hunting
Company Works
Civil Service
9.
S/N
Unemployed
Characteristics of other Neighbouring Communities

Settlement
Location/LGA
Population
2 Main Occupations
October 2012
10. Traditional and Political Administration

..............................................................................
..............................................................................
..............................................................................
..............................................................................
..............................................................................
..............................................................................
..............................................................................
..............................................................................
........
SECTION B: ECONOMY
11.
Industries / Companies in the Community
Company
Year
Ownership
Name
Established Structure
Nature of Activities
%age if
Staff
Indigenes
Capacity
Employed
12.
Number of People Employed by the Industries / Companies

Category of
Category of
Category of Staff Number
Number
Staff
Staff
Labourers/Casual
Contractors
Drivers
Lumberers
Guards/Security
Senior Staffers
13.
S/N
Number
Amenities provided by the Companies to the Community and Year

Year of
Amenities
Current Status
Provision
October 2012
14.
Banking, Insurance and other financial Institutions in the Community, names
and ownership
Year
Ownership
Current
Institution
Remark
Provided
Structure
Status
15.
Average Income per annum from Major Occupation of Inhabitants :

Occupation
Income
Occupation
Farming
Forestry
Hunting
Income
Services (Artisans)
Company Works
Civil Service
Unemployed
16.
Nearest Markets
Name /
Year
Marketing Duration
Location Established
Articles sold by
Inhabitants
Articles Bought
by Inhabitants
SECTION C: HEALTH
17.
S/N
Main Health Problems in the Community and Probable Causes

Average Number of Cases
Health Problem
Cause(s)
(In the past three decades)
Remedial
Action
18.
Health facilities in the Community, names and ownership structure

Year
Ownership
Current
Facility
Provided
Structure
Status
Remark
October 2012
19.
Major means of Treating rampant Health Problems: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............................................................................
..............................................................................
......
20.
Educational Institutions in the Community, names and ownership structure

Year
Ownership
Current
Institution
Remark
Provided
Structure
Status
21.
Water Facilities in the Community, names and ownership structure

Year
Ownership
Current
Facility
Provided
Structure
Status
Remark
22.
Source of Energy/Electricity in the Community (Year Provided, Ownership
Structure and Current Status)
23.
( )
Number of Residents having: Lorries ( ) Cars ( )

Bicycles ( )
Generators ( ) Radio ( )
Proportion of People getting news from these sources

Media
%age
Media
%age
Newspapers/Magazine
Neighbours
Motorcycles
TV Sets (
24.
Media
Town Criers
October 2012
%age
Radio
TV Set
Churches/Mosques
Others (Spiritual)
25.
Rampant Criminal activities around and number of cases
Criminal
1970 - 19801990 200
Perceived
Activity
80
90
2000
2005
Cause(s)
Community
Hall
Remedial
Action(s)
26.
Major Checks on the Criminal Activities
27.
Major Traditional Heritage (e.g. Shrines, groves, festivals, gods/goddesses, etc)

Follow- Duration of Facilities for
Name
Location
Significance
ership
Worship
Worship
S/N
28.
Had any of the cultural heritages been disturbed in recent times by operations
(especially industry)? If yes, give details and the remedial actions taken
29.
List of Associations / Clubs in the Community (e.g. social, occupational, etc)

Follow- Duration of Facilities for
Name
Location
Significance
ership
Worship
Worship
S/N
30. What are your perceived positive impacts of the CPGL IPP project in the area?
(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... (b).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(c). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (d). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(d). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (e). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31. What are your perceived negative impacts of the CPGL IPP project in the area?
(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... (b).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(c). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (d). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(d). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (e). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
October 2012
32. Suggestions on how to abate the perceived impacts of the proposed project
activities
............................................................................
............................................................... ...........
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .
..........................................................................
34. Free comments on the activities and impacts of neighbours and electricity projects in
the area.
............................................................................
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
35. Community requirements from the proponent for a sustainable implementation of
the IPP project
............................................................................
..........................................................................
..........................................................................
36. Promises by the community to the proponent for a sustainable implementation of
the IPP project
............................................................................
..........................................................................
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37. Any other information on the project and similar ones in the community
October 2012
............................................................................
..........................................................................
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
October 2012
APPENDIX 4: HOUSEHOLD SURVEY QUESTIONNAIRE

Household Name:
1.
2.
3.
Head of Household: Male ( )
Female ( )
5.
6.
Sex: Male( )
Female( )
Age of Respondent: ------------------- Years
Marital Status: (a) Single( ) (b) Married( ) (c) Widow/ Widower( ) (d)
Divorcee( )
Educational Status: (a) No formal education( ) (b) Less than Primary ( ) (c)
Primary School ( ) (d) School Secondary( ) (e) Quranic School( )
(f)
Others ( ) (specify-------------------------------------- )
How long have you stayed in this Village? -------------------------years
If not since birth, from where did you emigrate? --------------------------------
7.
If not since birth, why did you immigrate? -----------------------------------------
8.
Which Occupational Association do you belong to? ------------------------------
9.
Which Social Association do you belong to? ----------------------------------------10.
4.
Monthly income N ---------------------------------------11.

12.
Sources of Income: (a) Primary -------------------- (b) Secondary ---------------- (c)

Tertiary --------------Religion
(a) Islam ( )
( b) Christianity ( ) (c) Others( )
13.
Age Range of children

< 5 yrs
5-15 yrs
16-25 yrs
> 25 yrs
Male
Female
14.
Number of Children in school

Primary
Secondary
Tertiary
Male
Female
15.
What are your main occupations in order of significance?

(a) Primary -----------------------------------(b) Secondary ------------------------------------
16.
(c) Tertiary -----------------------------------If married, tick the three main occupations of spouse (a) Primary ----------(b) Secondary -------------------------------- (c) Tertiary ----------------------------
October 2012
17.
If you are engaged in any other occupation previously, what was the occupation?
-------------------------------------
18.
When did you leave the occupation? ----------------------------
19.
Why did you change the occupation ---------------------------
20.
How many of the following have you

(a) Number of Wives for male only ( )
Number Bicycles (
Number of Sheeps (
21.
) Goats(
Lorries ( )
Houses(
Canoes(
What percentage of household income is provided by:

Father (
22
Cars(
(b) Children(
%)
Mother (
%)
Others (
%)
What are your means of Domestic Waste Disposal?

Kitchen wastes................................................................................................
Toilet System........................................................................................................
23.
Free comments on the observed impacts of the IPP projects in this area and how
to ameliorate them.
October 2012
APPENDIX 5
STAKEHOLDERS ENGAGEMENT PLAN (SEP)
STAKEHOLDER
ENGAGEMENT
ENGAGEMENT
ACTIVITY
STAKEHOLDERS
TIMING
STAGE 1: SCOPING
Government
Agencies Federal,
State and local
Authorities
regulatory
Authorities
Meeting with State
Federal Ministry of
and local
Mines and Steel
Engagement with affected
October
communities, need for
2011
continuous engagement
Employment opportunities
Improvement in Electricity
Supply
Federal Ministry of
Environment
Anambra State
Ministry of
Environment
Issues concerning site

visitation
EIA process, scope of the
EIA
Scope of data collection,
ToR approval
Desktop data gathering,
EIA reports in the area.
Consultation on the host
October
2011
community
Disclosure on the ESIA

commencement
Composition of traditional
November
council.
2011
Other relevant laws and

legislation on EIA
Employment
opportunities.
Meeting with
Ihiala LGA
Local Government
Engagement with affected

communities
officials
Potential positive impacts

and community state
Employment opportunity
for local people and
provision of electricity
STAKEHOLDER
ENGAGEMENT
ENGAGEMENT
ACTIVITY
STAGE 2: EIA STUDY
STAKEHOLDERS
CSR is general.
SPECIAL
AREAS
DISCUSSION
TIMING
Community
Meeting with Traditional
Engagement,
rulers and youths
engagement with
The Obi Onowu
of Okija
local groups and
The Obi of
The youths
January
the project
2012
Discussion of
community concern
Uhuowele Okija
traditional
Formal presentation of
Discussion with the

vulnerable groups,
leaders,
women and youths
Discussion on CPGL
workers integration into
the community
Engagement with
Meeting with Nigerian
NGO
Conservation Foundation
NGO Representatives
General discussion on
the
project
as
concerns
June 2012
it
NGF
activities
Concerns over erosion

and fauna and flora
conservation
Need for community

engagement.
STAKEHOLDER
ENGAGEMENT
ENGAGEMENT
ACTIVITY
STAKEHOLDERS
SPECIAL
DISCUSSION
AREAS
TIMING
STAGE 3: DISCLOSURE
Engagement with
FMEnv officials,
Community
Engagement,
engagement with
local groups, and
traditional
leaders.
Submission of EIA draft
report and meeting with all

the groups.
Federal Ministry
Disclosure timetable
May/ June
of Environment
Display Timetable
2012
Traditional
Printing Media
Rulers.
Advertisement.
Electronic Media
Advertisement
Panel review
Timetable.
Community
Meeting with the traditional
Engagement.
ruler and local groups
Panel Review
EIA Public
Presentation by
CPGL
EIA Evaluation
Report by the
experts
Community
questions and
answers
Evaluation by the
regulatory
Authorities.
Traditional
Ruler
Youths
CPGL
representatives
Regulators from
LGAs and State
Government
NGOs
representatives
ESIA of BCS Energy 1000MW IPP Geregu
Community
groups
Federal Ministry
R-2
Invitation to panel
review meeting
Discussion on issues
raised by the
community before
the panel review.
Findings of EIA
study
Mitigation of
Stakeholder and
community concerns
Adequacy of
mitigation measures
against negative
impacts
Adequacy of
Environmental
Management Plan.
Appropriateness of
Environmental
Monitoring
May/ June
2012.
18th 20th
July 2012.
August 2012
of Environment
Officials.
STAKEHOLDER
ENGAGEMENT
ENGAGEMENT
ACTIVITY
STAKEHOLDERS
SPECIAL
Grievance
Mechanism
Discussion on
Marginalised/
Vulnerable groups.
DISCUSSION
AREAS
TIMING
STAGE 4: PROJECT EXECUTION

Meeting with villagers to
discuss basically employment.
Traditional
Rulers and
Employment of the
locals
Influx of workers into
the community
Community relations
with other workers
Migrant workers
respect for traditional
Institution.
Observance of best
practices during
construction
Every
quarter
during
construction.
Health Impact of
Construction
Activity.
Traffic risks and
mitigation.
Every six
months
during
construction.
Employment of the
Locals
CSR Projects.
Youth
Empowerment.
Women
Empowerment.
Grievances if any
Compliance with all
the standards
2ice a year
Compliance with the

Once a year.
Once a year.
community
leaders.
CPGL
representatives.
Construction
Meeting with Anambra State
Ministry of Environment.
Anambra State
Ministry of
Environment
Meeting with Local
Government Health officers.
Regulators from
LGA
Meeting with
Traditional
Institutions
Community
Leaders.
Women Groups.
Youths
Federal Ministry of
Traditional
Rulers
Environment
Federal Ministry
of Environment
NESREA
Anambra State
Ministry of
Environment
Anambra State
Ministry of
Environment
Compliance with all

the standards
Local
Government
Officials
Health and
Environmental
Officers
Market Operators
Regulators from
LGA
Monitoring
compliance with
environmental
management plan.
Compliance with
market rules and
CPGL performance.
Operation
NERC and TCN
R-3
Monitoring
Compliance with
NERC transmission
Every six
months
during
construction.
(as the need

arises)
Once a year.
Once every
2 years or
earlier if the
need arises.
August 2012
codes.
System Operator
Monitoring
compliance with
protective systems
reactive power
injection
Transmission
Services Provider
Monitoring
compliance with
standards at PCC.
Special Meeting
with the disabled
and aged.
Special needs for the

aged and disabled
R-4
August 2012

Combined Cycle

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Combined Cycle

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Combined Cycle

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Submitted to

THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF NIGERIAFEDERAL MINISTRY OF POWERNIGERIAN BULK ELECTRICITY TRADER

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL) is a subsidiary of the OBIJACKSON

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

Century Power Generation Limited (CPGL) as a responsible corporate

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

ES1.4 Environmental Legislation and Policy Framework

National Laws, Standards and Regulatory Requirements on Environment

International Conventions in force in Nigeria

International Financial Institutions (IFIs) Guidelines and Policies on the

Anambra State Environmental Edicts, Guidelines and Policies

Century Power corporate HSE Policies and Guidelines.

Federal Environmental protection Agency Act (1988);

National Policy on the Environment (1989, revised 1999);

Environmental Impact Assessment Act No 86 (1992);

National Guidelines for Environmental Auditing In Nigeria (1990);

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

Water Resources Act of 1993;

National Environmental Protection (Management of Solid and Hazardous

National Environmental Protection (Effluent limitation) regulations, 1991;

Harmful Wastes (Special Criminal provisions etc) Act no 42 (1988); and

National Guidelines and Standards for Environmental Pollution Control

Electric Power Sector Reform Act (EPSRA) 2005.

ES1.4.2 National Guidelines, Policies and Administrative Directives on

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

ES1.4.4 International Financial Institutions (IFIs) Guidelines and Policies on

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

Such international institutions also provide environmental standards and limits

The following international requirements and standards have been considered

Equator principles (EP)

World Banks environmental and social safeguard policies, including:

OP 4.01 Environmental Assessment (World Bank OP 4.01)

OP 4.11 Physical Cultural Resources (World Bank OP 4.11)

OP 4.12 Involuntary Resettlement (World Bank OP 4.12)

World Bank group General Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines

The World Banks environmental and social safeguard policies are a

programmes and projects. Safeguard policies have often provided a

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

ES1.4.5 Anambra State Environmental Edicts, Guidelines and Policies

Liaising with the Federal Ministry of Environment, FMEnv to achieve the

Co-operating with FMEnv and other National Directorates/ Agencies in

Responsible for monitoring waste management standards,

Responsible for general environmental matters in the State, and

Monitoring the implementation of EIAs and other environmental studies

ES1.4.6 CPGL corporate HSE Policies and Guidelines.

The company is committed to creating and maintaining a safe, healthy

The company is dedicated to the protection and conservation of the

The company is committed to and fully subscribes to working in support of

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

promoting a mode of operation that encourages continual HSE performance

The company is committed to maintaining the confidence of its neighbours,

ES2.0 Project Justification/Need

ESIA of CPGL 495MW IPP OKIJA

ES2.1 Benefits of the Project